• A recent investigation by Australian journalist Rebekah Barnett suggests politics and financial interests, not scientific concerns, led to the retraction of a 2021 peer-reviewed study finding the spike protein from SARS-CoV-2 and the mRNA vaccine impair critical DNA repair mechanisms, which could lead to cancer.

    In 2022, an independent journalist John Davidson submitted a FOIA request for emails related to the retraction. The NIH took eight months to respond, identifying 490 pages of emails that it refused to release, claiming they contained trade secrets and confidential commercial information.

    Davidson alleges the emails “show that the NIH was aware that spike protein in the COVID-19 vaccines would cause an increase in cancers.”

    Read the full article:

    https://childrenshealthdefense.org/defender/vaccines-journal-covid-shot-cancer-retracted-study/

    Join https://t.me/RogerHodkinson
    A recent investigation by Australian journalist Rebekah Barnett suggests politics and financial interests, not scientific concerns, led to the retraction of a 2021 peer-reviewed study finding the spike protein from SARS-CoV-2 and the mRNA vaccine impair critical DNA repair mechanisms, which could lead to cancer. In 2022, an independent journalist John Davidson submitted a FOIA request for emails related to the retraction. The NIH took eight months to respond, identifying 490 pages of emails that it refused to release, claiming they contained trade secrets and confidential commercial information. Davidson alleges the emails “show that the NIH was aware that spike protein in the COVID-19 vaccines would cause an increase in cancers.” Read the full article: https://childrenshealthdefense.org/defender/vaccines-journal-covid-shot-cancer-retracted-study/ Join 👉 https://t.me/RogerHodkinson
    0 Comments 0 Shares 1004 Views
  • Monkeypox is a coverup for damage done to Immune System by COVID Vaccination resulting in Shingles, Autoimmune Blistering Disease & Herpes Infection
    2nd Smartest Guy in the World
    As yet another global scamdemic “emergency” in MonkeyPox, or the rebranded Mpox, was recently announced by the Marxist Ethiopian war criminal, BigPharma bioterrorist, and Bill Gates installed Director-General of the World Health Organization…

    …what we are now seeing is the Modified mRNA slow kill bioweapon VAIDS coverup, with “vaccine” refuseniks and genetically modified humans alike in the crosshairs of the WHO — which is nothing more than the “health” depopulation node of the United Nations and their Intelligence Industrial Complex partners-in-crime — and that means total global surveillance and contact tracing ahead of their attempted followup planetary “pandemic” lockdown…

    They are already seeding and normalizing said lockdowns in various captured nations like Canada…

    Image
    Just in time for the possible total destruction of America if the deranged Marxist puppet Kamala Cloward-Piven Harris “wins” the upcoming presidential shit show, which is why they are considering outright cancelling the elections due to a “pandemic,” or whichever psyop they believe will be most effective.

    Which is why the CDC is also at it, issuing a “health alert” over Parvovirus; in other words, another angle to the VAIDS epidemic coverup as the genetically modified humans and their devastated immune systems are presenting with all kinds of adverse events, not just limited to the inability to fend off viruses, STDs, or even the common cold.

    Two years ago a most prescient article was written warning of this MonkeyPox scam which today is particularly worth revisiting:


    by The Exposé

    Do you not find it curious how in the space of 50 years, monkeypox has never really gotten off the ground outside of a couple of countries in Africa, but then within two years of the alleged emergence of Covid-19, monkeypox is suddenly in every Western nation and being hyped up by public health authorities, the mainstream media and the World Health Organization?

    If you don’t, you won’t want to read this because you may miss the latest episode of BBC News at 6 pm. But if you do, you may or may not be surprised to find that evidence suggests the alleged monkeypox outbreak could actually be a result of the Covid-19 vaccination programme.

    How?

    Well, it has something to do with herpes, shingles, auto-immune blistering disease and the fact that Covid-19 vaccination greatly damages the natural immune system.



    Here’s a map showing countries where “confirmed” cases of monkeypox have been reported to the World Health Organization (WHO) since the middle of May 2022 –


    Only joking. The above is actually a map showing the main distributions of the Pfizer vaccine.

    Here’s the actual map showing countries where “confirmed” cases of monkeypox have been reported to the World Health Organization (WHO) since the middle of May 2022 –


    Source
    Here’s both maps together so you can play a game of spot the difference with them –


    Apart from a couple of countries, there isn’t really any difference, and every country that has reported alleged cases of monkeypox since May 2022 where it was not already endemic, is a country that also distributed the Pfizer Covid-19 injection.

    Now, this could of course just be another coincidence in a long line of “coincidences” that have occurred since early 2020. But unfortunately, evidence suggests otherwise.

    Human monkeypox was first identified in humans in 1970 in the Democratic Republic of Congo in a 9-year-old boy. Since then, human cases of monkeypox have been reported in 11 African countries. It wasn’t until 2003 that the first monkeypox outbreak outside of Africa was recorded, and this was in the United States.

    According to a scientific study published in 1988, between 1981-1986, 977 persons with skin eruption not clinically diagnosed as human monkeypox were laboratory tested in Zaire (now known as the Democratic Republic of Congo).

    The Scientists who conducted the study stated the following –

    The diagnostic difficulties were mainly based on clinical features characteristic of chickenpox: regional pleomorphism (in 46% of misdiagnosed cases), indefinite body-distribution of skin eruptions (49%), and centripetal distribution of skin lesions (17%). Lymph-node enlargement was observed in 76% of misdiagnosed patients. In the absence of smallpox, the main clinical diagnostic problem is the differentiation of human monkeypox from chickenpox.’

    In Layman’s terms, distinguishing monkeypox from chickenpox is incredibly difficult, and chickenpox is caused by a type of herpes virus.

    The chickenpox virus is technically known as the varicella-zoster virus, and just like its close relative the herpes simplex virus, it becomes a lifelong resident in the body.

    And like its other cousin, genital herpes, varicella may be silent for many years, hiding out inside nerve cells and can reactivate later, wreaking havoc in the form of the excruciating skin disorder, shingles, which is a blistering, burning skin rash.

    Unfortunately, or fortunately; depending on whether you chose to get the Covid-19 injection, official Government data and confidential Pfizer documents strongly suggest the Covid-19 injection may be reactivating the dormant chickenpox virus or herpes virus due to the frightening damage it does to the immune system.

    This means we may not be witnessing a worldwide outbreak of monkeypox at all, but rather a huge cover-up of the consequences of administering an experimental injection to millions of people.

    The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) attempted to delay the release of Pfizer’s COVID-19 vaccine safety data for 75 years despite approving the injection after only 108 days of safety review on December 11th, 2020.

    But in early January 2022, Federal Judge Mark Pittman ordered them to release 55,000 pages per month. They released 12,000 pages by the end of January.

    Since then, PHMPT has posted all of the documents on its website. The latest drop happened on June 1st 2022.

    One of the documents contained in the data dump is ‘reissue_5.3.6 postmarketing experience.pdf’. Page 21 of the confidential document contains data on adverse events of special interest, with one of these specifically being herpes viral infections.


    Source
    According to the document by the end of February 2021, just 2 months after the Pfizer vaccine was granted emergency use authorisation in both the USA and UK, Pfizer has received 8,152 reports relating to herpes infection, and 18 of these had already led to multiple organ dysfunction syndrome.

    Multiple organ dysfunction syndrome (MODS) is a systemic, dysfunctional inflammatory response that requires long intensive care unit (ICU) stay. It is characterized with a high mortality rate depending on the number of organs involved. It can be caused by herpes infection as this scientific study found here proves.

    Further evidence published by the U.S Government, but more specifically the Centers for Disease Control shows that cases of herpes, shingles and multiple organ dysfunction syndrome really exploded in the USA following the administration of the Covid-19 injection.

    The following chart shows the number of herpes infections/complications that have been reported to VAERS as adverse reactions to all vaccines (including the Covid-19 jabs) by the year reported, and the Covid-19 vaccines only by the year reported –


    Source Data
    The following chart shows adverse events to the Covid-19 injections reported to the CDC relating to herpes, shingles and multiple organ dysfunction syndrome up to 13th May 2022.

    It also shows the number of adverse events reported against the Flu Vaccines, all vaccines combined (excluding Covid-19 injections) and the HPV/Smallpox vaccines between 2008 and 2020 –


    Source Data
    As you can see the Covid-19 injections have caused the most herpes related infections, and this is within 17 months. When comparing these to the number of flareups reported against the HPV/Smallpox vaccines in 13 years, these numbers are extremely concerning.

    This isn’t because so many people have been given a Covid-19 injection either. Official CDC numbers actually show 1.7 billion doses of influenza vaccine alone were administered between 2008 and 2020. Whereas, as of 6th May 2022, 580 million doses of Covid-19 vaccine had been administered in the USA.

    The following chart shows the rate per 1 million doses administered of adverse events related to herpes, shingles and multiple organ syndrome –


    The rate of herpes-related infections reported as adverse reactions to the Flu jabs is 0.75 adverse events per 1 million doses administered. But the rate of herpes-related infections reported as adverse reactions to the Covid-19 injections is 31.31 adverse events per 1 million doses administered.

    That’s a 4,075% difference, and indicative of a very serious problem. A serious problem that is being caused by the fact the Covid-19 injections decimate the immune system.

    The following chart shows the Covid-19 vaccine effectiveness among the triple vaccinated population in England in the UK Health Security Agency Week 3, Week 7 and Week 13 Vaccine Surveillance reports of 2022 –


    Data shows that vaccine effectiveness fell month on month, with the lowest effectiveness recorded among 60-69-year-olds at a shocking minus-391%. This age group also experienced the sharpest decline, falling from minus-104.69% in week 3.

    But one of the more concerning declines in vaccine effectiveness has been recorded among 18-29-year-olds, falling to minus-231% by Week 12 of 2022 from +10.19% in Week 3.

    A negative vaccine effectiveness indicates immune system damage because vaccine effectiveness isn’t really a measure of the effectiveness of a vaccine. It is a measure of a vaccine recipient’s immune system performance compared to the immune system performance of an unvaccinated person.

    The Covid-19 injection specifically instructs cells to produce the alleged SARS-CoV-2 spike (S) protein. The immune system is supposed to take care of the rest and then remember to do it again if it ever encounters the SARS-CoV-2 virus. So when the authorities state that the effectiveness of the vaccines weakens over time, what they really mean is that the performance of your immune system weakens over time.

    The following chart shows the Covid-19 death rates per 100,000 by vaccination status across England in March 2022 based on data published by the UKHSA –


    As you can see, most vaccinated age groups have a higher Covid-19 death rate than the unvaccinated age groups. That’s not indicative of an effective vaccine, it’s indicative of damage done to the immune system by having the Covid vaccine. How else can you explain the fact the vaccinated are more likely to die of Covid-19 than the unvaccinated?

    We’re also seeing the same when it comes to non-Covid-19 deaths, and data suggests it takes approximately five months for enough damage to be done to the immune system by the Covid-19 injection for a recipient to be more likely to die.

    On the 17th May, the Office for National Statistics (ONS) published its latest dataset on deaths by vaccination status in England, and it has revealed a whole host of shocking findings.

    Table 1 of the ONS dataset contains figures on the monthly age-standardised mortality rates by vaccination status for deaths between 1st Jan 21 and 31st March 22. The first Covid-19 injection was administered in England on 8th December 2021, and here are the figures on mortality rates by vaccination status in the following 4 months –


    The unvaccinated were substantially more likely to die of any cause other than Covid-19 than the vaccinated population in both January and February 2021, before the rates seemed to normalise by the end of April.

    But look at what happened from May 2021 onwards –


    All of a sudden, the vaccinated population as a whole were more likely to die than the unvaccinated of any cause other than Covid-19, and this trend has continued month after month since. It also turns out this trend tally’s up with those who received the Covid-19 injections first, with people in England vaccinated by order of age.

    The ONS data either indicates that the Covid-19 injections take approximately 5 months to completely decimate the immune system to the point where a person’s chances of dying of any cause are significantly increased, or it indicates that the Covid-19 injections are directly killing people in the thousands with a slow and painful death that takes on average 5 months to conclude.

    So by now, you must be up to speed with the fact that the Covid-19 injections most definitely damage the natural immune system. In which case it’s perfectly plausible that dormant herpes and varicella-zoster viruses are being reactivated resulting in an unprecedented outbreak of herpes and shingles infections.

    But there’s another condition that authorities could be falsely claiming is monkeypox, and we need to return to the confidential Pfizer documents to find it.

    The condition is hidden within the 9-page long list of adverse events of special interest at the end of Pfizer’s reissue_5.3.6 postmarketing experience.pdf document.


    Source
    Autoimmune blistering disease.

    Autoimmune blistering disease causes blisters on the skin and mucous membranes throughout the body. It can affect the mouth, nose, throat, eyes, and genitals.

    It is not fully understood but “experts” believe that it is triggered when a person who has a genetic tendency to get this condition comes into contact with an environmental trigger. This might be a chemical or a medicine. Such as the Pfizer Covid-19 injection?

    So there you have it, a whole host of evidence that suggests authorities could quite easily be covering up the consequences of Covid-19 vaccination with a fake monkeypox pandemic. But if our display of evidence isn’t enough to convince you of this then perhaps this scientific study published in October 2021 is –


    Source
    But even though the whole monkeypox drama might be another charade, don’t be fooled into thinking authorities aren’t willing to take this as far or even further than the miserable two years they have forced the world to suffer in the name of Covid-19.

    In the UK, the UK Health Security Agency has just made monkeypox a notifiable disease, meaning all doctors and GP’s must report any cases they uncover to the UKHSA. This decision comes on top of the previous advice to isolate at home for three weeks if a close contact of anyone with suspected monkeypox.

    Meanwhile in the USA the CDC has just announced that the wearing of face masks is now recommended again to “prevent transmission of monkeypox in the community”.

    We doubt the CDC will ever get the memo that masks simply do not work, but let’s pretend they do and that there really is a monkeypox outbreak. Is the CDC not aware the monkeypox virus is not airborne and only transmitted by physical, and usually intimate contact?

    And now we have Dr Tedros, the head of the World Health Organization warning that monkeypox is now a real risk, and the WHO is extremely concerned for the safety of children and pregnant women. In a new statement, he finished by stating the WHO will publish a set of guidelines and advice for countries to follow forthwith…

    You can see where this is going, can’t you?


    It’s rather obvious where this went, and where it will keep going unless arrests are finally made.

    Also, today is the last day of the FLASH SALE…

    VIR-X FLASH SALE: The Most Potent Immune Support Nutraceutical

    VIR-X FLASH SALE: The Most Potent Immune Support Nutraceutical
    The new and improved VIR-X formulation offers the most potent synergistic antiviral and anti-Spike Protein (SP1 and SP2) formulation possible. This product also ensures overall wellness, is anti-cancer, and offers powerful antioxidant support. It is manufactured in the best American cGMP facility using the finest ingredients that are rigorously tested …

    Read full story

    …so take this opportunity to stock up on lifesaving products like VIR-X, Ivermectin, Fenbendazole, Doxycyline and organic full spectrum CBD oil by using code VIRX20.

    Upon adding products to your cart, please go to the cart icon at the top right corner of your browser page and click it, then choose the VIEW CART option whereby you will be redirected to a page where you can enter the code VIRX20 in the Use Coupon Code field.

    This flash sale ends this evening, August 20th, 2024.

    Please contact the company directly with any product questions: [email protected]

    They want you dead.

    Do NOT comply.






    Upgrade to paid

    Shop 2SG merch

    Use code 2SGPET for 10% off VIR-X

    Use code 2SGPET for 10% off PetMectin

    Use code 2SGPET for 10% off PetDazole

    Use code 2SGPET for 10% off CBD-X

    Use code 2SGPET for 10% off FishCycline


    https://www.2ndsmartestguyintheworld.com/p/monkeypox-is-a-coverup-for-damage
    Monkeypox is a coverup for damage done to Immune System by COVID Vaccination resulting in Shingles, Autoimmune Blistering Disease & Herpes Infection 2nd Smartest Guy in the World As yet another global scamdemic “emergency” in MonkeyPox, or the rebranded Mpox, was recently announced by the Marxist Ethiopian war criminal, BigPharma bioterrorist, and Bill Gates installed Director-General of the World Health Organization… …what we are now seeing is the Modified mRNA slow kill bioweapon VAIDS coverup, with “vaccine” refuseniks and genetically modified humans alike in the crosshairs of the WHO — which is nothing more than the “health” depopulation node of the United Nations and their Intelligence Industrial Complex partners-in-crime — and that means total global surveillance and contact tracing ahead of their attempted followup planetary “pandemic” lockdown… They are already seeding and normalizing said lockdowns in various captured nations like Canada… Image Just in time for the possible total destruction of America if the deranged Marxist puppet Kamala Cloward-Piven Harris “wins” the upcoming presidential shit show, which is why they are considering outright cancelling the elections due to a “pandemic,” or whichever psyop they believe will be most effective. Which is why the CDC is also at it, issuing a “health alert” over Parvovirus; in other words, another angle to the VAIDS epidemic coverup as the genetically modified humans and their devastated immune systems are presenting with all kinds of adverse events, not just limited to the inability to fend off viruses, STDs, or even the common cold. Two years ago a most prescient article was written warning of this MonkeyPox scam which today is particularly worth revisiting: by The Exposé Do you not find it curious how in the space of 50 years, monkeypox has never really gotten off the ground outside of a couple of countries in Africa, but then within two years of the alleged emergence of Covid-19, monkeypox is suddenly in every Western nation and being hyped up by public health authorities, the mainstream media and the World Health Organization? If you don’t, you won’t want to read this because you may miss the latest episode of BBC News at 6 pm. But if you do, you may or may not be surprised to find that evidence suggests the alleged monkeypox outbreak could actually be a result of the Covid-19 vaccination programme. How? Well, it has something to do with herpes, shingles, auto-immune blistering disease and the fact that Covid-19 vaccination greatly damages the natural immune system. Here’s a map showing countries where “confirmed” cases of monkeypox have been reported to the World Health Organization (WHO) since the middle of May 2022 – Only joking. The above is actually a map showing the main distributions of the Pfizer vaccine. Here’s the actual map showing countries where “confirmed” cases of monkeypox have been reported to the World Health Organization (WHO) since the middle of May 2022 – Source Here’s both maps together so you can play a game of spot the difference with them – Apart from a couple of countries, there isn’t really any difference, and every country that has reported alleged cases of monkeypox since May 2022 where it was not already endemic, is a country that also distributed the Pfizer Covid-19 injection. Now, this could of course just be another coincidence in a long line of “coincidences” that have occurred since early 2020. But unfortunately, evidence suggests otherwise. Human monkeypox was first identified in humans in 1970 in the Democratic Republic of Congo in a 9-year-old boy. Since then, human cases of monkeypox have been reported in 11 African countries. It wasn’t until 2003 that the first monkeypox outbreak outside of Africa was recorded, and this was in the United States. According to a scientific study published in 1988, between 1981-1986, 977 persons with skin eruption not clinically diagnosed as human monkeypox were laboratory tested in Zaire (now known as the Democratic Republic of Congo). The Scientists who conducted the study stated the following – The diagnostic difficulties were mainly based on clinical features characteristic of chickenpox: regional pleomorphism (in 46% of misdiagnosed cases), indefinite body-distribution of skin eruptions (49%), and centripetal distribution of skin lesions (17%). Lymph-node enlargement was observed in 76% of misdiagnosed patients. In the absence of smallpox, the main clinical diagnostic problem is the differentiation of human monkeypox from chickenpox.’ In Layman’s terms, distinguishing monkeypox from chickenpox is incredibly difficult, and chickenpox is caused by a type of herpes virus. The chickenpox virus is technically known as the varicella-zoster virus, and just like its close relative the herpes simplex virus, it becomes a lifelong resident in the body. And like its other cousin, genital herpes, varicella may be silent for many years, hiding out inside nerve cells and can reactivate later, wreaking havoc in the form of the excruciating skin disorder, shingles, which is a blistering, burning skin rash. Unfortunately, or fortunately; depending on whether you chose to get the Covid-19 injection, official Government data and confidential Pfizer documents strongly suggest the Covid-19 injection may be reactivating the dormant chickenpox virus or herpes virus due to the frightening damage it does to the immune system. This means we may not be witnessing a worldwide outbreak of monkeypox at all, but rather a huge cover-up of the consequences of administering an experimental injection to millions of people. The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) attempted to delay the release of Pfizer’s COVID-19 vaccine safety data for 75 years despite approving the injection after only 108 days of safety review on December 11th, 2020. But in early January 2022, Federal Judge Mark Pittman ordered them to release 55,000 pages per month. They released 12,000 pages by the end of January. Since then, PHMPT has posted all of the documents on its website. The latest drop happened on June 1st 2022. One of the documents contained in the data dump is ‘reissue_5.3.6 postmarketing experience.pdf’. Page 21 of the confidential document contains data on adverse events of special interest, with one of these specifically being herpes viral infections. Source According to the document by the end of February 2021, just 2 months after the Pfizer vaccine was granted emergency use authorisation in both the USA and UK, Pfizer has received 8,152 reports relating to herpes infection, and 18 of these had already led to multiple organ dysfunction syndrome. Multiple organ dysfunction syndrome (MODS) is a systemic, dysfunctional inflammatory response that requires long intensive care unit (ICU) stay. It is characterized with a high mortality rate depending on the number of organs involved. It can be caused by herpes infection as this scientific study found here proves. Further evidence published by the U.S Government, but more specifically the Centers for Disease Control shows that cases of herpes, shingles and multiple organ dysfunction syndrome really exploded in the USA following the administration of the Covid-19 injection. The following chart shows the number of herpes infections/complications that have been reported to VAERS as adverse reactions to all vaccines (including the Covid-19 jabs) by the year reported, and the Covid-19 vaccines only by the year reported – Source Data The following chart shows adverse events to the Covid-19 injections reported to the CDC relating to herpes, shingles and multiple organ dysfunction syndrome up to 13th May 2022. It also shows the number of adverse events reported against the Flu Vaccines, all vaccines combined (excluding Covid-19 injections) and the HPV/Smallpox vaccines between 2008 and 2020 – Source Data As you can see the Covid-19 injections have caused the most herpes related infections, and this is within 17 months. When comparing these to the number of flareups reported against the HPV/Smallpox vaccines in 13 years, these numbers are extremely concerning. This isn’t because so many people have been given a Covid-19 injection either. Official CDC numbers actually show 1.7 billion doses of influenza vaccine alone were administered between 2008 and 2020. Whereas, as of 6th May 2022, 580 million doses of Covid-19 vaccine had been administered in the USA. The following chart shows the rate per 1 million doses administered of adverse events related to herpes, shingles and multiple organ syndrome – The rate of herpes-related infections reported as adverse reactions to the Flu jabs is 0.75 adverse events per 1 million doses administered. But the rate of herpes-related infections reported as adverse reactions to the Covid-19 injections is 31.31 adverse events per 1 million doses administered. That’s a 4,075% difference, and indicative of a very serious problem. A serious problem that is being caused by the fact the Covid-19 injections decimate the immune system. The following chart shows the Covid-19 vaccine effectiveness among the triple vaccinated population in England in the UK Health Security Agency Week 3, Week 7 and Week 13 Vaccine Surveillance reports of 2022 – Data shows that vaccine effectiveness fell month on month, with the lowest effectiveness recorded among 60-69-year-olds at a shocking minus-391%. This age group also experienced the sharpest decline, falling from minus-104.69% in week 3. But one of the more concerning declines in vaccine effectiveness has been recorded among 18-29-year-olds, falling to minus-231% by Week 12 of 2022 from +10.19% in Week 3. A negative vaccine effectiveness indicates immune system damage because vaccine effectiveness isn’t really a measure of the effectiveness of a vaccine. It is a measure of a vaccine recipient’s immune system performance compared to the immune system performance of an unvaccinated person. The Covid-19 injection specifically instructs cells to produce the alleged SARS-CoV-2 spike (S) protein. The immune system is supposed to take care of the rest and then remember to do it again if it ever encounters the SARS-CoV-2 virus. So when the authorities state that the effectiveness of the vaccines weakens over time, what they really mean is that the performance of your immune system weakens over time. The following chart shows the Covid-19 death rates per 100,000 by vaccination status across England in March 2022 based on data published by the UKHSA – As you can see, most vaccinated age groups have a higher Covid-19 death rate than the unvaccinated age groups. That’s not indicative of an effective vaccine, it’s indicative of damage done to the immune system by having the Covid vaccine. How else can you explain the fact the vaccinated are more likely to die of Covid-19 than the unvaccinated? We’re also seeing the same when it comes to non-Covid-19 deaths, and data suggests it takes approximately five months for enough damage to be done to the immune system by the Covid-19 injection for a recipient to be more likely to die. On the 17th May, the Office for National Statistics (ONS) published its latest dataset on deaths by vaccination status in England, and it has revealed a whole host of shocking findings. Table 1 of the ONS dataset contains figures on the monthly age-standardised mortality rates by vaccination status for deaths between 1st Jan 21 and 31st March 22. The first Covid-19 injection was administered in England on 8th December 2021, and here are the figures on mortality rates by vaccination status in the following 4 months – The unvaccinated were substantially more likely to die of any cause other than Covid-19 than the vaccinated population in both January and February 2021, before the rates seemed to normalise by the end of April. But look at what happened from May 2021 onwards – All of a sudden, the vaccinated population as a whole were more likely to die than the unvaccinated of any cause other than Covid-19, and this trend has continued month after month since. It also turns out this trend tally’s up with those who received the Covid-19 injections first, with people in England vaccinated by order of age. The ONS data either indicates that the Covid-19 injections take approximately 5 months to completely decimate the immune system to the point where a person’s chances of dying of any cause are significantly increased, or it indicates that the Covid-19 injections are directly killing people in the thousands with a slow and painful death that takes on average 5 months to conclude. So by now, you must be up to speed with the fact that the Covid-19 injections most definitely damage the natural immune system. In which case it’s perfectly plausible that dormant herpes and varicella-zoster viruses are being reactivated resulting in an unprecedented outbreak of herpes and shingles infections. But there’s another condition that authorities could be falsely claiming is monkeypox, and we need to return to the confidential Pfizer documents to find it. The condition is hidden within the 9-page long list of adverse events of special interest at the end of Pfizer’s reissue_5.3.6 postmarketing experience.pdf document. Source Autoimmune blistering disease. Autoimmune blistering disease causes blisters on the skin and mucous membranes throughout the body. It can affect the mouth, nose, throat, eyes, and genitals. It is not fully understood but “experts” believe that it is triggered when a person who has a genetic tendency to get this condition comes into contact with an environmental trigger. This might be a chemical or a medicine. Such as the Pfizer Covid-19 injection? So there you have it, a whole host of evidence that suggests authorities could quite easily be covering up the consequences of Covid-19 vaccination with a fake monkeypox pandemic. But if our display of evidence isn’t enough to convince you of this then perhaps this scientific study published in October 2021 is – Source But even though the whole monkeypox drama might be another charade, don’t be fooled into thinking authorities aren’t willing to take this as far or even further than the miserable two years they have forced the world to suffer in the name of Covid-19. In the UK, the UK Health Security Agency has just made monkeypox a notifiable disease, meaning all doctors and GP’s must report any cases they uncover to the UKHSA. This decision comes on top of the previous advice to isolate at home for three weeks if a close contact of anyone with suspected monkeypox. Meanwhile in the USA the CDC has just announced that the wearing of face masks is now recommended again to “prevent transmission of monkeypox in the community”. We doubt the CDC will ever get the memo that masks simply do not work, but let’s pretend they do and that there really is a monkeypox outbreak. Is the CDC not aware the monkeypox virus is not airborne and only transmitted by physical, and usually intimate contact? And now we have Dr Tedros, the head of the World Health Organization warning that monkeypox is now a real risk, and the WHO is extremely concerned for the safety of children and pregnant women. In a new statement, he finished by stating the WHO will publish a set of guidelines and advice for countries to follow forthwith… You can see where this is going, can’t you? It’s rather obvious where this went, and where it will keep going unless arrests are finally made. Also, today is the last day of the FLASH SALE… VIR-X FLASH SALE: The Most Potent Immune Support Nutraceutical VIR-X FLASH SALE: The Most Potent Immune Support Nutraceutical The new and improved VIR-X formulation offers the most potent synergistic antiviral and anti-Spike Protein (SP1 and SP2) formulation possible. This product also ensures overall wellness, is anti-cancer, and offers powerful antioxidant support. It is manufactured in the best American cGMP facility using the finest ingredients that are rigorously tested … Read full story …so take this opportunity to stock up on lifesaving products like VIR-X, Ivermectin, Fenbendazole, Doxycyline and organic full spectrum CBD oil by using code VIRX20. Upon adding products to your cart, please go to the cart icon at the top right corner of your browser page and click it, then choose the VIEW CART option whereby you will be redirected to a page where you can enter the code VIRX20 in the Use Coupon Code field. This flash sale ends this evening, August 20th, 2024. Please contact the company directly with any product questions: [email protected] They want you dead. Do NOT comply. Upgrade to paid Shop 2SG merch Use code 2SGPET for 10% off VIR-X Use code 2SGPET for 10% off PetMectin Use code 2SGPET for 10% off PetDazole Use code 2SGPET for 10% off CBD-X Use code 2SGPET for 10% off FishCycline https://www.2ndsmartestguyintheworld.com/p/monkeypox-is-a-coverup-for-damage
    WWW.2NDSMARTESTGUYINTHEWORLD.COM
    Monkeypox is a coverup for damage done to Immune System by COVID Vaccination resulting in Shingles, Autoimmune Blistering Disease & Herpes Infection
    As yet another global scamdemic “emergency” in MonkeyPox, or the rebranded Mpox, was recently announced by the Marxist Ethiopian war criminal, BigPharma bioterrorist, and Bill Gates installed Director-General of the World Health Organization…
    0 Comments 0 Shares 6892 Views
  • Monkeypox is a coverup for damage done to Immune System by COVID Vaccination resulting in Shingles, Autoimmune Blistering Disease & Herpes Infection
    2nd Smartest Guy in the World
    As yet another global scamdemic “emergency” in MonkeyPox, or the rebranded Mpox, was recently announced by the Marxist Ethiopian war criminal, BigPharma bioterrorist, and Bill Gates installed Director-General of the World Health Organization…

    …what we are now seeing is the Modified mRNA slow kill bioweapon VAIDS coverup, with “vaccine” refuseniks and genetically modified humans alike in the crosshairs of the WHO — which is nothing more than the “health” depopulation node of the United Nations and their Intelligence Industrial Complex partners-in-crime — and that means total global surveillance and contact tracing ahead of their attempted followup planetary “pandemic” lockdown…

    They are already seeding and normalizing said lockdowns in various captured nations like Canada…

    Image
    Just in time for the possible total destruction of America if the deranged Marxist puppet Kamala Cloward-Piven Harris “wins” the upcoming presidential shit show, which is why they are considering outright cancelling the elections due to a “pandemic,” or whichever psyop they believe will be most effective.

    Which is why the CDC is also at it, issuing a “health alert” over Parvovirus; in other words, another angle to the VAIDS epidemic coverup as the genetically modified humans and their devastated immune systems are presenting with all kinds of adverse events, not just limited to the inability to fend off viruses, STDs, or even the common cold.

    Two years ago a most prescient article was written warning of this MonkeyPox scam which today is particularly worth revisiting:


    by The Exposé

    Do you not find it curious how in the space of 50 years, monkeypox has never really gotten off the ground outside of a couple of countries in Africa, but then within two years of the alleged emergence of Covid-19, monkeypox is suddenly in every Western nation and being hyped up by public health authorities, the mainstream media and the World Health Organization?

    If you don’t, you won’t want to read this because you may miss the latest episode of BBC News at 6 pm. But if you do, you may or may not be surprised to find that evidence suggests the alleged monkeypox outbreak could actually be a result of the Covid-19 vaccination programme.

    How?

    Well, it has something to do with herpes, shingles, auto-immune blistering disease and the fact that Covid-19 vaccination greatly damages the natural immune system.



    Here’s a map showing countries where “confirmed” cases of monkeypox have been reported to the World Health Organization (WHO) since the middle of May 2022 –


    Only joking. The above is actually a map showing the main distributions of the Pfizer vaccine.

    Here’s the actual map showing countries where “confirmed” cases of monkeypox have been reported to the World Health Organization (WHO) since the middle of May 2022 –


    Source
    Here’s both maps together so you can play a game of spot the difference with them –


    Apart from a couple of countries, there isn’t really any difference, and every country that has reported alleged cases of monkeypox since May 2022 where it was not already endemic, is a country that also distributed the Pfizer Covid-19 injection.

    Now, this could of course just be another coincidence in a long line of “coincidences” that have occurred since early 2020. But unfortunately, evidence suggests otherwise.

    Human monkeypox was first identified in humans in 1970 in the Democratic Republic of Congo in a 9-year-old boy. Since then, human cases of monkeypox have been reported in 11 African countries. It wasn’t until 2003 that the first monkeypox outbreak outside of Africa was recorded, and this was in the United States.

    According to a scientific study published in 1988, between 1981-1986, 977 persons with skin eruption not clinically diagnosed as human monkeypox were laboratory tested in Zaire (now known as the Democratic Republic of Congo).

    The Scientists who conducted the study stated the following –

    The diagnostic difficulties were mainly based on clinical features characteristic of chickenpox: regional pleomorphism (in 46% of misdiagnosed cases), indefinite body-distribution of skin eruptions (49%), and centripetal distribution of skin lesions (17%). Lymph-node enlargement was observed in 76% of misdiagnosed patients. In the absence of smallpox, the main clinical diagnostic problem is the differentiation of human monkeypox from chickenpox.’

    In Layman’s terms, distinguishing monkeypox from chickenpox is incredibly difficult, and chickenpox is caused by a type of herpes virus.

    The chickenpox virus is technically known as the varicella-zoster virus, and just like its close relative the herpes simplex virus, it becomes a lifelong resident in the body.

    And like its other cousin, genital herpes, varicella may be silent for many years, hiding out inside nerve cells and can reactivate later, wreaking havoc in the form of the excruciating skin disorder, shingles, which is a blistering, burning skin rash.

    Unfortunately, or fortunately; depending on whether you chose to get the Covid-19 injection, official Government data and confidential Pfizer documents strongly suggest the Covid-19 injection may be reactivating the dormant chickenpox virus or herpes virus due to the frightening damage it does to the immune system.

    This means we may not be witnessing a worldwide outbreak of monkeypox at all, but rather a huge cover-up of the consequences of administering an experimental injection to millions of people.

    The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) attempted to delay the release of Pfizer’s COVID-19 vaccine safety data for 75 years despite approving the injection after only 108 days of safety review on December 11th, 2020.

    But in early January 2022, Federal Judge Mark Pittman ordered them to release 55,000 pages per month. They released 12,000 pages by the end of January.

    Since then, PHMPT has posted all of the documents on its website. The latest drop happened on June 1st 2022.

    One of the documents contained in the data dump is ‘reissue_5.3.6 postmarketing experience.pdf’. Page 21 of the confidential document contains data on adverse events of special interest, with one of these specifically being herpes viral infections.


    Source
    According to the document by the end of February 2021, just 2 months after the Pfizer vaccine was granted emergency use authorisation in both the USA and UK, Pfizer has received 8,152 reports relating to herpes infection, and 18 of these had already led to multiple organ dysfunction syndrome.

    Multiple organ dysfunction syndrome (MODS) is a systemic, dysfunctional inflammatory response that requires long intensive care unit (ICU) stay. It is characterized with a high mortality rate depending on the number of organs involved. It can be caused by herpes infection as this scientific study found here proves.

    Further evidence published by the U.S Government, but more specifically the Centers for Disease Control shows that cases of herpes, shingles and multiple organ dysfunction syndrome really exploded in the USA following the administration of the Covid-19 injection.

    The following chart shows the number of herpes infections/complications that have been reported to VAERS as adverse reactions to all vaccines (including the Covid-19 jabs) by the year reported, and the Covid-19 vaccines only by the year reported –


    Source Data
    The following chart shows adverse events to the Covid-19 injections reported to the CDC relating to herpes, shingles and multiple organ dysfunction syndrome up to 13th May 2022.

    It also shows the number of adverse events reported against the Flu Vaccines, all vaccines combined (excluding Covid-19 injections) and the HPV/Smallpox vaccines between 2008 and 2020 –


    Source Data
    As you can see the Covid-19 injections have caused the most herpes related infections, and this is within 17 months. When comparing these to the number of flareups reported against the HPV/Smallpox vaccines in 13 years, these numbers are extremely concerning.

    This isn’t because so many people have been given a Covid-19 injection either. Official CDC numbers actually show 1.7 billion doses of influenza vaccine alone were administered between 2008 and 2020. Whereas, as of 6th May 2022, 580 million doses of Covid-19 vaccine had been administered in the USA.

    The following chart shows the rate per 1 million doses administered of adverse events related to herpes, shingles and multiple organ syndrome –


    The rate of herpes-related infections reported as adverse reactions to the Flu jabs is 0.75 adverse events per 1 million doses administered. But the rate of herpes-related infections reported as adverse reactions to the Covid-19 injections is 31.31 adverse events per 1 million doses administered.

    That’s a 4,075% difference, and indicative of a very serious problem. A serious problem that is being caused by the fact the Covid-19 injections decimate the immune system.

    The following chart shows the Covid-19 vaccine effectiveness among the triple vaccinated population in England in the UK Health Security Agency Week 3, Week 7 and Week 13 Vaccine Surveillance reports of 2022 –


    Data shows that vaccine effectiveness fell month on month, with the lowest effectiveness recorded among 60-69-year-olds at a shocking minus-391%. This age group also experienced the sharpest decline, falling from minus-104.69% in week 3.

    But one of the more concerning declines in vaccine effectiveness has been recorded among 18-29-year-olds, falling to minus-231% by Week 12 of 2022 from +10.19% in Week 3.

    A negative vaccine effectiveness indicates immune system damage because vaccine effectiveness isn’t really a measure of the effectiveness of a vaccine. It is a measure of a vaccine recipient’s immune system performance compared to the immune system performance of an unvaccinated person.

    The Covid-19 injection specifically instructs cells to produce the alleged SARS-CoV-2 spike (S) protein. The immune system is supposed to take care of the rest and then remember to do it again if it ever encounters the SARS-CoV-2 virus. So when the authorities state that the effectiveness of the vaccines weakens over time, what they really mean is that the performance of your immune system weakens over time.

    The following chart shows the Covid-19 death rates per 100,000 by vaccination status across England in March 2022 based on data published by the UKHSA –


    As you can see, most vaccinated age groups have a higher Covid-19 death rate than the unvaccinated age groups. That’s not indicative of an effective vaccine, it’s indicative of damage done to the immune system by having the Covid vaccine. How else can you explain the fact the vaccinated are more likely to die of Covid-19 than the unvaccinated?

    We’re also seeing the same when it comes to non-Covid-19 deaths, and data suggests it takes approximately five months for enough damage to be done to the immune system by the Covid-19 injection for a recipient to be more likely to die.

    On the 17th May, the Office for National Statistics (ONS) published its latest dataset on deaths by vaccination status in England, and it has revealed a whole host of shocking findings.

    Table 1 of the ONS dataset contains figures on the monthly age-standardised mortality rates by vaccination status for deaths between 1st Jan 21 and 31st March 22. The first Covid-19 injection was administered in England on 8th December 2021, and here are the figures on mortality rates by vaccination status in the following 4 months –


    The unvaccinated were substantially more likely to die of any cause other than Covid-19 than the vaccinated population in both January and February 2021, before the rates seemed to normalise by the end of April.

    But look at what happened from May 2021 onwards –


    All of a sudden, the vaccinated population as a whole were more likely to die than the unvaccinated of any cause other than Covid-19, and this trend has continued month after month since. It also turns out this trend tally’s up with those who received the Covid-19 injections first, with people in England vaccinated by order of age.

    The ONS data either indicates that the Covid-19 injections take approximately 5 months to completely decimate the immune system to the point where a person’s chances of dying of any cause are significantly increased, or it indicates that the Covid-19 injections are directly killing people in the thousands with a slow and painful death that takes on average 5 months to conclude.

    So by now, you must be up to speed with the fact that the Covid-19 injections most definitely damage the natural immune system. In which case it’s perfectly plausible that dormant herpes and varicella-zoster viruses are being reactivated resulting in an unprecedented outbreak of herpes and shingles infections.

    But there’s another condition that authorities could be falsely claiming is monkeypox, and we need to return to the confidential Pfizer documents to find it.

    The condition is hidden within the 9-page long list of adverse events of special interest at the end of Pfizer’s reissue_5.3.6 postmarketing experience.pdf document.


    Source
    Autoimmune blistering disease.

    Autoimmune blistering disease causes blisters on the skin and mucous membranes throughout the body. It can affect the mouth, nose, throat, eyes, and genitals.

    It is not fully understood but “experts” believe that it is triggered when a person who has a genetic tendency to get this condition comes into contact with an environmental trigger. This might be a chemical or a medicine. Such as the Pfizer Covid-19 injection?

    So there you have it, a whole host of evidence that suggests authorities could quite easily be covering up the consequences of Covid-19 vaccination with a fake monkeypox pandemic. But if our display of evidence isn’t enough to convince you of this then perhaps this scientific study published in October 2021 is –


    Source
    But even though the whole monkeypox drama might be another charade, don’t be fooled into thinking authorities aren’t willing to take this as far or even further than the miserable two years they have forced the world to suffer in the name of Covid-19.

    In the UK, the UK Health Security Agency has just made monkeypox a notifiable disease, meaning all doctors and GP’s must report any cases they uncover to the UKHSA. This decision comes on top of the previous advice to isolate at home for three weeks if a close contact of anyone with suspected monkeypox.

    Meanwhile in the USA the CDC has just announced that the wearing of face masks is now recommended again to “prevent transmission of monkeypox in the community”.

    We doubt the CDC will ever get the memo that masks simply do not work, but let’s pretend they do and that there really is a monkeypox outbreak. Is the CDC not aware the monkeypox virus is not airborne and only transmitted by physical, and usually intimate contact?

    And now we have Dr Tedros, the head of the World Health Organization warning that monkeypox is now a real risk, and the WHO is extremely concerned for the safety of children and pregnant women. In a new statement, he finished by stating the WHO will publish a set of guidelines and advice for countries to follow forthwith…

    You can see where this is going, can’t you?


    It’s rather obvious where this went, and where it will keep going unless arrests are finally made.

    Also, today is the last day of the FLASH SALE…

    VIR-X FLASH SALE: The Most Potent Immune Support Nutraceutical

    VIR-X FLASH SALE: The Most Potent Immune Support Nutraceutical
    The new and improved VIR-X formulation offers the most potent synergistic antiviral and anti-Spike Protein (SP1 and SP2) formulation possible. This product also ensures overall wellness, is anti-cancer, and offers powerful antioxidant support. It is manufactured in the best American cGMP facility using the finest ingredients that are rigorously tested …

    Read full story

    …so take this opportunity to stock up on lifesaving products like VIR-X, Ivermectin, Fenbendazole, Doxycyline and organic full spectrum CBD oil by using code VIRX20.

    Upon adding products to your cart, please go to the cart icon at the top right corner of your browser page and click it, then choose the VIEW CART option whereby you will be redirected to a page where you can enter the code VIRX20 in the Use Coupon Code field.

    This flash sale ends this evening, August 20th, 2024.

    Please contact the company directly with any product questions: [email protected]

    They want you dead.

    Do NOT comply.






    Upgrade to paid

    Shop 2SG merch

    Use code 2SGPET for 10% off VIR-X

    Use code 2SGPET for 10% off PetMectin

    Use code 2SGPET for 10% off PetDazole

    Use code 2SGPET for 10% off CBD-X

    Use code 2SGPET for 10% off FishCycline

    https://www.2ndsmartestguyintheworld.com/p/monkeypox-is-a-coverup-for-damage
    Monkeypox is a coverup for damage done to Immune System by COVID Vaccination resulting in Shingles, Autoimmune Blistering Disease & Herpes Infection 2nd Smartest Guy in the World As yet another global scamdemic “emergency” in MonkeyPox, or the rebranded Mpox, was recently announced by the Marxist Ethiopian war criminal, BigPharma bioterrorist, and Bill Gates installed Director-General of the World Health Organization… …what we are now seeing is the Modified mRNA slow kill bioweapon VAIDS coverup, with “vaccine” refuseniks and genetically modified humans alike in the crosshairs of the WHO — which is nothing more than the “health” depopulation node of the United Nations and their Intelligence Industrial Complex partners-in-crime — and that means total global surveillance and contact tracing ahead of their attempted followup planetary “pandemic” lockdown… They are already seeding and normalizing said lockdowns in various captured nations like Canada… Image Just in time for the possible total destruction of America if the deranged Marxist puppet Kamala Cloward-Piven Harris “wins” the upcoming presidential shit show, which is why they are considering outright cancelling the elections due to a “pandemic,” or whichever psyop they believe will be most effective. Which is why the CDC is also at it, issuing a “health alert” over Parvovirus; in other words, another angle to the VAIDS epidemic coverup as the genetically modified humans and their devastated immune systems are presenting with all kinds of adverse events, not just limited to the inability to fend off viruses, STDs, or even the common cold. Two years ago a most prescient article was written warning of this MonkeyPox scam which today is particularly worth revisiting: by The Exposé Do you not find it curious how in the space of 50 years, monkeypox has never really gotten off the ground outside of a couple of countries in Africa, but then within two years of the alleged emergence of Covid-19, monkeypox is suddenly in every Western nation and being hyped up by public health authorities, the mainstream media and the World Health Organization? If you don’t, you won’t want to read this because you may miss the latest episode of BBC News at 6 pm. But if you do, you may or may not be surprised to find that evidence suggests the alleged monkeypox outbreak could actually be a result of the Covid-19 vaccination programme. How? Well, it has something to do with herpes, shingles, auto-immune blistering disease and the fact that Covid-19 vaccination greatly damages the natural immune system. Here’s a map showing countries where “confirmed” cases of monkeypox have been reported to the World Health Organization (WHO) since the middle of May 2022 – Only joking. The above is actually a map showing the main distributions of the Pfizer vaccine. Here’s the actual map showing countries where “confirmed” cases of monkeypox have been reported to the World Health Organization (WHO) since the middle of May 2022 – Source Here’s both maps together so you can play a game of spot the difference with them – Apart from a couple of countries, there isn’t really any difference, and every country that has reported alleged cases of monkeypox since May 2022 where it was not already endemic, is a country that also distributed the Pfizer Covid-19 injection. Now, this could of course just be another coincidence in a long line of “coincidences” that have occurred since early 2020. But unfortunately, evidence suggests otherwise. Human monkeypox was first identified in humans in 1970 in the Democratic Republic of Congo in a 9-year-old boy. Since then, human cases of monkeypox have been reported in 11 African countries. It wasn’t until 2003 that the first monkeypox outbreak outside of Africa was recorded, and this was in the United States. According to a scientific study published in 1988, between 1981-1986, 977 persons with skin eruption not clinically diagnosed as human monkeypox were laboratory tested in Zaire (now known as the Democratic Republic of Congo). The Scientists who conducted the study stated the following – The diagnostic difficulties were mainly based on clinical features characteristic of chickenpox: regional pleomorphism (in 46% of misdiagnosed cases), indefinite body-distribution of skin eruptions (49%), and centripetal distribution of skin lesions (17%). Lymph-node enlargement was observed in 76% of misdiagnosed patients. In the absence of smallpox, the main clinical diagnostic problem is the differentiation of human monkeypox from chickenpox.’ In Layman’s terms, distinguishing monkeypox from chickenpox is incredibly difficult, and chickenpox is caused by a type of herpes virus. The chickenpox virus is technically known as the varicella-zoster virus, and just like its close relative the herpes simplex virus, it becomes a lifelong resident in the body. And like its other cousin, genital herpes, varicella may be silent for many years, hiding out inside nerve cells and can reactivate later, wreaking havoc in the form of the excruciating skin disorder, shingles, which is a blistering, burning skin rash. Unfortunately, or fortunately; depending on whether you chose to get the Covid-19 injection, official Government data and confidential Pfizer documents strongly suggest the Covid-19 injection may be reactivating the dormant chickenpox virus or herpes virus due to the frightening damage it does to the immune system. This means we may not be witnessing a worldwide outbreak of monkeypox at all, but rather a huge cover-up of the consequences of administering an experimental injection to millions of people. The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) attempted to delay the release of Pfizer’s COVID-19 vaccine safety data for 75 years despite approving the injection after only 108 days of safety review on December 11th, 2020. But in early January 2022, Federal Judge Mark Pittman ordered them to release 55,000 pages per month. They released 12,000 pages by the end of January. Since then, PHMPT has posted all of the documents on its website. The latest drop happened on June 1st 2022. One of the documents contained in the data dump is ‘reissue_5.3.6 postmarketing experience.pdf’. Page 21 of the confidential document contains data on adverse events of special interest, with one of these specifically being herpes viral infections. Source According to the document by the end of February 2021, just 2 months after the Pfizer vaccine was granted emergency use authorisation in both the USA and UK, Pfizer has received 8,152 reports relating to herpes infection, and 18 of these had already led to multiple organ dysfunction syndrome. Multiple organ dysfunction syndrome (MODS) is a systemic, dysfunctional inflammatory response that requires long intensive care unit (ICU) stay. It is characterized with a high mortality rate depending on the number of organs involved. It can be caused by herpes infection as this scientific study found here proves. Further evidence published by the U.S Government, but more specifically the Centers for Disease Control shows that cases of herpes, shingles and multiple organ dysfunction syndrome really exploded in the USA following the administration of the Covid-19 injection. The following chart shows the number of herpes infections/complications that have been reported to VAERS as adverse reactions to all vaccines (including the Covid-19 jabs) by the year reported, and the Covid-19 vaccines only by the year reported – Source Data The following chart shows adverse events to the Covid-19 injections reported to the CDC relating to herpes, shingles and multiple organ dysfunction syndrome up to 13th May 2022. It also shows the number of adverse events reported against the Flu Vaccines, all vaccines combined (excluding Covid-19 injections) and the HPV/Smallpox vaccines between 2008 and 2020 – Source Data As you can see the Covid-19 injections have caused the most herpes related infections, and this is within 17 months. When comparing these to the number of flareups reported against the HPV/Smallpox vaccines in 13 years, these numbers are extremely concerning. This isn’t because so many people have been given a Covid-19 injection either. Official CDC numbers actually show 1.7 billion doses of influenza vaccine alone were administered between 2008 and 2020. Whereas, as of 6th May 2022, 580 million doses of Covid-19 vaccine had been administered in the USA. The following chart shows the rate per 1 million doses administered of adverse events related to herpes, shingles and multiple organ syndrome – The rate of herpes-related infections reported as adverse reactions to the Flu jabs is 0.75 adverse events per 1 million doses administered. But the rate of herpes-related infections reported as adverse reactions to the Covid-19 injections is 31.31 adverse events per 1 million doses administered. That’s a 4,075% difference, and indicative of a very serious problem. A serious problem that is being caused by the fact the Covid-19 injections decimate the immune system. The following chart shows the Covid-19 vaccine effectiveness among the triple vaccinated population in England in the UK Health Security Agency Week 3, Week 7 and Week 13 Vaccine Surveillance reports of 2022 – Data shows that vaccine effectiveness fell month on month, with the lowest effectiveness recorded among 60-69-year-olds at a shocking minus-391%. This age group also experienced the sharpest decline, falling from minus-104.69% in week 3. But one of the more concerning declines in vaccine effectiveness has been recorded among 18-29-year-olds, falling to minus-231% by Week 12 of 2022 from +10.19% in Week 3. A negative vaccine effectiveness indicates immune system damage because vaccine effectiveness isn’t really a measure of the effectiveness of a vaccine. It is a measure of a vaccine recipient’s immune system performance compared to the immune system performance of an unvaccinated person. The Covid-19 injection specifically instructs cells to produce the alleged SARS-CoV-2 spike (S) protein. The immune system is supposed to take care of the rest and then remember to do it again if it ever encounters the SARS-CoV-2 virus. So when the authorities state that the effectiveness of the vaccines weakens over time, what they really mean is that the performance of your immune system weakens over time. The following chart shows the Covid-19 death rates per 100,000 by vaccination status across England in March 2022 based on data published by the UKHSA – As you can see, most vaccinated age groups have a higher Covid-19 death rate than the unvaccinated age groups. That’s not indicative of an effective vaccine, it’s indicative of damage done to the immune system by having the Covid vaccine. How else can you explain the fact the vaccinated are more likely to die of Covid-19 than the unvaccinated? We’re also seeing the same when it comes to non-Covid-19 deaths, and data suggests it takes approximately five months for enough damage to be done to the immune system by the Covid-19 injection for a recipient to be more likely to die. On the 17th May, the Office for National Statistics (ONS) published its latest dataset on deaths by vaccination status in England, and it has revealed a whole host of shocking findings. Table 1 of the ONS dataset contains figures on the monthly age-standardised mortality rates by vaccination status for deaths between 1st Jan 21 and 31st March 22. The first Covid-19 injection was administered in England on 8th December 2021, and here are the figures on mortality rates by vaccination status in the following 4 months – The unvaccinated were substantially more likely to die of any cause other than Covid-19 than the vaccinated population in both January and February 2021, before the rates seemed to normalise by the end of April. But look at what happened from May 2021 onwards – All of a sudden, the vaccinated population as a whole were more likely to die than the unvaccinated of any cause other than Covid-19, and this trend has continued month after month since. It also turns out this trend tally’s up with those who received the Covid-19 injections first, with people in England vaccinated by order of age. The ONS data either indicates that the Covid-19 injections take approximately 5 months to completely decimate the immune system to the point where a person’s chances of dying of any cause are significantly increased, or it indicates that the Covid-19 injections are directly killing people in the thousands with a slow and painful death that takes on average 5 months to conclude. So by now, you must be up to speed with the fact that the Covid-19 injections most definitely damage the natural immune system. In which case it’s perfectly plausible that dormant herpes and varicella-zoster viruses are being reactivated resulting in an unprecedented outbreak of herpes and shingles infections. But there’s another condition that authorities could be falsely claiming is monkeypox, and we need to return to the confidential Pfizer documents to find it. The condition is hidden within the 9-page long list of adverse events of special interest at the end of Pfizer’s reissue_5.3.6 postmarketing experience.pdf document. Source Autoimmune blistering disease. Autoimmune blistering disease causes blisters on the skin and mucous membranes throughout the body. It can affect the mouth, nose, throat, eyes, and genitals. It is not fully understood but “experts” believe that it is triggered when a person who has a genetic tendency to get this condition comes into contact with an environmental trigger. This might be a chemical or a medicine. Such as the Pfizer Covid-19 injection? So there you have it, a whole host of evidence that suggests authorities could quite easily be covering up the consequences of Covid-19 vaccination with a fake monkeypox pandemic. But if our display of evidence isn’t enough to convince you of this then perhaps this scientific study published in October 2021 is – Source But even though the whole monkeypox drama might be another charade, don’t be fooled into thinking authorities aren’t willing to take this as far or even further than the miserable two years they have forced the world to suffer in the name of Covid-19. In the UK, the UK Health Security Agency has just made monkeypox a notifiable disease, meaning all doctors and GP’s must report any cases they uncover to the UKHSA. This decision comes on top of the previous advice to isolate at home for three weeks if a close contact of anyone with suspected monkeypox. Meanwhile in the USA the CDC has just announced that the wearing of face masks is now recommended again to “prevent transmission of monkeypox in the community”. We doubt the CDC will ever get the memo that masks simply do not work, but let’s pretend they do and that there really is a monkeypox outbreak. Is the CDC not aware the monkeypox virus is not airborne and only transmitted by physical, and usually intimate contact? And now we have Dr Tedros, the head of the World Health Organization warning that monkeypox is now a real risk, and the WHO is extremely concerned for the safety of children and pregnant women. In a new statement, he finished by stating the WHO will publish a set of guidelines and advice for countries to follow forthwith… You can see where this is going, can’t you? It’s rather obvious where this went, and where it will keep going unless arrests are finally made. Also, today is the last day of the FLASH SALE… VIR-X FLASH SALE: The Most Potent Immune Support Nutraceutical VIR-X FLASH SALE: The Most Potent Immune Support Nutraceutical The new and improved VIR-X formulation offers the most potent synergistic antiviral and anti-Spike Protein (SP1 and SP2) formulation possible. This product also ensures overall wellness, is anti-cancer, and offers powerful antioxidant support. It is manufactured in the best American cGMP facility using the finest ingredients that are rigorously tested … Read full story …so take this opportunity to stock up on lifesaving products like VIR-X, Ivermectin, Fenbendazole, Doxycyline and organic full spectrum CBD oil by using code VIRX20. Upon adding products to your cart, please go to the cart icon at the top right corner of your browser page and click it, then choose the VIEW CART option whereby you will be redirected to a page where you can enter the code VIRX20 in the Use Coupon Code field. This flash sale ends this evening, August 20th, 2024. Please contact the company directly with any product questions: [email protected] They want you dead. Do NOT comply. Upgrade to paid Shop 2SG merch Use code 2SGPET for 10% off VIR-X Use code 2SGPET for 10% off PetMectin Use code 2SGPET for 10% off PetDazole Use code 2SGPET for 10% off CBD-X Use code 2SGPET for 10% off FishCycline https://www.2ndsmartestguyintheworld.com/p/monkeypox-is-a-coverup-for-damage
    WWW.2NDSMARTESTGUYINTHEWORLD.COM
    Monkeypox is a coverup for damage done to Immune System by COVID Vaccination resulting in Shingles, Autoimmune Blistering Disease & Herpes Infection
    As yet another global scamdemic “emergency” in MonkeyPox, or the rebranded Mpox, was recently announced by the Marxist Ethiopian war criminal, BigPharma bioterrorist, and Bill Gates installed Director-General of the World Health Organization…
    Wow
    1
    0 Comments 1 Shares 7563 Views
  • Monkeypox is a coverup for damage done to Immune System by COVID Vaccination resulting in Shingles, Autoimmune Blistering Disease & Herpes Infection
    The ExposéJune 10, 2022
    Do you not find it curious how in the space of 50 years, monkeypox has never really gotten off the ground outside of a couple of countries in Africa, but then within two years of the alleged emergence of Covid-19, monkeypox is suddenly in every Western nation and being hyped up by public health authorities, the mainstream media and the World Health Organization?

    If you don’t, you won’t want to read this because you may miss the latest episode of BBC News at 6 pm. But if you do, you may or may not be surprised to find that evidence suggests the alleged monkeypox outbreak could actually be a result of the Covid-19 vaccination programme.

    How?

    Well, it has something to do with herpes, shingles, auto-immune blistering disease and the fact that Covid-19 vaccination greatly damages the natural immune system.


    Let’s not lose touch…Your Government and Big Tech are actively trying to censor the information reported by The Exposé to serve their own needs. Subscribe now to make sure you receive the latest uncensored news in your inbox…

    Here’s a map showing countries where “confirmed” cases of monkeypox have been reported to the World Health Organization (WHO) since the middle of May 2022 –


    Only joking. The above is actually a map showing the main distributions of the Pfizer vaccine.

    Here’s the actual map showing countries where “confirmed” cases of monkeypox have been reported to the World Health Organization (WHO) since the middle of May 2022 –


    Source
    Here’s both maps together so you can play a game of spot the difference with them –


    Apart from a couple of countries, there isn’t really any difference, and every country that has reported alleged cases of monkeypox since May 2022 where it was not already endemic, is a country that also distributed the Pfizer Covid-19 injection.

    Now, this could of course just be another coincidence in a long line of “coincidences” that have occurred since early 2020. But unfortunately, evidence suggests otherwise.

    Human monkeypox was first identified in humans in 1970 in the Democratic Republic of Congo in a 9-year-old boy. Since then, human cases of monkeypox have been reported in 11 African countries. It wasn’t until 2003 that the first monkeypox outbreak outside of Africa was recorded, and this was in the United States.

    According to a scientific study published in 1988, between 1981-1986, 977 persons with skin eruption not clinically diagnosed as human monkeypox were laboratory tested in Zaire (now known as the Democratic Republic of Congo).

    The Scientists who conducted the study stated the following –

    The diagnostic difficulties were mainly based on clinical features characteristic of chickenpox: regional pleomorphism (in 46% of misdiagnosed cases), indefinite body-distribution of skin eruptions (49%), and centripetal distribution of skin lesions (17%). Lymph-node enlargement was observed in 76% of misdiagnosed patients. In the absence of smallpox, the main clinical diagnostic problem is the differentiation of human monkeypox from chickenpox.’

    In Layman’s terms, distinguishing monkeypox from chickenpox is incredibly difficult, and chickenpox is caused by a type of herpes virus.

    The chickenpox virus is technically known as the varicella-zoster virus, and just like its close relative the herpes simplex virus, it becomes a lifelong resident in the body.

    And like its other cousin, genital herpes, varicella may be silent for many years, hiding out inside nerve cells and can reactivate later, wreaking havoc in the form of the excruciating skin disorder, shingles, which is a blistering, burning skin rash.

    Unfortunately, or fortunately; depending on whether you chose to get the Covid-19 injection, official Government data and confidential Pfizer documents strongly suggest the Covid-19 injection may be reactivating the dormant chickenpox virus or herpes virus due to the frightening damage it does to the immune system.

    This means we may not be witnessing a worldwide outbreak of monkeypox at all, but rather a huge cover-up of the consequences of administering an experimental injection to millions of people.

    The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) attempted to delay the release of Pfizer’s COVID-19 vaccine safety data for 75 years despite approving the injection after only 108 days of safety review on December 11th, 2020.

    But in early January 2022, Federal Judge Mark Pittman ordered them to release 55,000 pages per month. They released 12,000 pages by the end of January.

    Since then, PHMPT has posted all of the documents on its website. The latest drop happened on June 1st 2022.

    One of the documents contained in the data dump is ‘reissue_5.3.6 postmarketing experience.pdf’. Page 21 of the confidential document contains data on adverse events of special interest, with one of these specifically being herpes viral infections.


    Source
    According to the document by the end of February 2021, just 2 months after the Pfizer vaccine was granted emergency use authorisation in both the USA and UK, Pfizer has received 8,152 reports relating to herpes infection, and 18 of these had already led to multiple organ dysfunction syndrome.

    Multiple organ dysfunction syndrome (MODS) is a systemic, dysfunctional inflammatory response that requires long intensive care unit (ICU) stay. It is characterized with a high mortality rate depending on the number of organs involved. It can be caused by herpes infection as this scientific study found here proves.

    Further evidence published by the U.S Government, but more specifically the Centers for Disease Control shows that cases of herpes, shingles and multiple organ dysfunction syndrome really exploded in the USA following the administration of the Covid-19 injection.

    The following chart shows the number of herpes infections/complications that have been reported to VAERS as adverse reactions to all vaccines (including the Covid-19 jabs) by the year reported, and the Covid-19 vaccines only by the year reported –


    Source Data
    The following chart shows adverse events to the Covid-19 injections reported to the CDC relating to herpes, shingles and multiple organ dysfunction syndrome up to 13th May 2022.

    It also shows the number of adverse events reported against the Flu Vaccines, all vaccines combined (excluding Covid-19 injections) and the HPV/Smallpox vaccines between 2008 and 2020 –


    Source Data
    As you can see the Covid-19 injections have caused the most herpes related infections, and this is within 17 months. When comparing these to the number of flareups reported against the HPV/Smallpox vaccines in 13 years, these numbers are extremely concerning.

    This isn’t because so many people have been given a Covid-19 injection either. Official CDC numbers actually show 1.7 billion doses of influenza vaccine alone were administered between 2008 and 2020. Whereas, as of 6th May 2022, 580 million doses of Covid-19 vaccine had been administered in the USA.

    The following chart shows the rate per 1 million doses administered of adverse events related to herpes, shingles and multiple organ syndrome –


    The rate of herpes-related infections reported as adverse reactions to the Flu jabs is 0.75 adverse events per 1 million doses administered. But the rate of herpes-related infections reported as adverse reactions to the Covid-19 injections is 31.31 adverse events per 1 million doses administered.

    That’s a 4,075% difference, and indicative of a very serious problem. A serious problem that is being caused by the fact the Covid-19 injections decimate the immune system.

    The following chart shows the Covid-19 vaccine effectiveness among the triple vaccinated population in England in the UK Health Security Agency Week 3, Week 7 and Week 13 Vaccine Surveillance reports of 2022 –


    Data shows that vaccine effectiveness fell month on month, with the lowest effectiveness recorded among 60-69-year-olds at a shocking minus-391%. This age group also experienced the sharpest decline, falling from minus-104.69% in week 3.

    But one of the more concerning declines in vaccine effectiveness has been recorded among 18-29-year-olds, falling to minus-231% by Week 12 of 2022 from +10.19% in Week 3.

    A negative vaccine effectiveness indicates immune system damage because vaccine effectiveness isn’t really a measure of the effectiveness of a vaccine. It is a measure of a vaccine recipient’s immune system performance compared to the immune system performance of an unvaccinated person.

    The Covid-19 injection specifically instructs cells to produce the alleged SARS-CoV-2 spike (S) protein. The immune system is supposed to take care of the rest and then remember to do it again if it ever encounters the SARS-CoV-2 virus. So when the authorities state that the effectiveness of the vaccines weakens over time, what they really mean is that the performance of your immune system weakens over time.

    The following chart shows the Covid-19 death rates per 100,000 by vaccination status across England in March 2022 based on data published by the UKHSA –


    As you can see, most vaccinated age groups have a higher Covid-19 death rate than the unvaccinated age groups. That’s not indicative of an effective vaccine, it’s indicative of damage done to the immune system by having the Covid vaccine. How else can you explain the fact the vaccinated are more likely to die of Covid-19 than the unvaccinated?

    We’re also seeing the same when it comes to non-Covid-19 deaths, and data suggests it takes approximately five months for enough damage to be done to the immune system by the Covid-19 injection for a recipient to be more likely to die.

    On the 17th May, the Office for National Statistics (ONS) published its latest dataset on deaths by vaccination status in England, and it has revealed a whole host of shocking findings.

    Table 1 of the ONS dataset contains figures on the monthly age-standardised mortality rates by vaccination status for deaths between 1st Jan 21 and 31st March 22. The first Covid-19 injection was administered in England on 8th December 2021, and here are the figures on mortality rates by vaccination status in the following 4 months –


    The unvaccinated were substantially more likely to die of any cause other than Covid-19 than the vaccinated population in both January and February 2021, before the rates seemed to normalise by the end of April.

    But look at what happened from May 2021 onwards –


    All of a sudden, the vaccinated population as a whole were more likely to die than the unvaccinated of any cause other than Covid-19, and this trend has continued month after month since. It also turns out this trend tally’s up with those who received the Covid-19 injections first, with people in England vaccinated by order of age.

    The ONS data either indicates that the Covid-19 injections take approximately 5 months to completely decimate the immune system to the point where a person’s chances of dying of any cause are significantly increased, or it indicates that the Covid-19 injections are directly killing people in the thousands with a slow and painful death that takes on average 5 months to conclude.

    So by now, you must be up to speed with the fact that the Covid-19 injections most definitely damage the natural immune system. In which case it’s perfectly plausible that dormant herpes and varicella-zoster viruses are being reactivated resulting in an unprecedented outbreak of herpes and shingles infections.

    But there’s another condition that authorities could be falsely claiming is monkeypox, and we need to return to the confidential Pfizer documents to find it.

    The condition is hidden within the 9-page long list of adverse events of special interest at the end of Pfizer’s reissue_5.3.6 postmarketing experience.pdf document.


    Source
    Autoimmune blistering disease.

    Autoimmune blistering disease causes blisters on the skin and mucous membranes throughout the body. It can affect the mouth, nose, throat, eyes, and genitals.

    It is not fully understood but “experts” believe that it is triggered when a person who has a genetic tendency to get this condition comes into contact with an environmental trigger. This might be a chemical or a medicine. Such as the Pfizer Covid-19 injection?

    So there you have it, a whole host of evidence that suggests authorities could quite easily be covering up the consequences of Covid-19 vaccination with a fake monkeypox pandemic. But if our display of evidence isn’t enough to convince you of this then perhaps this scientific study published in October 2021 is –


    Source
    But even though the whole monkeypox drama might be another charade, don’t be fooled into thinking authorities aren’t willing to take this as far or even further than the miserable two years they have forced the world to suffer in the name of Covid-19.

    In the UK, the UK Health Security Agency has just made monkeypox a notifiable disease, meaning all doctors and GP’s must report any cases they uncover to the UKHSA. This decision comes on top of the previous advice to isolate at home for three weeks if a close contact of anyone with suspected monkeypox.

    Meanwhile in the USA the CDC has just announced that the wearing of face masks is now recommended again to “prevent transmission of monkeypox in the community”.

    We doubt the CDC will ever get the memo that masks simply do not work, but let’s pretend they do and that there really is a monkeypox outbreak. Is the CDC not aware the monkeypox virus is not airborne and only transmitted by physical, and usually intimate contact?

    And now we have Dr Tedros, the head of the World Health Organization warning that monkeypox is now a real risk, and the WHO is extremely concerned for the safety of children and pregnant women. In a new statement, he finished by stating the WHO will publish a set of guidelines and advice for countries to follow forthwith…


    You can see where this is going, can’t you?

    https://expose-news.com/2022/06/10/consequences-covid-vaccination-monkeypox-coverup/
    Monkeypox is a coverup for damage done to Immune System by COVID Vaccination resulting in Shingles, Autoimmune Blistering Disease & Herpes Infection The ExposéJune 10, 2022 Do you not find it curious how in the space of 50 years, monkeypox has never really gotten off the ground outside of a couple of countries in Africa, but then within two years of the alleged emergence of Covid-19, monkeypox is suddenly in every Western nation and being hyped up by public health authorities, the mainstream media and the World Health Organization? If you don’t, you won’t want to read this because you may miss the latest episode of BBC News at 6 pm. But if you do, you may or may not be surprised to find that evidence suggests the alleged monkeypox outbreak could actually be a result of the Covid-19 vaccination programme. How? Well, it has something to do with herpes, shingles, auto-immune blistering disease and the fact that Covid-19 vaccination greatly damages the natural immune system. Let’s not lose touch…Your Government and Big Tech are actively trying to censor the information reported by The Exposé to serve their own needs. Subscribe now to make sure you receive the latest uncensored news in your inbox… Here’s a map showing countries where “confirmed” cases of monkeypox have been reported to the World Health Organization (WHO) since the middle of May 2022 – Only joking. The above is actually a map showing the main distributions of the Pfizer vaccine. Here’s the actual map showing countries where “confirmed” cases of monkeypox have been reported to the World Health Organization (WHO) since the middle of May 2022 – Source Here’s both maps together so you can play a game of spot the difference with them – Apart from a couple of countries, there isn’t really any difference, and every country that has reported alleged cases of monkeypox since May 2022 where it was not already endemic, is a country that also distributed the Pfizer Covid-19 injection. Now, this could of course just be another coincidence in a long line of “coincidences” that have occurred since early 2020. But unfortunately, evidence suggests otherwise. Human monkeypox was first identified in humans in 1970 in the Democratic Republic of Congo in a 9-year-old boy. Since then, human cases of monkeypox have been reported in 11 African countries. It wasn’t until 2003 that the first monkeypox outbreak outside of Africa was recorded, and this was in the United States. According to a scientific study published in 1988, between 1981-1986, 977 persons with skin eruption not clinically diagnosed as human monkeypox were laboratory tested in Zaire (now known as the Democratic Republic of Congo). The Scientists who conducted the study stated the following – The diagnostic difficulties were mainly based on clinical features characteristic of chickenpox: regional pleomorphism (in 46% of misdiagnosed cases), indefinite body-distribution of skin eruptions (49%), and centripetal distribution of skin lesions (17%). Lymph-node enlargement was observed in 76% of misdiagnosed patients. In the absence of smallpox, the main clinical diagnostic problem is the differentiation of human monkeypox from chickenpox.’ In Layman’s terms, distinguishing monkeypox from chickenpox is incredibly difficult, and chickenpox is caused by a type of herpes virus. The chickenpox virus is technically known as the varicella-zoster virus, and just like its close relative the herpes simplex virus, it becomes a lifelong resident in the body. And like its other cousin, genital herpes, varicella may be silent for many years, hiding out inside nerve cells and can reactivate later, wreaking havoc in the form of the excruciating skin disorder, shingles, which is a blistering, burning skin rash. Unfortunately, or fortunately; depending on whether you chose to get the Covid-19 injection, official Government data and confidential Pfizer documents strongly suggest the Covid-19 injection may be reactivating the dormant chickenpox virus or herpes virus due to the frightening damage it does to the immune system. This means we may not be witnessing a worldwide outbreak of monkeypox at all, but rather a huge cover-up of the consequences of administering an experimental injection to millions of people. The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) attempted to delay the release of Pfizer’s COVID-19 vaccine safety data for 75 years despite approving the injection after only 108 days of safety review on December 11th, 2020. But in early January 2022, Federal Judge Mark Pittman ordered them to release 55,000 pages per month. They released 12,000 pages by the end of January. Since then, PHMPT has posted all of the documents on its website. The latest drop happened on June 1st 2022. One of the documents contained in the data dump is ‘reissue_5.3.6 postmarketing experience.pdf’. Page 21 of the confidential document contains data on adverse events of special interest, with one of these specifically being herpes viral infections. Source According to the document by the end of February 2021, just 2 months after the Pfizer vaccine was granted emergency use authorisation in both the USA and UK, Pfizer has received 8,152 reports relating to herpes infection, and 18 of these had already led to multiple organ dysfunction syndrome. Multiple organ dysfunction syndrome (MODS) is a systemic, dysfunctional inflammatory response that requires long intensive care unit (ICU) stay. It is characterized with a high mortality rate depending on the number of organs involved. It can be caused by herpes infection as this scientific study found here proves. Further evidence published by the U.S Government, but more specifically the Centers for Disease Control shows that cases of herpes, shingles and multiple organ dysfunction syndrome really exploded in the USA following the administration of the Covid-19 injection. The following chart shows the number of herpes infections/complications that have been reported to VAERS as adverse reactions to all vaccines (including the Covid-19 jabs) by the year reported, and the Covid-19 vaccines only by the year reported – Source Data The following chart shows adverse events to the Covid-19 injections reported to the CDC relating to herpes, shingles and multiple organ dysfunction syndrome up to 13th May 2022. It also shows the number of adverse events reported against the Flu Vaccines, all vaccines combined (excluding Covid-19 injections) and the HPV/Smallpox vaccines between 2008 and 2020 – Source Data As you can see the Covid-19 injections have caused the most herpes related infections, and this is within 17 months. When comparing these to the number of flareups reported against the HPV/Smallpox vaccines in 13 years, these numbers are extremely concerning. This isn’t because so many people have been given a Covid-19 injection either. Official CDC numbers actually show 1.7 billion doses of influenza vaccine alone were administered between 2008 and 2020. Whereas, as of 6th May 2022, 580 million doses of Covid-19 vaccine had been administered in the USA. The following chart shows the rate per 1 million doses administered of adverse events related to herpes, shingles and multiple organ syndrome – The rate of herpes-related infections reported as adverse reactions to the Flu jabs is 0.75 adverse events per 1 million doses administered. But the rate of herpes-related infections reported as adverse reactions to the Covid-19 injections is 31.31 adverse events per 1 million doses administered. That’s a 4,075% difference, and indicative of a very serious problem. A serious problem that is being caused by the fact the Covid-19 injections decimate the immune system. The following chart shows the Covid-19 vaccine effectiveness among the triple vaccinated population in England in the UK Health Security Agency Week 3, Week 7 and Week 13 Vaccine Surveillance reports of 2022 – Data shows that vaccine effectiveness fell month on month, with the lowest effectiveness recorded among 60-69-year-olds at a shocking minus-391%. This age group also experienced the sharpest decline, falling from minus-104.69% in week 3. But one of the more concerning declines in vaccine effectiveness has been recorded among 18-29-year-olds, falling to minus-231% by Week 12 of 2022 from +10.19% in Week 3. A negative vaccine effectiveness indicates immune system damage because vaccine effectiveness isn’t really a measure of the effectiveness of a vaccine. It is a measure of a vaccine recipient’s immune system performance compared to the immune system performance of an unvaccinated person. The Covid-19 injection specifically instructs cells to produce the alleged SARS-CoV-2 spike (S) protein. The immune system is supposed to take care of the rest and then remember to do it again if it ever encounters the SARS-CoV-2 virus. So when the authorities state that the effectiveness of the vaccines weakens over time, what they really mean is that the performance of your immune system weakens over time. The following chart shows the Covid-19 death rates per 100,000 by vaccination status across England in March 2022 based on data published by the UKHSA – As you can see, most vaccinated age groups have a higher Covid-19 death rate than the unvaccinated age groups. That’s not indicative of an effective vaccine, it’s indicative of damage done to the immune system by having the Covid vaccine. How else can you explain the fact the vaccinated are more likely to die of Covid-19 than the unvaccinated? We’re also seeing the same when it comes to non-Covid-19 deaths, and data suggests it takes approximately five months for enough damage to be done to the immune system by the Covid-19 injection for a recipient to be more likely to die. On the 17th May, the Office for National Statistics (ONS) published its latest dataset on deaths by vaccination status in England, and it has revealed a whole host of shocking findings. Table 1 of the ONS dataset contains figures on the monthly age-standardised mortality rates by vaccination status for deaths between 1st Jan 21 and 31st March 22. The first Covid-19 injection was administered in England on 8th December 2021, and here are the figures on mortality rates by vaccination status in the following 4 months – The unvaccinated were substantially more likely to die of any cause other than Covid-19 than the vaccinated population in both January and February 2021, before the rates seemed to normalise by the end of April. But look at what happened from May 2021 onwards – All of a sudden, the vaccinated population as a whole were more likely to die than the unvaccinated of any cause other than Covid-19, and this trend has continued month after month since. It also turns out this trend tally’s up with those who received the Covid-19 injections first, with people in England vaccinated by order of age. The ONS data either indicates that the Covid-19 injections take approximately 5 months to completely decimate the immune system to the point where a person’s chances of dying of any cause are significantly increased, or it indicates that the Covid-19 injections are directly killing people in the thousands with a slow and painful death that takes on average 5 months to conclude. So by now, you must be up to speed with the fact that the Covid-19 injections most definitely damage the natural immune system. In which case it’s perfectly plausible that dormant herpes and varicella-zoster viruses are being reactivated resulting in an unprecedented outbreak of herpes and shingles infections. But there’s another condition that authorities could be falsely claiming is monkeypox, and we need to return to the confidential Pfizer documents to find it. The condition is hidden within the 9-page long list of adverse events of special interest at the end of Pfizer’s reissue_5.3.6 postmarketing experience.pdf document. Source Autoimmune blistering disease. Autoimmune blistering disease causes blisters on the skin and mucous membranes throughout the body. It can affect the mouth, nose, throat, eyes, and genitals. It is not fully understood but “experts” believe that it is triggered when a person who has a genetic tendency to get this condition comes into contact with an environmental trigger. This might be a chemical or a medicine. Such as the Pfizer Covid-19 injection? So there you have it, a whole host of evidence that suggests authorities could quite easily be covering up the consequences of Covid-19 vaccination with a fake monkeypox pandemic. But if our display of evidence isn’t enough to convince you of this then perhaps this scientific study published in October 2021 is – Source But even though the whole monkeypox drama might be another charade, don’t be fooled into thinking authorities aren’t willing to take this as far or even further than the miserable two years they have forced the world to suffer in the name of Covid-19. In the UK, the UK Health Security Agency has just made monkeypox a notifiable disease, meaning all doctors and GP’s must report any cases they uncover to the UKHSA. This decision comes on top of the previous advice to isolate at home for three weeks if a close contact of anyone with suspected monkeypox. Meanwhile in the USA the CDC has just announced that the wearing of face masks is now recommended again to “prevent transmission of monkeypox in the community”. We doubt the CDC will ever get the memo that masks simply do not work, but let’s pretend they do and that there really is a monkeypox outbreak. Is the CDC not aware the monkeypox virus is not airborne and only transmitted by physical, and usually intimate contact? And now we have Dr Tedros, the head of the World Health Organization warning that monkeypox is now a real risk, and the WHO is extremely concerned for the safety of children and pregnant women. In a new statement, he finished by stating the WHO will publish a set of guidelines and advice for countries to follow forthwith… You can see where this is going, can’t you? https://expose-news.com/2022/06/10/consequences-covid-vaccination-monkeypox-coverup/
    EXPOSE-NEWS.COM
    Monkeypox is a coverup for damage done to Immune System by COVID Vaccination resulting in Shingles, Autoimmune Blistering Disease & Herpes Infection
    Do you not find it curious how in the space of 50 years, monkeypox has never really gotten off the ground outside of a couple of countries in Africa, but then within two years of the alleged emerge…
    0 Comments 0 Shares 8677 Views
  • Denis Rancourt and his colleagues have published their most extensive paper to date, analysing all-cause mortality across 125 countries throughout the entire alleged COVID-19 pandemic.

    The paper in question is over 500 pages.

    The paper projected 30.9 million excess deaths globally from 2020-2022, with 16.9 million deaths related to the rollout to the jab.

    However, they concluded that excess mortality was not because of an alleged virus, but because of other factors like the vaccine, stress and unnecessary medical interventions.

    In other words, there was no pandemic.

    Listen to/watch the podcast.

    Join our army of freedom-loving individuals from around the world.
    🔥 Denis Rancourt and his colleagues have published their most extensive paper to date, analysing all-cause mortality across 125 countries throughout the entire alleged COVID-19 pandemic. The paper in question is over 500 pages. The paper projected 30.9 million excess deaths globally from 2020-2022, with 16.9 million deaths related to the rollout to the jab. However, they concluded that excess mortality was not because of an alleged virus, but because of other factors like the vaccine, stress and unnecessary medical interventions. In other words, there was no pandemic. ➡️ Listen to/watch the podcast. ⚠️ Join our army of freedom-loving individuals from around the world.
    Like
    1
    0 Comments 1 Shares 1911 Views
  • Who Really Controls the World?
    January 23, 2013

    Prof. Dr. Mujahid Kamran, New Dawn
    Waking Times

    Since I entered politics, I have chiefly had men’s views confided to me privately. Some of the biggest men in the United States, in the field of commerce and manufacture, are afraid of something. They know that there is a power somewhere so organised, so subtle, so watchful, so interlocked, so complete, so pervasive, that they better not speak above their breath when they speak in condemnation of it. —Woodrow Wilson, 28th President of the United States (1856-1924)

    So you see, my dear Coningsby, that the world is governed by very different personages from what is imagined by those who are not behind the scenes. —Benjamin Disraeli, British Prime Minister (1804-1881)

    The advent of the industrial revolution, the invention of a banking system based on usury, and scientific and technological advancements during the past three centuries have had three major consequences. These have made the incredible concentration of wealth in a few hands possible, have led to the construction of increasingly deadly weapons culminating in weapons of mass destruction, and have made it possible to mould the minds of vast populations by application of scientific techniques through the media and control of the educational system.

    The wealthiest families on planet earth call the shots in every major upheaval that they cause. Their sphere of activity extends over the entire globe, and even beyond, their ambition and greed for wealth and power knows no bounds, and for them, most of mankind is garbage – “human garbage.” It is also their target to depopulate the globe and maintain a much lower population compared to what we have now.



    It was Baron Nathan Mayer de Rothschild (1840-1915) who once said: “I care not what puppet is placed on the throne of England to rule the British Empire on which the sun never sets. The man that controls Britain’s money supply controls the British Empire, and I control the British money supply.” What was true of the British Empire is equally true of the US Empire, controlled remotely by the London based Elite through the Federal Reserve System. Judged by its consequences, the Federal Reserve System is the greatest con job in human history.
    It is sad and painful that man’s most beautiful construction, and the source of most power and wealth on earth, viz. scientific knowledge – the most sublime, most powerful and most organised expression of man’s inherent gift of thought, wonder and awe – became a tool for subjugation of humanity, a very dangerous tool in the hands of a tiny group of men. These men “hire” the scientist and take away, as a matter of right, the power the scientist creates through his inventions. This power is then used for their own purposes, at immense human and material cost to mankind. The goal of this handful of men, the members of the wealthiest families on the planet, the Elite, is a New World Order, a One World Government, under their control.

    Secrecy and anonymity is integral to the operations of the Elite as is absolute ruthlessness, deep deception and the most sordid spying and blackmail. The Elite pitches nations against each other, and aims at the destruction of religion and other traditional values, creates chaos, deliberately spreads poverty and misery, and then usurps power placing its stooges in place. These families “buy while the blood is still flowing in the streets” (Rothschild dictum). Wars, “revolutions” and assassinations are part of their tactics to destroy traditional civilisation and traditional religions (as in Soviet Russia), amass wealth and power, eliminate opponents, and proceed relentlessly towards their avowed goal, generation after generation. They operate through covert and overt societies and organisations.

    Professor Carroll Quigley wrote:

    The powers of financial capitalism had another far reaching aim, nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands to be able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements, arrived at in private meetings and conferences.… The growth of financial capitalism made possible a centralisation of world economic control and use of this power for the direct benefit of financiers and the indirect injury to all other economic groups.

    Winston Churchill, who was eventually “bored by it all,” wrote around 1920:

    From the days of Spartacus-Weishaupt to those of Karl Marx, to those of Trotsky, Bela Kun, Rosa Luxembourg, and Emma Goldman, this world wide conspiracy for the overthrow of civilisation and reconstitution of society on the basis of arrested development, of envious malevolence and impossible equality, has been steadily growing. It played a definitely recognisable role in the tragedy of French Revolution. It has been the mainspring of every subversive movement during the nineteenth century, and now at last, this band of extraordinary personalities from the underworld of the great cities of Europe and America have gripped the Russian people by the hair of their heads, and have become practically the undisputed masters of that enormous empire.

    The High Cabal Exposed by JFK

    It was in the dark days of World War II that Churchill referred to the existence of a “High Cabal” that had brought about unprecedented bloodshed in human history. Churchill is also said to have remarked about the Elite: “They have transported Lenin in a sealed truck like a plague bacillus from Switzerland into Russia…” (quoted by John Coleman in The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations, Global Publications 2006). Who are ‘they’?

    Consider the 1961 statement of US President John F. Kennedy (JFK) before media personnel:

    The word secrecy is repugnant in a free and open society, and we are as a people, inherently and historically opposed to secret societies, secret oaths and secret proceedings. For we are opposed around the world by a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy, that relies primarily on covert means for expanding its sphere of influence. It depends on infiltration instead of invasion, on subversion instead of elections, on intimidation instead of free choice. It is a system which has conscripted vast human and material resources into the building of a tightly knit, highly efficient machine that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific, and political operations. Its preparations are concealed, not published, its mistakes are buried, not headlined, and its dissenters are silenced, not praised, no expenditure is questioned, no secret revealed… I am asking your help in the tremendous task of informing and alerting the American people.”

    Secret societies, secret oaths, secret proceedings, infiltration, subversion, intimidation – these are the words used by JFK!

    On June 4, 1963, JFK ordered the printing of Treasury dollar bills instead of Federal Reserve notes (Executive Order 11110). He also ordered that once these had been printed, the Federal Reserve notes would be withdrawn, and the Treasury bills put into circulation. A few months later (November 22, 1963) he was killed in broad daylight in front of the whole world – his brains blown out. Upon assumption of power, his successor, President Lyndon Johnson, immediately reversed the order to switch to Treasury bills showing very clearly why JFK was murdered. Another order of JFK, to militarily disengage from the Far East by withdrawing US “advisors” from Vietnam, was also immediately reversed after his death. After the Cuban crisis JFK wanted peaceful non-confrontational coexistence with the Soviet Union and that meant no wars in the world. He knew the next war would be nuclear and there would be no winners.

    The defense industry and the banks that make money from war belong to the Elite. The Elite subscribes to a dialectical Hegelian philosophy, as pointed out by Antony Sutton, under which they bring about ‘controlled conflict’. The two world wars were ‘controlled conflicts’! Their arrogance, their ceaseless energy, their focus, their utter disregard for human life, their ability to plan decades in advance, to act on that planning, and their continual success are staggering and faith-shaking.

    Statements by men like Disraeli, Wilson, Churchill, JFK and others should not leave any doubt in the mind of the reader about who controls the world. President Franklin Delano Roosevelt wrote in November 1933 to Col. Edward House: “The real truth of the matter is, as you and I know, that a financial element in the larger centres has owned the government since the days of Andrew Jackson.” It may be recalled that Andrew Jackson, US President from 1829-1837, was so enraged by the tactics of bankers (Rothschilds) that he said: “You are a den of vipers. I intend to rout you out and by the Eternal God I will rout you out. If the people only understood the rank injustice of our money and banking system, there would be a revolution before morning.”

    Interlocking Structure of Elite Control

    In his book Big Oil and Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf: Four Horsemen, Eight Families and Their Global Intelligence, Narcotics and Terror Network, Dean Henderson states: “My queries to bank regulatory agencies regarding stock ownership in the top 25 US bank holding companies were given Freedom of Information Act status, before being denied on ‘national security’ grounds. This is ironic since many of the bank’s stockholders reside in Europe.” This is, on the face of it, quite astonishing but it goes to show the US government works not for the people but for the Elite. It also shows that secrecy is paramount in Elite affairs. No media outlet will raise this issue because the Elite owns the media. Secrecy is essential for Elite control – if the world finds out the truth about the wealth, thought, ideology and activities of the Elite there would be a worldwide revolt against it. Henderson further states:

    The Four Horsemen of Banking (Bank of America, JP Morgan Chase, Citigroup and Wells Fargo) own the Four Horsemen of Oil (Exxon Mobil, Royal Dutch/Shell, BP Amoco and Chevron Texaco); in tandem with other European and old money behemoths. But their monopoly over the global economy does not end at the edge of the oil patch. According to company 10K filings to the SEC, the Four Horsemen of Banking are among the top ten stockholders of virtually every Fortune 500 corporation.

    It is well known that in 2009, of the top 100 largest economic entities of the world, 44 were corporations. The wealth of these families, which are among the top 10% shareholders in each of these, is far in excess of national economies. In fact, total global GDP is around 70 trillion dollars. The Rothschild family wealth alone is estimated to be in the trillions of dollars. So is the case with the Rockefellers who were helped and provided money all along by the Rothschilds. The US has an annual GDP in the range of 14-15 trillion dollars. This pales into insignificance before the wealth of these trillionaires. With the US government and most European countries in debt to the Elite, there should be absolutely no doubt as to who owns the world and who controls it. To quote Eustace Mullins from his book The World Order:

    The Rothschilds rule the US through their Foundations, the Council on Foreign Relations, and the Federal Reserve System with no serious challenges to their power. Expensive ‘political campaigns’ are routinely conducted, with carefully screened candidates who are pledged to the program of the World Order. Should they deviate from the program, they would have an ‘accident’, be framed on a sex charge, or indicted in some financial irregularity.

    The Elite members operate in absolute unison against public benefit, against a better life for mankind in which the individual is free to develop his or her innate creativity, a life free of war and bloodshed. James Forrestal, the first Secretary of Defence of the US, became aware of Elite intrigue and had, according to Jim Marrs, accumulated 3,000 pages of notes to be used for writing a book. He died in mysterious circumstances and was almost certainly murdered. His notes were taken away and a sanitised version made public after one year! Just before he died, almost fifteen months before the outbreak of the Korean War, he had revealed that American soldiers would die in Korea! Marrs quotes Forrestal: “These men are not incompetent or stupid. Consistency has never been a mark of stupidity. If they were merely stupid, they would occasionally make a mistake in our favour.” The Bilderberg Group, the Council on Foreign Relations, the Trilateral Commission and the mother of all these, The Royal Institute of International Affairs, are bodies where decisions about the future of mankind are arrived at. Who set these up and control them? The “international bankers” of course.

    In his book The Secret Team: The CIA and Its Allies in Control of the United States and the World, Col. Fletcher Prouty, who was the briefing officer to the President of the US from 1955-1963, writes about “an inner sanctum of a new religious order.” By the phrase Secret Team he means a group of “security-cleared individuals in and out of government who receive secret intelligence data gathered by the CIA and the National Security Agency (NSA) and who react to those data.” He states: “The power of the Team derives from its vast intra-governmental undercover infrastructure and its direct relationship with great private industries, mutual funds and investment houses, universities, and the news media, including foreign and domestic publishing houses.” He further adds: “All true members of the Team remain in the power centre whether in office with the incumbent administration or out of office with the hard-core set. They simply rotate to and from official jobs and the business world or the pleasant haven of academe.”

    Training the Young for Elite Membership

    It is very remarkable as to how ‘they’ are able to exercise control and how ‘they’ always find people to carry out the job, and how is it ‘they’ always make the ‘right’ decision at the right time? This can only be possible if there exists a hidden program of inducting and training cadres mentally, ideologically, philosophically, psychologically and ability-wise, over prolonged periods of time and planting them in the centres of power of countries like the US, UK, etc. This training would begin at a young age in general. There must also be a method of continual appraisal, by small groups of very highly skilled men, of developing situations with ‘their’ men who are planted throughout the major power centres of the world so that immediate ‘remedial’ action, action that always favours Elite interests, can be taken. How does that happen?

    It is in finding answers to these questions that the role of secret societies and their control of universities, particularly in the US, assumes deeper importance. The work done by men like Antony Sutton, John Coleman, Eustace Mullins and others is ground breaking. Mankind owes a debt to such scholars who suffer for truth but do not give in. Whenever you trace the money source of important initiatives designed to bring about major wars, lay down policies for the future, enhance control of the Elite over mankind, etc., you will invariably find them linked to the so called banking families and their stooges operating out of Foundations.

    In April 2008 I was among approximately 200 Vice Chancellors, Rectors and Presidents of universities from Asia, Africa, Europe and the US at a two day Higher Education Summit for Global Development, held at the US State Department in Washington DC. The Summit was addressed by five US Secretaries, including Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice. The real emphasis throughout the Summit was only on one thing – that universities in developing countries operate in partnership with foundations so that global problems could be solved! These are private foundations and the only way to understand this emphasis is to realise the US government is owned by those who own these foundations. As an aside the inaugural address was delivered by the war criminal responsible for millions of deaths in Rwanda, trained in US military institutions, and awarded a doctorate – Dr. Paul Kagame! The very first presentation was made by the CEO of the Agha Khan Foundation!

    In a fascinating study of the Yale secret society Skull and Bones, Antony Sutton uncovered numerous aspects of profound importance about this one society. In his book America’s Secret Establishment – An Introduction to the Order of Skull & Bones, Sutton points out there is a set of “Old Line American Families and New Wealth” that dominates The Order (of Skull & Bones) – the Whitney family, the Stimson family, the Bundy family, the Rockefeller family, the Harriman family, the Taft family, the Bush family, and so on. He also points out that there is a British connection:

    The links between the Order and Britain go through Lazard Freres and the private merchant bankers. Notably the British establishment also founded a University – Oxford University, and especially All Souls College at Oxford. The British element is called ‘The Group’. The Group links to the Jewish equivalent through the Rothschilds in Britain (Lord Rothschild was an original member of Rhodes’ ‘inner circle’). The Order in the US links to the Guggenheim, Schiff and Warburg families… There is an Illuminati connection.

    Every year 15 young men, and very recently women, have been inducted into The Order from Yale students since 1832. Who selects them? A study of the career trajectories of many of those ‘chosen’ shows how they rise to prominence in American life and how their peers ensure these men penetrate the very fabric of important US institutions. They are always there in key positions during war and peace, manipulating and watching ceaselessly.

    The influence of the Elite families on the thought processes of nations is carried out through academic institutions and organisations, as well as the media. Sutton writes:

    Among academic associations the American Historical Association, the American Economic Association, the American Chemical Society, and the American Psychological Association were all started by members of The Order or persons close to The Order. These are key associations for the conditioning of society. The phenomenon of The Order as the FIRST on the scene is found especially among Foundations, although it appears that The Order keeps a continuing presence among Foundation Trustees… The FIRST Chairman of an influential but almost unknown organisation established in 1910 was also a member of The Order. In 1920 Theodore Marburg founded the American Society for the Judicial Settlement of Disputes, but Marburg was only President. The FIRST Chairman was member William Howard Taft. The Society was the forerunner of the League to Enforce Peace, which developed into the League of Nations concept and ultimately the United Nations.

    The United Nations is an instrument of the Elite designed to facilitate the setting up of One World Government under Elite control. The UN building stands on Rockefeller property.

    Selecting Future Prime Ministers to Serve the New World Order

    In his article, ‘Oxford University – The Illuminati Breeding Ground’, David Icke recounts an incident that demonstrates how these secret societies and groups, working for the Elite, select, train and plan to install their men in key positions. In 1940 a young man addressed a “study group” of the Labor Party in a room at University College Oxford. He stressed that he belonged to a secret group without a name which planned a “Marxist takeover” of Britain, Rhodesia and South Africa by infiltrating the British Parliament and Civil Services. Since the British do not like extremists they dismiss their critics as ‘right-wingers’ while themselves posing as ‘moderates’ (this seems like the anti-Semitism charge by ADL, etc. whenever Israel is criticised). The young man stated that he headed the political wing of that secret group and he expected to be made Prime Minister of Britain some day! The young man was Harold Wilson who became Prime Minister of Britain (1964-70, 1974-76)!

    All young men studying at Ivy League universities, and at others, must bear in mind they are being continually scrutinised by some of their Professors with the intention of selecting from amongst them, those who will serve the Elite, and become part of a global network of interlocked covert and overt societies and organisations, working for the New World Order. Some of those already selected will be present among them, mingling with them and yet, in their heart, separated from them by a sense of belonging to a brotherhood with a mission that has been going on for a long time. These young men also know they will be rewarded by advancement in career and also that if they falter they could be killed!

    Utter secrecy and absolute loyalty is essential to the continued success of this program. This is enforced through fear of murder or bankruptcy and through a cult which probably takes us back to the times of the pyramids and before. Philosophically ‘they’ believe in Hegelian dialectics through which they justify bringing about horrible wars – euphemistically called ‘controlled conflict’. Their political ideology is ‘collectivism’ whereby mankind has to be ‘managed’ by a group of men, ‘them’, organised for the purpose – a hidden ‘dominant minority’. ‘They’ believe that they know better than ordinary mortals. The Illuminati, the Freemasons, members of other known and unknown secret societies, all mesh together under the wealthiest cabal in human history to take a mesmerised, dormant and battered mankind from one abyss to the next. Former MI6 agent John Coleman refers to a “Committee of 300” that controls and guides this vast subterranean human machinery.

    In his book Memoirs, published in 2002, David Rockefeller, Sr. stated that his family had been attacked by “ideological extremists” for “more than a century… Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterising my family and me as ‘internationalists’ and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure – one world, if you will. If that’s the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.” That’s it!

    If you appreciated this article, please consider a digital subscription to New Dawn.



    About the Author

    Prof. Dr. MUJAHID KAMRAN is Vice Chancellor, University of the Punjab, Lahore, Pakistan, and his book The Grand Deception – Corporate America and Perpetual War has just been published (April 2011) by Sang e Meel Publications, Lahore, Pakistan, and is available from www.amazon.co.uk. Prof. Kamran’s website is www.mujahidkamran.com.

    This article is a feature of New Dawn magazine.

    © Copyright New Dawn Magazine, http://www.newdawnmagazine.com. Permission granted to freely distribute this article for non-commercial purposes if unedited and copied in full, including this notice.

    © Copyright New Dawn Magazine, http://www.newdawnmagazine.com. Permission to re-send, post and place on web sites for non-commercial purposes, and if shown only in its entirety with no changes or additions. This notice must accompany all re-posting.

    ~~ Help Waking Times to raise the vibration by sharing this article with the buttons below…


    https://www.wakingtimes.com/who-really-controls-the-world/
    Who Really Controls the World? January 23, 2013 Prof. Dr. Mujahid Kamran, New Dawn Waking Times Since I entered politics, I have chiefly had men’s views confided to me privately. Some of the biggest men in the United States, in the field of commerce and manufacture, are afraid of something. They know that there is a power somewhere so organised, so subtle, so watchful, so interlocked, so complete, so pervasive, that they better not speak above their breath when they speak in condemnation of it. —Woodrow Wilson, 28th President of the United States (1856-1924) So you see, my dear Coningsby, that the world is governed by very different personages from what is imagined by those who are not behind the scenes. —Benjamin Disraeli, British Prime Minister (1804-1881) The advent of the industrial revolution, the invention of a banking system based on usury, and scientific and technological advancements during the past three centuries have had three major consequences. These have made the incredible concentration of wealth in a few hands possible, have led to the construction of increasingly deadly weapons culminating in weapons of mass destruction, and have made it possible to mould the minds of vast populations by application of scientific techniques through the media and control of the educational system. The wealthiest families on planet earth call the shots in every major upheaval that they cause. Their sphere of activity extends over the entire globe, and even beyond, their ambition and greed for wealth and power knows no bounds, and for them, most of mankind is garbage – “human garbage.” It is also their target to depopulate the globe and maintain a much lower population compared to what we have now. It was Baron Nathan Mayer de Rothschild (1840-1915) who once said: “I care not what puppet is placed on the throne of England to rule the British Empire on which the sun never sets. The man that controls Britain’s money supply controls the British Empire, and I control the British money supply.” What was true of the British Empire is equally true of the US Empire, controlled remotely by the London based Elite through the Federal Reserve System. Judged by its consequences, the Federal Reserve System is the greatest con job in human history. It is sad and painful that man’s most beautiful construction, and the source of most power and wealth on earth, viz. scientific knowledge – the most sublime, most powerful and most organised expression of man’s inherent gift of thought, wonder and awe – became a tool for subjugation of humanity, a very dangerous tool in the hands of a tiny group of men. These men “hire” the scientist and take away, as a matter of right, the power the scientist creates through his inventions. This power is then used for their own purposes, at immense human and material cost to mankind. The goal of this handful of men, the members of the wealthiest families on the planet, the Elite, is a New World Order, a One World Government, under their control. Secrecy and anonymity is integral to the operations of the Elite as is absolute ruthlessness, deep deception and the most sordid spying and blackmail. The Elite pitches nations against each other, and aims at the destruction of religion and other traditional values, creates chaos, deliberately spreads poverty and misery, and then usurps power placing its stooges in place. These families “buy while the blood is still flowing in the streets” (Rothschild dictum). Wars, “revolutions” and assassinations are part of their tactics to destroy traditional civilisation and traditional religions (as in Soviet Russia), amass wealth and power, eliminate opponents, and proceed relentlessly towards their avowed goal, generation after generation. They operate through covert and overt societies and organisations. Professor Carroll Quigley wrote: The powers of financial capitalism had another far reaching aim, nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands to be able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements, arrived at in private meetings and conferences.… The growth of financial capitalism made possible a centralisation of world economic control and use of this power for the direct benefit of financiers and the indirect injury to all other economic groups. Winston Churchill, who was eventually “bored by it all,” wrote around 1920: From the days of Spartacus-Weishaupt to those of Karl Marx, to those of Trotsky, Bela Kun, Rosa Luxembourg, and Emma Goldman, this world wide conspiracy for the overthrow of civilisation and reconstitution of society on the basis of arrested development, of envious malevolence and impossible equality, has been steadily growing. It played a definitely recognisable role in the tragedy of French Revolution. It has been the mainspring of every subversive movement during the nineteenth century, and now at last, this band of extraordinary personalities from the underworld of the great cities of Europe and America have gripped the Russian people by the hair of their heads, and have become practically the undisputed masters of that enormous empire. The High Cabal Exposed by JFK It was in the dark days of World War II that Churchill referred to the existence of a “High Cabal” that had brought about unprecedented bloodshed in human history. Churchill is also said to have remarked about the Elite: “They have transported Lenin in a sealed truck like a plague bacillus from Switzerland into Russia…” (quoted by John Coleman in The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations, Global Publications 2006). Who are ‘they’? Consider the 1961 statement of US President John F. Kennedy (JFK) before media personnel: The word secrecy is repugnant in a free and open society, and we are as a people, inherently and historically opposed to secret societies, secret oaths and secret proceedings. For we are opposed around the world by a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy, that relies primarily on covert means for expanding its sphere of influence. It depends on infiltration instead of invasion, on subversion instead of elections, on intimidation instead of free choice. It is a system which has conscripted vast human and material resources into the building of a tightly knit, highly efficient machine that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific, and political operations. Its preparations are concealed, not published, its mistakes are buried, not headlined, and its dissenters are silenced, not praised, no expenditure is questioned, no secret revealed… I am asking your help in the tremendous task of informing and alerting the American people.” Secret societies, secret oaths, secret proceedings, infiltration, subversion, intimidation – these are the words used by JFK! On June 4, 1963, JFK ordered the printing of Treasury dollar bills instead of Federal Reserve notes (Executive Order 11110). He also ordered that once these had been printed, the Federal Reserve notes would be withdrawn, and the Treasury bills put into circulation. A few months later (November 22, 1963) he was killed in broad daylight in front of the whole world – his brains blown out. Upon assumption of power, his successor, President Lyndon Johnson, immediately reversed the order to switch to Treasury bills showing very clearly why JFK was murdered. Another order of JFK, to militarily disengage from the Far East by withdrawing US “advisors” from Vietnam, was also immediately reversed after his death. After the Cuban crisis JFK wanted peaceful non-confrontational coexistence with the Soviet Union and that meant no wars in the world. He knew the next war would be nuclear and there would be no winners. The defense industry and the banks that make money from war belong to the Elite. The Elite subscribes to a dialectical Hegelian philosophy, as pointed out by Antony Sutton, under which they bring about ‘controlled conflict’. The two world wars were ‘controlled conflicts’! Their arrogance, their ceaseless energy, their focus, their utter disregard for human life, their ability to plan decades in advance, to act on that planning, and their continual success are staggering and faith-shaking. Statements by men like Disraeli, Wilson, Churchill, JFK and others should not leave any doubt in the mind of the reader about who controls the world. President Franklin Delano Roosevelt wrote in November 1933 to Col. Edward House: “The real truth of the matter is, as you and I know, that a financial element in the larger centres has owned the government since the days of Andrew Jackson.” It may be recalled that Andrew Jackson, US President from 1829-1837, was so enraged by the tactics of bankers (Rothschilds) that he said: “You are a den of vipers. I intend to rout you out and by the Eternal God I will rout you out. If the people only understood the rank injustice of our money and banking system, there would be a revolution before morning.” Interlocking Structure of Elite Control In his book Big Oil and Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf: Four Horsemen, Eight Families and Their Global Intelligence, Narcotics and Terror Network, Dean Henderson states: “My queries to bank regulatory agencies regarding stock ownership in the top 25 US bank holding companies were given Freedom of Information Act status, before being denied on ‘national security’ grounds. This is ironic since many of the bank’s stockholders reside in Europe.” This is, on the face of it, quite astonishing but it goes to show the US government works not for the people but for the Elite. It also shows that secrecy is paramount in Elite affairs. No media outlet will raise this issue because the Elite owns the media. Secrecy is essential for Elite control – if the world finds out the truth about the wealth, thought, ideology and activities of the Elite there would be a worldwide revolt against it. Henderson further states: The Four Horsemen of Banking (Bank of America, JP Morgan Chase, Citigroup and Wells Fargo) own the Four Horsemen of Oil (Exxon Mobil, Royal Dutch/Shell, BP Amoco and Chevron Texaco); in tandem with other European and old money behemoths. But their monopoly over the global economy does not end at the edge of the oil patch. According to company 10K filings to the SEC, the Four Horsemen of Banking are among the top ten stockholders of virtually every Fortune 500 corporation. It is well known that in 2009, of the top 100 largest economic entities of the world, 44 were corporations. The wealth of these families, which are among the top 10% shareholders in each of these, is far in excess of national economies. In fact, total global GDP is around 70 trillion dollars. The Rothschild family wealth alone is estimated to be in the trillions of dollars. So is the case with the Rockefellers who were helped and provided money all along by the Rothschilds. The US has an annual GDP in the range of 14-15 trillion dollars. This pales into insignificance before the wealth of these trillionaires. With the US government and most European countries in debt to the Elite, there should be absolutely no doubt as to who owns the world and who controls it. To quote Eustace Mullins from his book The World Order: The Rothschilds rule the US through their Foundations, the Council on Foreign Relations, and the Federal Reserve System with no serious challenges to their power. Expensive ‘political campaigns’ are routinely conducted, with carefully screened candidates who are pledged to the program of the World Order. Should they deviate from the program, they would have an ‘accident’, be framed on a sex charge, or indicted in some financial irregularity. The Elite members operate in absolute unison against public benefit, against a better life for mankind in which the individual is free to develop his or her innate creativity, a life free of war and bloodshed. James Forrestal, the first Secretary of Defence of the US, became aware of Elite intrigue and had, according to Jim Marrs, accumulated 3,000 pages of notes to be used for writing a book. He died in mysterious circumstances and was almost certainly murdered. His notes were taken away and a sanitised version made public after one year! Just before he died, almost fifteen months before the outbreak of the Korean War, he had revealed that American soldiers would die in Korea! Marrs quotes Forrestal: “These men are not incompetent or stupid. Consistency has never been a mark of stupidity. If they were merely stupid, they would occasionally make a mistake in our favour.” The Bilderberg Group, the Council on Foreign Relations, the Trilateral Commission and the mother of all these, The Royal Institute of International Affairs, are bodies where decisions about the future of mankind are arrived at. Who set these up and control them? The “international bankers” of course. In his book The Secret Team: The CIA and Its Allies in Control of the United States and the World, Col. Fletcher Prouty, who was the briefing officer to the President of the US from 1955-1963, writes about “an inner sanctum of a new religious order.” By the phrase Secret Team he means a group of “security-cleared individuals in and out of government who receive secret intelligence data gathered by the CIA and the National Security Agency (NSA) and who react to those data.” He states: “The power of the Team derives from its vast intra-governmental undercover infrastructure and its direct relationship with great private industries, mutual funds and investment houses, universities, and the news media, including foreign and domestic publishing houses.” He further adds: “All true members of the Team remain in the power centre whether in office with the incumbent administration or out of office with the hard-core set. They simply rotate to and from official jobs and the business world or the pleasant haven of academe.” Training the Young for Elite Membership It is very remarkable as to how ‘they’ are able to exercise control and how ‘they’ always find people to carry out the job, and how is it ‘they’ always make the ‘right’ decision at the right time? This can only be possible if there exists a hidden program of inducting and training cadres mentally, ideologically, philosophically, psychologically and ability-wise, over prolonged periods of time and planting them in the centres of power of countries like the US, UK, etc. This training would begin at a young age in general. There must also be a method of continual appraisal, by small groups of very highly skilled men, of developing situations with ‘their’ men who are planted throughout the major power centres of the world so that immediate ‘remedial’ action, action that always favours Elite interests, can be taken. How does that happen? It is in finding answers to these questions that the role of secret societies and their control of universities, particularly in the US, assumes deeper importance. The work done by men like Antony Sutton, John Coleman, Eustace Mullins and others is ground breaking. Mankind owes a debt to such scholars who suffer for truth but do not give in. Whenever you trace the money source of important initiatives designed to bring about major wars, lay down policies for the future, enhance control of the Elite over mankind, etc., you will invariably find them linked to the so called banking families and their stooges operating out of Foundations. In April 2008 I was among approximately 200 Vice Chancellors, Rectors and Presidents of universities from Asia, Africa, Europe and the US at a two day Higher Education Summit for Global Development, held at the US State Department in Washington DC. The Summit was addressed by five US Secretaries, including Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice. The real emphasis throughout the Summit was only on one thing – that universities in developing countries operate in partnership with foundations so that global problems could be solved! These are private foundations and the only way to understand this emphasis is to realise the US government is owned by those who own these foundations. As an aside the inaugural address was delivered by the war criminal responsible for millions of deaths in Rwanda, trained in US military institutions, and awarded a doctorate – Dr. Paul Kagame! The very first presentation was made by the CEO of the Agha Khan Foundation! In a fascinating study of the Yale secret society Skull and Bones, Antony Sutton uncovered numerous aspects of profound importance about this one society. In his book America’s Secret Establishment – An Introduction to the Order of Skull & Bones, Sutton points out there is a set of “Old Line American Families and New Wealth” that dominates The Order (of Skull & Bones) – the Whitney family, the Stimson family, the Bundy family, the Rockefeller family, the Harriman family, the Taft family, the Bush family, and so on. He also points out that there is a British connection: The links between the Order and Britain go through Lazard Freres and the private merchant bankers. Notably the British establishment also founded a University – Oxford University, and especially All Souls College at Oxford. The British element is called ‘The Group’. The Group links to the Jewish equivalent through the Rothschilds in Britain (Lord Rothschild was an original member of Rhodes’ ‘inner circle’). The Order in the US links to the Guggenheim, Schiff and Warburg families… There is an Illuminati connection. Every year 15 young men, and very recently women, have been inducted into The Order from Yale students since 1832. Who selects them? A study of the career trajectories of many of those ‘chosen’ shows how they rise to prominence in American life and how their peers ensure these men penetrate the very fabric of important US institutions. They are always there in key positions during war and peace, manipulating and watching ceaselessly. The influence of the Elite families on the thought processes of nations is carried out through academic institutions and organisations, as well as the media. Sutton writes: Among academic associations the American Historical Association, the American Economic Association, the American Chemical Society, and the American Psychological Association were all started by members of The Order or persons close to The Order. These are key associations for the conditioning of society. The phenomenon of The Order as the FIRST on the scene is found especially among Foundations, although it appears that The Order keeps a continuing presence among Foundation Trustees… The FIRST Chairman of an influential but almost unknown organisation established in 1910 was also a member of The Order. In 1920 Theodore Marburg founded the American Society for the Judicial Settlement of Disputes, but Marburg was only President. The FIRST Chairman was member William Howard Taft. The Society was the forerunner of the League to Enforce Peace, which developed into the League of Nations concept and ultimately the United Nations. The United Nations is an instrument of the Elite designed to facilitate the setting up of One World Government under Elite control. The UN building stands on Rockefeller property. Selecting Future Prime Ministers to Serve the New World Order In his article, ‘Oxford University – The Illuminati Breeding Ground’, David Icke recounts an incident that demonstrates how these secret societies and groups, working for the Elite, select, train and plan to install their men in key positions. In 1940 a young man addressed a “study group” of the Labor Party in a room at University College Oxford. He stressed that he belonged to a secret group without a name which planned a “Marxist takeover” of Britain, Rhodesia and South Africa by infiltrating the British Parliament and Civil Services. Since the British do not like extremists they dismiss their critics as ‘right-wingers’ while themselves posing as ‘moderates’ (this seems like the anti-Semitism charge by ADL, etc. whenever Israel is criticised). The young man stated that he headed the political wing of that secret group and he expected to be made Prime Minister of Britain some day! The young man was Harold Wilson who became Prime Minister of Britain (1964-70, 1974-76)! All young men studying at Ivy League universities, and at others, must bear in mind they are being continually scrutinised by some of their Professors with the intention of selecting from amongst them, those who will serve the Elite, and become part of a global network of interlocked covert and overt societies and organisations, working for the New World Order. Some of those already selected will be present among them, mingling with them and yet, in their heart, separated from them by a sense of belonging to a brotherhood with a mission that has been going on for a long time. These young men also know they will be rewarded by advancement in career and also that if they falter they could be killed! Utter secrecy and absolute loyalty is essential to the continued success of this program. This is enforced through fear of murder or bankruptcy and through a cult which probably takes us back to the times of the pyramids and before. Philosophically ‘they’ believe in Hegelian dialectics through which they justify bringing about horrible wars – euphemistically called ‘controlled conflict’. Their political ideology is ‘collectivism’ whereby mankind has to be ‘managed’ by a group of men, ‘them’, organised for the purpose – a hidden ‘dominant minority’. ‘They’ believe that they know better than ordinary mortals. The Illuminati, the Freemasons, members of other known and unknown secret societies, all mesh together under the wealthiest cabal in human history to take a mesmerised, dormant and battered mankind from one abyss to the next. Former MI6 agent John Coleman refers to a “Committee of 300” that controls and guides this vast subterranean human machinery. In his book Memoirs, published in 2002, David Rockefeller, Sr. stated that his family had been attacked by “ideological extremists” for “more than a century… Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterising my family and me as ‘internationalists’ and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure – one world, if you will. If that’s the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.” That’s it! If you appreciated this article, please consider a digital subscription to New Dawn. About the Author Prof. Dr. MUJAHID KAMRAN is Vice Chancellor, University of the Punjab, Lahore, Pakistan, and his book The Grand Deception – Corporate America and Perpetual War has just been published (April 2011) by Sang e Meel Publications, Lahore, Pakistan, and is available from www.amazon.co.uk. Prof. Kamran’s website is www.mujahidkamran.com. This article is a feature of New Dawn magazine. © Copyright New Dawn Magazine, http://www.newdawnmagazine.com. Permission granted to freely distribute this article for non-commercial purposes if unedited and copied in full, including this notice. © Copyright New Dawn Magazine, http://www.newdawnmagazine.com. Permission to re-send, post and place on web sites for non-commercial purposes, and if shown only in its entirety with no changes or additions. This notice must accompany all re-posting. ~~ Help Waking Times to raise the vibration by sharing this article with the buttons below… https://www.wakingtimes.com/who-really-controls-the-world/
    WWW.WAKINGTIMES.COM
    Who Really Controls the World?
    The world is governed by very different personages from what is imagined by those who are not behind the scenes. --Benjamin Disraeli, British Prime Minister (1804-1881)
    Like
    1
    0 Comments 0 Shares 21705 Views
  • “Who Is THEY?”
    Corey Lynn

    The number one question consistently circulating on social media and infuriating the minds of millions is, “who is they?” Not “who are they,” but “who is they” as though “they” is a single force operating as one. Whereas “they” often do operate as a single force, there are many individuals and players involved. People want to know who is behind the money, power, control, narratives, and destruction of the world – the constant wars, manufactured inflation, attacks on the food system and agriculture, big pharma and medical madness, constant surveillance, AI and transhumanism, the entire financial system, and so on. It’s not limited to one or even ten countries – it is a global agenda that goes back centuries and even the most brilliant researchers, historians, and investigators can’t name every person involved at the top of this hierarchy. However, there are thousands who can be named, and most everyone has acknowledged the fact that it is a very small percent attempting to rule the world under their “new world order.”

    Download this full report in PDF format in the Bookshop too! >

    There are several terms people use to reference these bad actors, such as the “deep state,” “global cabal,” “illuminati” and “shadow government.” The individuals orchestrating this attempted global takeover operate covertly within the government to alter public policies and laws while shaping culture and narratives. More recently, many of these bad actors no longer operate covertly – it’s more an in-your-face style these days. They are all in, desperately trying to cull the masses through their playbook, and although they would seem to have a plan a, b, and c for every agenda, people are fighting back and seeing through their manipulation tactics. It’s true that it is creating quite a field of cognitive dissonance, but with each month that passes, more and more people are becoming aware of the game being played on humanity, and they refuse to tolerate it.

    This is the Great Con and they can only pull it off if you believe in it, if you fall for it, if you accept they have power over you, and you allow yourself to become the obedient slave they want you to. That is the biggest dose of truth. They need everyone to believe they are the authority, they have your best interest at heart, and what they are telling you is truthful. They want you to feel powerless and dependent on them. That is their biggest hurdle and that is what you should never give into.

    The further back one goes, the more difficult it is to track them. Why? Because the wealthy bloodlines tend to intermix, often changing their names and spellings, their backgrounds, and their family connections. To make matters worse, there are hundreds of psychological campaigns running simultaneously, coming out of multiple countries and sources to further confuse people. One thing is for certain – these folks have been planning this ultimate takeover for a very long time, have all of their minions and useful tools coordinating for them, have brainwashed millions of people with their schemes, are savvy and calculated with their methods and far more intelligent than most would care to admit.

    This report will provide over 1900 names of individuals and companies involved in crimes against humanity and the control grid enslavement system.


    People want names, so let’s start here. This is a big part of the hierarchy, leaving some unknowns hidden behind the Bank for International Settlements (BIS). In Corey Lynn’s 3-part report on Laundering with Immunity, it explains in explicit detail as to how and when BIS came about and how BIS and 63 central banks devised a plan to hold immunities and privileges. Shortly thereafter, in 1945 the UN was manifested by some of the plotters for this grand takeover, and immunities and privileges came right along with it the following day. This was the beginning of the control framework and how they would be able to carry out their agendas while operating entirely outside the law. All arms of the UN have these immunities and can extend them to organizations working with them. Long before the UN being established, the Organization of American States (OAS) was created. They too were the first to receive immunities and privileges, alongside the UN, as they work in conjunction with one another. And, they too can extend these immunities to organizations they work with. In addition to the banks, the UN and OAS, the Global Fund, Gavi, and WEF were also given these immunities, and numerous other key international organizations as well. In total, there are 76 international organizations that hold these immunities and privileges, and that’s on top of BIS and the central banks.

    Whereas the UN and OAS hold treaties with a slew of countries giving them ironclad layers of protections, the other international organizations hold immunities, privileges, and headquarters agreements independently with each country who opted to do so, and there are many! The U.S. set the stage for this, doling them out to 76 organizations throughout every presidency except for Trump and Biden.

    Read Laundering with Immunity to grasp the full scope of what these immunities and privileges entail. For starters, all of their archives are inviolable, their property and assets are immune from search and seizure, they are exempt from every kind of tax regular people pay, including property taxes, officers and employees are exempt from legal suits, employees and their family members can travel the world without checks from customs, military and police are not allowed to enter their headquarters, and much more.

    Once people understand that THIS is the control framework – the structure that was created nearly 80 years ago so that they can operate outside the law and never be held accountable, it’s easy to see how all of the other pieces fall into place.

    Who is THEY? That alone is the key list of 76 organizations, BIS, and 63 central banks at the top of the pyramid, bearing in mind there are wealthy, strategic players behind this pyramid whose names we may never know. Those leading these organizations are the key names purposefully put in a position of power to carry out specific agendas. Those key players move around within that group of organizations and sometimes head up affiliated organizations in order to maintain their strategy. Some of those agendas come straight from the pyramid organizations, while others are contracted out to their affiliates at NGOs, corporations, universities, lawmakers, governments, 3-letter agencies, news media, and private equity firms. For example, CIA agents often move into news media positions, FDA directors often move over to big pharma, CDC directors move over to Rockefeller Foundation or Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, and so on.

    They keep their key players in positions they need them in at specific times and then move them around to other leadership positions when they need certain actions carried out. Jim Yong Kim is a prime example of this, from co-founding Partners in Health to advising the Director-General of the WHO and Director of HIV/AIDS department, then fulfilling outcomes required at Harvard in various positions, on to President of Dartmouth College then to President of the World Bank – coincidentally resigning early in 2019, and now a partner at Global Infrastructure Partners. Kim has been instrumental in nefarious actions in Haiti, the AIDS agenda, vaccines, Covid contact tracing, pressuring countries in order to receive funding from the World Bank, and the climate agenda, and each position was timed right. It is no coincidence that BlackRock is acquiring Global Infrastructure Partners in the 3rd quarter of 2024. You can read more about Jim Yong Kim’s connections and involvement in Corey Lynn’s reports here, here and here. They have done an incredible job trying to bury his childhood and family. CEO of BlackRock, Larry Fink, also went above and beyond to hide his family connections and childhood, with a father who would appear to be a ghost. It’s understandable to want to keep family from the public eye when in high profile positions, but there is far more than meets the eye with these cats.

    There are countless smaller companies who have had good intentions to provide great products and services to people or the land, but as they began to grow and gain attention, these corrupt organizations stepped in trying to co-opt them and eventually acquiring them. Whole Foods being gobbled up by Amazon is a good example of this. These organizations, including so-called billionaire philanthropists, are behind every major industry and “reimagining” it to essentially cut out everyone else from financial prosperity so that everyone can fall prey to their planned enslavement system.

    Ultimately, Congress needs to revoke these immunities and privileges. Any lawmaker saying that the U.S. needs to defund the WHO (part of the UN) or the UN itself, clearly isn’t aware of this control framework because if they were, they would know that defunding isn’t going to solve anything.

    How “They” Operate and Lists of Who “They” Are


    Within each agenda (and there are many), the same players can be seen carrying them out. That’s a pretty big indicator of who’s running this theater. It’s important to note that there are also key players in countries whose names may not be mentioned although, their companies may have made these lists.

    The Giving Pledge, founded by Warren Buffet and Bill Gates in 2010, is a real quick way to see a list of over 240 billionaire “philanthropists”, many of which are involved in agendas against humanity. Everyone from David Rockefeller to Michael Bloomberg, Mark Zuckerberg, Elon Musk, Michael Milken, Sam Altman, Edgar Bronfman, Victor Pinchuk, Richard Branson, Marc Benioff, Sheikh Mohammed Bin Musallam Bin Ham Al–Ameri, Prince Alwaleed Bin Talal, and countless others are part of this group whereby they have committed “to give the majority of their wealth to address some of society’s most pressing problems.” That is, to create a problem and then claim to save the day by establishing new industries and wiping out others.

    The UN’s 17 Sustainable Development Goals is completely inverted and portrayed as helping the earth and humanity, when in fact it is the exact opposite and a total con. It is the primary scape goat used for every agenda they are attempting to carry out. From climate change to poverty, food, health, education, industry and economic growth, it is the playbook narrative for each action they take. The PR is pushed by the World Economic Forum who plot and plan how these actions should roll out and who should take the reins. These players often meet in private by invite only through secret societies and organizations. The universities pump out whatever so-called studies are needed to validate their actions so as to obtain government funding and so media can hype it up. Therefore, it’s important to understand how their language works in order to read between the lines, and recognize that “convenience” means convenient for them because they can track you, “safety” means you will be told what you can do, what you can say, what you have access to, and how you can spend your money, “inclusion” means you will be part of their enslavement system, “equity” means everyone will be on universal basic income and healthcare so that they can hold control over you, “protect marine life around the world and use the oceans, seas and marine resources for sustainable development” means they are mining the oceans for resources under the guise of climate change while decimating entire ecosystems that could destroy all marine life. You get the idea.

    Government grants, using taxpayer dollars, is one of biggest ways they move taxpayer money into the hands of the corrupt. Over 20 U.S. government agencies distribute these funds, such as DHS, DOD, DOE, DOS, HUD, USAID, USDA, for example. These funds go directly into corrupt organizations and foundations hands, or through ministries in other countries where the money seems to disappear or achieve little results, or in cases such as war they may funnel it through the World Bank, which of course has full immunities and privileges so no one will ever truly know where the money went. The Pentagon has failed audits six years in a row. Mind you, they self audit. Over $21 trillion has gone missing from U.S. federal accounts at HUD and the Department of Defense.

    In Corey Lynn’s report on 17 Goals Toward Enslavement: Exposing The Real Agendas Behind The 2030 Agenda, it gives a full breakdown of these so-called goals with attached reports uncovering evidence to the contrary. There are a myriad of additional reports on Corey’s Digs that also directly pertain to these agendas. Here are some key reports with lists of individuals and companies involved in these schemes:

    • The Global Landscape on Vaccine ID Passports is a 4-part report, and available in paperback with a bonus chapter on solutions, that shows how blockchain, digital identities, and digital currency are one of their major end games in order to control what people do and how they can spend their money. It is packed full of hundreds of cited sources providing key evidence. Under the guise of health and well-being, this con ticks off 9 of their 17 goals. Part 4 reveals a list of 287 individuals and companies involved in this agenda.

    • By now, it should no longer be a mystery that Visa and Mastercard are playing a critical role in the digital identity control system.

    • Elon Musk deserves his own bullet point. Though many have held him high up on their hero worship pedestal, Musk’s history speaks for itself. In Corey Lynn’s report Space: The New Frontier For The Central Control Grid, it provides an abundance of evidence about what is transpiring and Elon Musk’s involvement which should raise the hair on the back of anyone’s neck who can’t be fooled. In addition to Elon Musk, there are other key common players involved in this scheme, such as U.S. Space Force, Morgan Stanley, WEF, UN, BIS, central banks, Deloitte, and others listed throughout this report.

    • The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation Trust funnels money to the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation (BMGF) who then grants money to the Global Fund and Gavi, both of which Bill Gates is co-founder of. The BMGF also grants billions to sectors of the UN and countless NGOs owned by friends. Then, some of the money gets funneled back in through the Global Fund by some of those same NGOs and other branches of the UN. It’s a revolving door. Additionally, billions in grants from the U.S. government and other countries funnel taxpayer dollars through the Global Fund and Gavi. They are washing the money right in front of everyone’s eyes, all through non-profits, most of which have full immunities and privileges. Here is an in depth video Corey did covering just how this works and showing the organizations involved.

    • The food industry is monopolized by 10 companies. Talk about population control. These companies crank so much sugar and bioengineered ingredients (genetically modified and gene-edited) into their foods to keep the population sick. Many of them also work closely with the organizations listed throughout this article. Understand that these companies are willing to take a hit in order to move agendas forward, such as shutting down during Covid or some of their food processing plants going up in flames.


    • Who controls everything regarding what is put in people’s mouths, from seeds to pesticides to the food itself? Codex Alimentarius does. It was established in 1963 by the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) and the World Health Organization (WHO), both are arms of the UN with full immunities and privileges. Their sole purpose is to set the standards and guidelines for all food that is consumed by human beings. Once those decisions are made, countries take those “standards” and implement them, creating regulations and laws. The USDA is a driving force for not only adhering to the standards, but making certain that other countries follow in lock step. China runs the pesticides committee and Monsanto has a seat at the table. See Corey Lynn’s report on this here.

    • In Corey Lynn’s report, The New Controlled Food System is Now in Place and They Will Stop at Nothing to Accelerate Their Control, it reveals the new wave of indoor vertical growing facilities popping up with many of these same players founding them, funding them, or purchasing from them. Though this may be a positive solution for small farms or individuals, unfortunately these conglomerates are utilizing gene-edited seeds for much of this. Imagine food being locked in enormous facilities while states give them tax breaks and Monsanto/Bayer is preparing seeds. This report exposes over 150 players in this agenda, with overlapping names already documented in this article, including key shareholders. This ticks off a whopping 10 of the 17 goals to enslave humanity. And, another report by Corey Lynn exposes additional names involved in the lab grown meat arena. There are numerous other reports pertaining to food supply, agriculture, and livestock that can be found on Corey’s Digs under the Food Supply category.

    • In a 9-part report on Obedience Training from Cradle to Grave, it takes an in-depth look at the education system from PreK to Adults and exposes the incredible ways they are carrying out indoctrination, brainwashing, social emotional learning, augmented virtual reality, and their goal to push ideologies through the education system into the corporate world as lifelong mandatory obedience training. This con ticks off 5 of their 17 goals. Part 9 documents an extensive timeline going back to 1903 and a list of over 580 key players involved, and 50 of them are also involved in the digital identity agenda.

    • Universities have long played a vital role in shaping “the science” and producing desired results of research projects to generate outcomes the deep state players require. This in turn provides both grants and funding to the universities while signaling to big gov that grants should go out to organizations and foundations that need to further the studies, implement clinical trials, or proceed with their projects. What most people don’t realize is how involved universities and colleges are with the immigration agenda as well. In Corey Lynn’s report University Migrant Smart Hubs, Private Equity and The Leveraged Buyout of America, it breaks this all down while providing a list of over 200 colleges involved in this, dozens of organizations assisting, and private equity firms such as Blackstone playing a major role.

    • Partners in Health (PIH), founded in 1983, is perhaps one of the most critical non-profits that seems to have flown under the radar for decades. From the founders to those connected, the funders, governments, and activities, there are hundreds of names attached to PIH. The list of partners reads like a who’s who of the global mafia. Corey Lynn published an explosive report in May 2020, regarding contact tracing surveillance and a $100 billion scandal that went down with PIH, IL Rep. Bobby Rush, EcoHealth Alliance, former World Bank President Jim Yong Kim, and more. The report lists over 75 companies and individuals involved. Additionally, Partners in Health, along with the Clinton Foundation, Planned Parenthood, and Ivy League Schools have all been instrumental in the abortion agenda.

    • The transgender agenda is a big one, wanting everyone focused on their “identity” while disassociating from who they truly are. It’s all about the external rather than the internal. In Corey Lynn’s 4-part report on Exploiting Transgenders, Part 1 reveals an extensive timeline of those carrying out this agenda. Part 2 covers the origins of the medical engineering and who was behind it. Part 3 shows who the funders and profiteers are as well as a short list, plus over 50 care clinics for youth involved in this. Part 4 provides a list of those behind this agenda.

    • To understand the mindset of these deep state actors, it’s important to get a grasp on their thirst for eugenics – a term that dates back to the late 1800s. In Corey Lynn’s 6-part report on Eugenics, Infertility & Population Growth Crisis, it dives deep into the history, the players, the funders, and the actions carried out against humanity throughout the years. The report begins with a timeline dating back to 1901, and it is a vital report that shows the attack on people’s health, bodies, minds, and desire to control the population through manipulating DNA, sterilizing to prevent births, and in some cases, murder. Dozens of names of individuals and organizations involved in eugenics and the future goal of transhumanism are documented throughout this report, and many of those names will not only be familiar, but are seen in numerous other reports regarding other agendas as well. That’s the consistency of their playbook at work.

    • Over 30 articles and reports specifically on Covid, document a mountain of evidence along with names and organizations involved in carrying out the most hellacious, coordinated agenda against mankind. Those articles are best sought out through the Library Catalog with direct links to each report.

    • Under the guise of “climate change,” the governments of 26 islands have worked with public and private partners to funnel primarily U.S. government funds through clean energy infrastructure on these islands. Many of the partners are also involved with building up so-called tourism in these locations as well. Partners such as the UN, Organization of American States, World Bank Group, Bill Gates, Richard Branson, Clinton Foundation, Rocky Mountain Institute, The Nature Conservancy, Tides, and many more including Breakthrough Energy Coalition which is a group of 28 high-net-worth investors including George Soros, Jeff Bezos, Tom Steyer, Jack Ma, Reid Hoffman and more. In total, there are 26 islands, 12 public sector partners and 34 private partners. Throughout the entire 4-part report, there are numerous additional names and countries involved in this as well. In Corey Lynn’s 4-part report on Shipwrecked on Ten Islands with Clintons & Branson, she shows how this all began, the funding, nefarious activities, and how it quickly escalated to include 26 islands. Where did the money really go?

    • Everyone is familiar with the Clinton Foundation, but most people are completely unaware that the Clinton crime family actually has 51 foundations, LLCs and shell companies that they utilize to carry out their shenanigans. Of course, some have non existent addresses. Corey Lynn dug through endless pages of tax returns and filings to build this list and has reported extensively on the Clinton’s involvement with AIDS, vaccines, abortion, child trafficking, Haiti here, here, here, here, and here, 26 islands, fraud in Arkansas, political tax scandals, plus Jeffrey Epstein here, here, and here.

    • Though there aren’t a ton of names listed in this report (a couple dozen), it contains significant information pertaining to Protecting U.S. Bulk-Power Supply and Technology from Bad Actors. The connections are quite staggering, especially three players who all worked in high-ranking positions at the World Bank with overlapping time frames, including one president, two of whom are from China and one from South Korea who all attended prestigious colleges in the U.S. The intertwining history of these three alone is mind-bending, showing where they began, what they were involved in, their U.S. connections, and where they are now. This report was publishing in 2020 and these men are still active in vital roles.

    • Shareholders play a key role in controlling companies from the top down. If the majority shareholder has voting shares, they can dictate the direction of the company. The top two shareholders of nearly every major company are the The Vanguard Group and BlackRock. State Street Corp. often takes 3rd position. Just pick a company, any decent size company and search “top shareholders of (company name)” and you’ll see it nearly every time, and if on rare occasion they didn’t make it in the top two, they made it in the top five. Here is an example of BlackRock voting on three Pfizer resolutions in 2021, as BlackRock is Pfizer’s largest shareholder.

    That’s a pretty good start to set people on the right path of the actual history behind all of this corruption and the goals the deep state is trying to fulfill. This report was intended to highlight some of the larger lists compiled over the past eight years of investigative reporting on Corey’s Digs. There are so many names of individuals, companies, organizations, and non-profits that work in lock step with one another to achieve these agendas against humanity, covered in over 200 reports and articles produced on Corey’s Digs, that a Quarterly Library Catalog is published to make it easier to find specific reports by topic. There’s much more to the story and the history, but this is a good baseline.

    Be FearLESS, don’t be conned, and never be obedient to those who don’t have your best interest at heart.

    Download this report in PDF format in the Bookshop >

    Many of these more extensive reports are also available in the Bookshop in PDF format for downloading, printing and archiving. As they continue to erase history, it is of the utmost importance to document and preserve as much as we can for future generations.

    Corey Lynn is always working to bring solutions to people. In addition to articles, the Solution Series offers 24 episodes with incredible individuals who share their knowledge and experience on everything from food resources and how-tos, local community building, survival and preparedness, alternative resources, wellness and healthcare, financial tips, and so much more. These are timeless videos with an abundance of helpful tools and information.

    Be sure to check out Corey’s Digs’ Partners who provide a variety of quality products and services ranging from health, meat and fresh foods, wealth, security, privacy, organic seeds, USA made products, and more! Visit Shopping Club Freedom for fantastic prime and high choice beef, plus hundreds of non-toxic household and personal care products made in the USA.


    Subscribe to Corey’s Digs and don’t miss a Dig!

    https://www.coreysdigs.com/global/who-is-they/
    “Who Is THEY?” Corey Lynn The number one question consistently circulating on social media and infuriating the minds of millions is, “who is they?” Not “who are they,” but “who is they” as though “they” is a single force operating as one. Whereas “they” often do operate as a single force, there are many individuals and players involved. People want to know who is behind the money, power, control, narratives, and destruction of the world – the constant wars, manufactured inflation, attacks on the food system and agriculture, big pharma and medical madness, constant surveillance, AI and transhumanism, the entire financial system, and so on. It’s not limited to one or even ten countries – it is a global agenda that goes back centuries and even the most brilliant researchers, historians, and investigators can’t name every person involved at the top of this hierarchy. However, there are thousands who can be named, and most everyone has acknowledged the fact that it is a very small percent attempting to rule the world under their “new world order.” Download this full report in PDF format in the Bookshop too! > There are several terms people use to reference these bad actors, such as the “deep state,” “global cabal,” “illuminati” and “shadow government.” The individuals orchestrating this attempted global takeover operate covertly within the government to alter public policies and laws while shaping culture and narratives. More recently, many of these bad actors no longer operate covertly – it’s more an in-your-face style these days. They are all in, desperately trying to cull the masses through their playbook, and although they would seem to have a plan a, b, and c for every agenda, people are fighting back and seeing through their manipulation tactics. It’s true that it is creating quite a field of cognitive dissonance, but with each month that passes, more and more people are becoming aware of the game being played on humanity, and they refuse to tolerate it. This is the Great Con and they can only pull it off if you believe in it, if you fall for it, if you accept they have power over you, and you allow yourself to become the obedient slave they want you to. That is the biggest dose of truth. They need everyone to believe they are the authority, they have your best interest at heart, and what they are telling you is truthful. They want you to feel powerless and dependent on them. That is their biggest hurdle and that is what you should never give into. The further back one goes, the more difficult it is to track them. Why? Because the wealthy bloodlines tend to intermix, often changing their names and spellings, their backgrounds, and their family connections. To make matters worse, there are hundreds of psychological campaigns running simultaneously, coming out of multiple countries and sources to further confuse people. One thing is for certain – these folks have been planning this ultimate takeover for a very long time, have all of their minions and useful tools coordinating for them, have brainwashed millions of people with their schemes, are savvy and calculated with their methods and far more intelligent than most would care to admit. This report will provide over 1900 names of individuals and companies involved in crimes against humanity and the control grid enslavement system. People want names, so let’s start here. This is a big part of the hierarchy, leaving some unknowns hidden behind the Bank for International Settlements (BIS). In Corey Lynn’s 3-part report on Laundering with Immunity, it explains in explicit detail as to how and when BIS came about and how BIS and 63 central banks devised a plan to hold immunities and privileges. Shortly thereafter, in 1945 the UN was manifested by some of the plotters for this grand takeover, and immunities and privileges came right along with it the following day. This was the beginning of the control framework and how they would be able to carry out their agendas while operating entirely outside the law. All arms of the UN have these immunities and can extend them to organizations working with them. Long before the UN being established, the Organization of American States (OAS) was created. They too were the first to receive immunities and privileges, alongside the UN, as they work in conjunction with one another. And, they too can extend these immunities to organizations they work with. In addition to the banks, the UN and OAS, the Global Fund, Gavi, and WEF were also given these immunities, and numerous other key international organizations as well. In total, there are 76 international organizations that hold these immunities and privileges, and that’s on top of BIS and the central banks. Whereas the UN and OAS hold treaties with a slew of countries giving them ironclad layers of protections, the other international organizations hold immunities, privileges, and headquarters agreements independently with each country who opted to do so, and there are many! The U.S. set the stage for this, doling them out to 76 organizations throughout every presidency except for Trump and Biden. Read Laundering with Immunity to grasp the full scope of what these immunities and privileges entail. For starters, all of their archives are inviolable, their property and assets are immune from search and seizure, they are exempt from every kind of tax regular people pay, including property taxes, officers and employees are exempt from legal suits, employees and their family members can travel the world without checks from customs, military and police are not allowed to enter their headquarters, and much more. Once people understand that THIS is the control framework – the structure that was created nearly 80 years ago so that they can operate outside the law and never be held accountable, it’s easy to see how all of the other pieces fall into place. Who is THEY? That alone is the key list of 76 organizations, BIS, and 63 central banks at the top of the pyramid, bearing in mind there are wealthy, strategic players behind this pyramid whose names we may never know. Those leading these organizations are the key names purposefully put in a position of power to carry out specific agendas. Those key players move around within that group of organizations and sometimes head up affiliated organizations in order to maintain their strategy. Some of those agendas come straight from the pyramid organizations, while others are contracted out to their affiliates at NGOs, corporations, universities, lawmakers, governments, 3-letter agencies, news media, and private equity firms. For example, CIA agents often move into news media positions, FDA directors often move over to big pharma, CDC directors move over to Rockefeller Foundation or Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, and so on. They keep their key players in positions they need them in at specific times and then move them around to other leadership positions when they need certain actions carried out. Jim Yong Kim is a prime example of this, from co-founding Partners in Health to advising the Director-General of the WHO and Director of HIV/AIDS department, then fulfilling outcomes required at Harvard in various positions, on to President of Dartmouth College then to President of the World Bank – coincidentally resigning early in 2019, and now a partner at Global Infrastructure Partners. Kim has been instrumental in nefarious actions in Haiti, the AIDS agenda, vaccines, Covid contact tracing, pressuring countries in order to receive funding from the World Bank, and the climate agenda, and each position was timed right. It is no coincidence that BlackRock is acquiring Global Infrastructure Partners in the 3rd quarter of 2024. You can read more about Jim Yong Kim’s connections and involvement in Corey Lynn’s reports here, here and here. They have done an incredible job trying to bury his childhood and family. CEO of BlackRock, Larry Fink, also went above and beyond to hide his family connections and childhood, with a father who would appear to be a ghost. It’s understandable to want to keep family from the public eye when in high profile positions, but there is far more than meets the eye with these cats. There are countless smaller companies who have had good intentions to provide great products and services to people or the land, but as they began to grow and gain attention, these corrupt organizations stepped in trying to co-opt them and eventually acquiring them. Whole Foods being gobbled up by Amazon is a good example of this. These organizations, including so-called billionaire philanthropists, are behind every major industry and “reimagining” it to essentially cut out everyone else from financial prosperity so that everyone can fall prey to their planned enslavement system. Ultimately, Congress needs to revoke these immunities and privileges. Any lawmaker saying that the U.S. needs to defund the WHO (part of the UN) or the UN itself, clearly isn’t aware of this control framework because if they were, they would know that defunding isn’t going to solve anything. How “They” Operate and Lists of Who “They” Are Within each agenda (and there are many), the same players can be seen carrying them out. That’s a pretty big indicator of who’s running this theater. It’s important to note that there are also key players in countries whose names may not be mentioned although, their companies may have made these lists. The Giving Pledge, founded by Warren Buffet and Bill Gates in 2010, is a real quick way to see a list of over 240 billionaire “philanthropists”, many of which are involved in agendas against humanity. Everyone from David Rockefeller to Michael Bloomberg, Mark Zuckerberg, Elon Musk, Michael Milken, Sam Altman, Edgar Bronfman, Victor Pinchuk, Richard Branson, Marc Benioff, Sheikh Mohammed Bin Musallam Bin Ham Al–Ameri, Prince Alwaleed Bin Talal, and countless others are part of this group whereby they have committed “to give the majority of their wealth to address some of society’s most pressing problems.” That is, to create a problem and then claim to save the day by establishing new industries and wiping out others. The UN’s 17 Sustainable Development Goals is completely inverted and portrayed as helping the earth and humanity, when in fact it is the exact opposite and a total con. It is the primary scape goat used for every agenda they are attempting to carry out. From climate change to poverty, food, health, education, industry and economic growth, it is the playbook narrative for each action they take. The PR is pushed by the World Economic Forum who plot and plan how these actions should roll out and who should take the reins. These players often meet in private by invite only through secret societies and organizations. The universities pump out whatever so-called studies are needed to validate their actions so as to obtain government funding and so media can hype it up. Therefore, it’s important to understand how their language works in order to read between the lines, and recognize that “convenience” means convenient for them because they can track you, “safety” means you will be told what you can do, what you can say, what you have access to, and how you can spend your money, “inclusion” means you will be part of their enslavement system, “equity” means everyone will be on universal basic income and healthcare so that they can hold control over you, “protect marine life around the world and use the oceans, seas and marine resources for sustainable development” means they are mining the oceans for resources under the guise of climate change while decimating entire ecosystems that could destroy all marine life. You get the idea. Government grants, using taxpayer dollars, is one of biggest ways they move taxpayer money into the hands of the corrupt. Over 20 U.S. government agencies distribute these funds, such as DHS, DOD, DOE, DOS, HUD, USAID, USDA, for example. These funds go directly into corrupt organizations and foundations hands, or through ministries in other countries where the money seems to disappear or achieve little results, or in cases such as war they may funnel it through the World Bank, which of course has full immunities and privileges so no one will ever truly know where the money went. The Pentagon has failed audits six years in a row. Mind you, they self audit. Over $21 trillion has gone missing from U.S. federal accounts at HUD and the Department of Defense. In Corey Lynn’s report on 17 Goals Toward Enslavement: Exposing The Real Agendas Behind The 2030 Agenda, it gives a full breakdown of these so-called goals with attached reports uncovering evidence to the contrary. There are a myriad of additional reports on Corey’s Digs that also directly pertain to these agendas. Here are some key reports with lists of individuals and companies involved in these schemes: • The Global Landscape on Vaccine ID Passports is a 4-part report, and available in paperback with a bonus chapter on solutions, that shows how blockchain, digital identities, and digital currency are one of their major end games in order to control what people do and how they can spend their money. It is packed full of hundreds of cited sources providing key evidence. Under the guise of health and well-being, this con ticks off 9 of their 17 goals. Part 4 reveals a list of 287 individuals and companies involved in this agenda. • By now, it should no longer be a mystery that Visa and Mastercard are playing a critical role in the digital identity control system. • Elon Musk deserves his own bullet point. Though many have held him high up on their hero worship pedestal, Musk’s history speaks for itself. In Corey Lynn’s report Space: The New Frontier For The Central Control Grid, it provides an abundance of evidence about what is transpiring and Elon Musk’s involvement which should raise the hair on the back of anyone’s neck who can’t be fooled. In addition to Elon Musk, there are other key common players involved in this scheme, such as U.S. Space Force, Morgan Stanley, WEF, UN, BIS, central banks, Deloitte, and others listed throughout this report. • The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation Trust funnels money to the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation (BMGF) who then grants money to the Global Fund and Gavi, both of which Bill Gates is co-founder of. The BMGF also grants billions to sectors of the UN and countless NGOs owned by friends. Then, some of the money gets funneled back in through the Global Fund by some of those same NGOs and other branches of the UN. It’s a revolving door. Additionally, billions in grants from the U.S. government and other countries funnel taxpayer dollars through the Global Fund and Gavi. They are washing the money right in front of everyone’s eyes, all through non-profits, most of which have full immunities and privileges. Here is an in depth video Corey did covering just how this works and showing the organizations involved. • The food industry is monopolized by 10 companies. Talk about population control. These companies crank so much sugar and bioengineered ingredients (genetically modified and gene-edited) into their foods to keep the population sick. Many of them also work closely with the organizations listed throughout this article. Understand that these companies are willing to take a hit in order to move agendas forward, such as shutting down during Covid or some of their food processing plants going up in flames. • Who controls everything regarding what is put in people’s mouths, from seeds to pesticides to the food itself? Codex Alimentarius does. It was established in 1963 by the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) and the World Health Organization (WHO), both are arms of the UN with full immunities and privileges. Their sole purpose is to set the standards and guidelines for all food that is consumed by human beings. Once those decisions are made, countries take those “standards” and implement them, creating regulations and laws. The USDA is a driving force for not only adhering to the standards, but making certain that other countries follow in lock step. China runs the pesticides committee and Monsanto has a seat at the table. See Corey Lynn’s report on this here. • In Corey Lynn’s report, The New Controlled Food System is Now in Place and They Will Stop at Nothing to Accelerate Their Control, it reveals the new wave of indoor vertical growing facilities popping up with many of these same players founding them, funding them, or purchasing from them. Though this may be a positive solution for small farms or individuals, unfortunately these conglomerates are utilizing gene-edited seeds for much of this. Imagine food being locked in enormous facilities while states give them tax breaks and Monsanto/Bayer is preparing seeds. This report exposes over 150 players in this agenda, with overlapping names already documented in this article, including key shareholders. This ticks off a whopping 10 of the 17 goals to enslave humanity. And, another report by Corey Lynn exposes additional names involved in the lab grown meat arena. There are numerous other reports pertaining to food supply, agriculture, and livestock that can be found on Corey’s Digs under the Food Supply category. • In a 9-part report on Obedience Training from Cradle to Grave, it takes an in-depth look at the education system from PreK to Adults and exposes the incredible ways they are carrying out indoctrination, brainwashing, social emotional learning, augmented virtual reality, and their goal to push ideologies through the education system into the corporate world as lifelong mandatory obedience training. This con ticks off 5 of their 17 goals. Part 9 documents an extensive timeline going back to 1903 and a list of over 580 key players involved, and 50 of them are also involved in the digital identity agenda. • Universities have long played a vital role in shaping “the science” and producing desired results of research projects to generate outcomes the deep state players require. This in turn provides both grants and funding to the universities while signaling to big gov that grants should go out to organizations and foundations that need to further the studies, implement clinical trials, or proceed with their projects. What most people don’t realize is how involved universities and colleges are with the immigration agenda as well. In Corey Lynn’s report University Migrant Smart Hubs, Private Equity and The Leveraged Buyout of America, it breaks this all down while providing a list of over 200 colleges involved in this, dozens of organizations assisting, and private equity firms such as Blackstone playing a major role. • Partners in Health (PIH), founded in 1983, is perhaps one of the most critical non-profits that seems to have flown under the radar for decades. From the founders to those connected, the funders, governments, and activities, there are hundreds of names attached to PIH. The list of partners reads like a who’s who of the global mafia. Corey Lynn published an explosive report in May 2020, regarding contact tracing surveillance and a $100 billion scandal that went down with PIH, IL Rep. Bobby Rush, EcoHealth Alliance, former World Bank President Jim Yong Kim, and more. The report lists over 75 companies and individuals involved. Additionally, Partners in Health, along with the Clinton Foundation, Planned Parenthood, and Ivy League Schools have all been instrumental in the abortion agenda. • The transgender agenda is a big one, wanting everyone focused on their “identity” while disassociating from who they truly are. It’s all about the external rather than the internal. In Corey Lynn’s 4-part report on Exploiting Transgenders, Part 1 reveals an extensive timeline of those carrying out this agenda. Part 2 covers the origins of the medical engineering and who was behind it. Part 3 shows who the funders and profiteers are as well as a short list, plus over 50 care clinics for youth involved in this. Part 4 provides a list of those behind this agenda. • To understand the mindset of these deep state actors, it’s important to get a grasp on their thirst for eugenics – a term that dates back to the late 1800s. In Corey Lynn’s 6-part report on Eugenics, Infertility & Population Growth Crisis, it dives deep into the history, the players, the funders, and the actions carried out against humanity throughout the years. The report begins with a timeline dating back to 1901, and it is a vital report that shows the attack on people’s health, bodies, minds, and desire to control the population through manipulating DNA, sterilizing to prevent births, and in some cases, murder. Dozens of names of individuals and organizations involved in eugenics and the future goal of transhumanism are documented throughout this report, and many of those names will not only be familiar, but are seen in numerous other reports regarding other agendas as well. That’s the consistency of their playbook at work. • Over 30 articles and reports specifically on Covid, document a mountain of evidence along with names and organizations involved in carrying out the most hellacious, coordinated agenda against mankind. Those articles are best sought out through the Library Catalog with direct links to each report. • Under the guise of “climate change,” the governments of 26 islands have worked with public and private partners to funnel primarily U.S. government funds through clean energy infrastructure on these islands. Many of the partners are also involved with building up so-called tourism in these locations as well. Partners such as the UN, Organization of American States, World Bank Group, Bill Gates, Richard Branson, Clinton Foundation, Rocky Mountain Institute, The Nature Conservancy, Tides, and many more including Breakthrough Energy Coalition which is a group of 28 high-net-worth investors including George Soros, Jeff Bezos, Tom Steyer, Jack Ma, Reid Hoffman and more. In total, there are 26 islands, 12 public sector partners and 34 private partners. Throughout the entire 4-part report, there are numerous additional names and countries involved in this as well. In Corey Lynn’s 4-part report on Shipwrecked on Ten Islands with Clintons & Branson, she shows how this all began, the funding, nefarious activities, and how it quickly escalated to include 26 islands. Where did the money really go? • Everyone is familiar with the Clinton Foundation, but most people are completely unaware that the Clinton crime family actually has 51 foundations, LLCs and shell companies that they utilize to carry out their shenanigans. Of course, some have non existent addresses. Corey Lynn dug through endless pages of tax returns and filings to build this list and has reported extensively on the Clinton’s involvement with AIDS, vaccines, abortion, child trafficking, Haiti here, here, here, here, and here, 26 islands, fraud in Arkansas, political tax scandals, plus Jeffrey Epstein here, here, and here. • Though there aren’t a ton of names listed in this report (a couple dozen), it contains significant information pertaining to Protecting U.S. Bulk-Power Supply and Technology from Bad Actors. The connections are quite staggering, especially three players who all worked in high-ranking positions at the World Bank with overlapping time frames, including one president, two of whom are from China and one from South Korea who all attended prestigious colleges in the U.S. The intertwining history of these three alone is mind-bending, showing where they began, what they were involved in, their U.S. connections, and where they are now. This report was publishing in 2020 and these men are still active in vital roles. • Shareholders play a key role in controlling companies from the top down. If the majority shareholder has voting shares, they can dictate the direction of the company. The top two shareholders of nearly every major company are the The Vanguard Group and BlackRock. State Street Corp. often takes 3rd position. Just pick a company, any decent size company and search “top shareholders of (company name)” and you’ll see it nearly every time, and if on rare occasion they didn’t make it in the top two, they made it in the top five. Here is an example of BlackRock voting on three Pfizer resolutions in 2021, as BlackRock is Pfizer’s largest shareholder. That’s a pretty good start to set people on the right path of the actual history behind all of this corruption and the goals the deep state is trying to fulfill. This report was intended to highlight some of the larger lists compiled over the past eight years of investigative reporting on Corey’s Digs. There are so many names of individuals, companies, organizations, and non-profits that work in lock step with one another to achieve these agendas against humanity, covered in over 200 reports and articles produced on Corey’s Digs, that a Quarterly Library Catalog is published to make it easier to find specific reports by topic. There’s much more to the story and the history, but this is a good baseline. Be FearLESS, don’t be conned, and never be obedient to those who don’t have your best interest at heart. Download this report in PDF format in the Bookshop > Many of these more extensive reports are also available in the Bookshop in PDF format for downloading, printing and archiving. As they continue to erase history, it is of the utmost importance to document and preserve as much as we can for future generations. Corey Lynn is always working to bring solutions to people. In addition to articles, the Solution Series offers 24 episodes with incredible individuals who share their knowledge and experience on everything from food resources and how-tos, local community building, survival and preparedness, alternative resources, wellness and healthcare, financial tips, and so much more. These are timeless videos with an abundance of helpful tools and information. Be sure to check out Corey’s Digs’ Partners who provide a variety of quality products and services ranging from health, meat and fresh foods, wealth, security, privacy, organic seeds, USA made products, and more! Visit Shopping Club Freedom for fantastic prime and high choice beef, plus hundreds of non-toxic household and personal care products made in the USA. Subscribe to Corey’s Digs and don’t miss a Dig! https://www.coreysdigs.com/global/who-is-they/
    WWW.COREYSDIGS.COM
    “Who Is THEY?” – coreysdigs.com
    The number one question consistently circulating social media and infuriating the minds of millions is, “who is they?” Over 1900 key players inside.
    Like
    1
    0 Comments 0 Shares 22905 Views
  • WHO RULES THE WORLD?
    They like to call themselves the BLACK NOBILITY

    Frances Leader
    The Rothschilds and the Rockefellers are NOT the pinnacle of power in the world, despite rumours and propaganda seen daily in social media.

    It is also erroneous to call researchers and revisionists "conspiracy theorists" or the ideas they have gleaned from their studies "conspiracy theories".

    They are doing the best they can with limited time, energy and materials.

    The internet is as fraught with disinformation as all the universities and schools put together so people can be forgiven for making the mistake of ceasing their search at the level of the banking staff.

    image.png
    Bankers work for a hierarchy which terminates with aristocratic nihilists whose existence is barely known.

    They like to call themselves the BLACK NOBILITY.

    image.png
    Generations of in-breeding and child abuse has resulted in a "breed apart" as predicted in the eschatology of all three monotheistic religions and they have attempted several times to create a world governance under their control.

    See this extensive article including full list of known Black Nobility family members: https://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/vatican/esp_vatican144.htm

    The owners of the banks are the Black Nobility and they, themselves, are subject to a powerful illusion associated with black magic and worship of the deities they believe in.

    Belief is a very powerful thing.

    It can manifest reality and so these phenomenally wealthy but highly occulted families have some very peculiar ideas.

    They sincerely believe in their own supremacy or divine right to rule.

    image.png
    This is the DIVUS JULIUS coin showing Julius Caesar's sideral 'apotheosis' following his assassination (minted by his heir, Octavius/Augustus) note the comet signifying the ascendency of Julius Caesar's soul.

    https://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/esp_sociopol_blacknobil05.htm

    https://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/esp_sociopol_blacknobil02.htm

    The earliest of the Black Nobility's recorded ancestors created their Empire and they are obliged to continue with the plan on pain of disinheritance, excommunication or death, whether they like it or not.

    They have been brought up to play their part in such opulent circumstances that they cannot imagine being any other way. They bred or beat empathy out of themselves generations ago and they educate their children to continue the family traditions and beliefs.

    The list of modern descendants is large, comprising some 6,000 individuals or more.

    They are (among others):

    The Ghibellines, who supported the Holy Roman Emperors Hohenstaufen family.

    The Guelphs, from Welf, the German prince who competed with Frederick for control of the Holy Roman Empire and includes the British Royal Family.

    The Giustiniani family, Black Nobility of Rome and Venice who trace their lineage to the Emperor Justianian.

    Sir Jocelyn Hambro of Hambros (Merchant) Bank.

    Pierpaolo Luzzatti Fequiz, whose lineage dates back six centuries to the most ancient **Luzzatos**, the Black Nobility of Venice.

    Umberto Ortolani of the ancient Black Nobility family of the same name.

    The Doria family, the financiers of the Spanish Hapsburgs.

    Elie de Rothschild of the French Rothschild family.

    Baron August von Finck (Finck, the second richest man in Germany now deceased).

    Franco Orsini Bonacassi of the ancient **Orsini** Black Nobility that traces its lineage to an ancient Roman senator of the same name. Further details of the Orsini family and relatives: http://www.quofataferunt.com/viewtopic.php?f=20&t=402&p=13067&hilit=Hephzibah#p402)

    The Alba family whose lineage dates back to the great Duke of Alba.

    Baron Pierre Lambert, a cousin of the Belgian Rothschild family.

    Another very interesting document which I came across by accident looks at the Black Nobility in detail, naming families & individuals:

    http://www.seawapa.co/2014/08/the-jesuit-vatican-new-world-order.html

    An excellent historical account of how the Black Nobility conducted financial control and endless wars to depopulate the known world can be heard here:



    image.png
    The "Venetian problem" remains with us today. Truly, the most urgent task of this generation of mankind is to definitively liquidate the horror that is Venice's insidious global influence.

    Comprehensive history here:

    http://tarpley.net/online-books/against-oligarchy/the-venetian-conspiracy/

    John Coleman's Overview of the Committee of 300 and related pages provide a great deal of background information and can be accessed here:

    https://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/esp_sociopol_committee300_01.htm#AN%20OVERVIEW%20AND%20SOME%20CASE%20HISTORIES

    "These international criminals and royal and noble crime bloodlines are threatening society with more fake epidemics, weaponized forced vaccinations, wars based on lies, civil war, world war, martial law, and genocides.

    They are attacking society with secret societies, organized crime, and electronic weapons. These bloodlines spread plagues and have been doing that for hundreds of years. These families are behind all the major wars including World War I and World War II.

    When people stand up to tyrants like them they infiltrate opposition such as the American Revolutionary War. These criminals have trillions of dollars in offshore accounts in Switzerland, Liechtenstein, and Luxembourg and they are controlling the Bank for International Settlements.

    They extort governments and people and make hundreds of billions per year through organized crime. They torment people with electronic weapons. The entire electronic grid has been weaponized.

    They finance continual lying in society through the media and entertainment. Their primary tactics are lying and phony arrogance. They run all the religious organizations, secret societies and covert organizations like the Jesuits, Freemasons, Rosicrucians, Scientologists, Skull and Bones, Kabbalists, Wiccans, Five Percenters, Knights of Columbus, Knights of Malta, Shriners etc.

    They own the organized crime syndicates including all mafias, drug cartels, street gangs, and biker gangs. They oversee the global organizations like the United Nations, NATO, World Bank, IMF, World Economic Forum, World Health Organization, CERN, Maritime Law, INTERPOL, Conference on Disarmament, Red Cross, Geneva Conventions, etc.

    These criminals have infiltrated every government agency in the world through paedophilia, child sacrifices, criminal financing, bribery, secret organizations, and mafia tactics. They have designed all governments as corporate entities and chartered subsidiaries of their corporate houses and monarchies. They are mass human traffickers, mass murderers, and war criminals who commit crimes against humanity at all times." ~ John Coleman, in his book The Committee of 300.

    Images of the modern descendants of the Black Nobility & further information can be found here:

    https://worldcrimesyndicate.blogspot.com/2020/05/leadership-of-global-mafia.html

    The power of the City of London (Black Nobility financial HQ) can be best understood by watching this film:



    The truth of Zionism, a Christian ruse, can be understood by researching Nimrod and his opposing relationship to the Jews. He was an Empire builder and a grandson of Noah. He defied God in his quest to create a global empire, something the Black Nobility are still working on today.

    ZIONISM IS NIMRODISM meme.jpeg
    Perhaps something truly hard-hitting may be a necessary pill to swallow at this point.

    This video is Royal Babylon, The Criminal Record of the British Monarchy, an investigative poem by Heathcote Williams.



    A very useful document which reveals so much about the Bush family and its connections to Nazi Germany, vital to fill in some gaps.

    https://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/esp_sociopol_bush19.htm?fbclid=IwAR3_-Ifc8uYZF5op0kioRym9moqgH0JGMq1KHEuIDv7TDDtTF1iEAfVlKsg

    NWO is real and is NOW.

    The Black Nobility view the world as a GAP & CORE binary world.

    GAP & CORE MAP.jpg
    If you live in the GAP you have two choices: DIE OR MIGRATE.

    If you live in the CORE you have NO choice: ACCEPT MIGRANTS, POVERTY AND DEBT.

    See my article researching the Pentagon Brief by Thomas P Barnett, entitled WAR AND NO PEACE IN THE 21ST CENTURY:
    https://steemit.com/news/@francesleader/4fatwy-war-and-no-peace-in-the-21st-century

    Anyone who has done any depth of research knows that the origins of political correctness is communism, but few seem to have realised that communism is not a Rothschild or Rockefeller invention.

    It was first developed by Jesuits working in Paraguay.

    They called their first experiments the "reductions" and they reported their findings back to the Vatican along with considerable funds raised by enslaving the people of Paraguay.

    They discovered that they could deny the population the use of Spanish, thus isolating them from neighbouring countries which were developing under slightly different regimes.

    The reductions were successful and the blueprint for population control was passed onto willing Jewish dissidents from Russia such as Marx and his student, Lenin.

    The real source of the devastating communist interventions in Russia and China were carried to those two countries by Jesuit trained change agents.

    The Jesuits make an art form out of ensuring that Jewish people get the blame for their worst atrocities.

    It is wise to bear this in mind whenever we see videos or articles written to attack or cast suspicion on the Jews.

    This has been going on since the Crusades - The Roman Catholic Church Popes were, in fact, the first Zionists, if you understand that Zion is an alternative name for Jerusalem.

    Their objectives are borne out by the Unam Sanctum Papal Bull of 1302 which claims all souls on earth for the Roman Catholic Church operating on earth on behalf of God (according to them).

    PAPAL BULL UNAM SANCTUM 1302

    Given that no Papal Bull ever expires, you can get a glimpse of the long term plan that the Jesuits have worked towards ever since they first became the military arm of the clergy.

    Their hatred for Jews stems from the conviction that the Jewish race is responsible for the death of Jesus and therefore herding Jews into Israel is a dreadful plan which leaves the Jews wide open to falling prey to the diabolical plan outlined in Revelations.

    I have written at great length on my doubts about the provenance of that supposedly biblical book. I think it is a blueprint for hell on earth, so that the Roman Catholic Church (a thin disguise for the old Roman Empire) can achieve its end game of full totalitarian authoritarianism on a global scale.

    The Black Nobility plan to annihilate life itself and replace it with their own design, that is how much they seek control.

    Read this article: THE MOTHER OF ALL FALSE FLAG EVENTS HOLDING THE WORLD TO RANSOM IN 2020

    image.png
    ----0----

    I have written over 1,100 articles on Hive blog and they are archived here:

    https://hive.blog/@francesleader

    If you wish to contact me you may comment here or email:

    [email protected]

    Your comments will be gratefully received!

    ONWARDS!
    xx

    https://francesleader.substack.com/p/who-rules-the-world?utm_medium=web&triedRedirect=true


    https://donshafi911iamthefaceoftruth.blogspot.com/2024/01/who-rules-world-they-like-to-call.html
    WHO RULES THE WORLD? They like to call themselves the BLACK NOBILITY Frances Leader The Rothschilds and the Rockefellers are NOT the pinnacle of power in the world, despite rumours and propaganda seen daily in social media. It is also erroneous to call researchers and revisionists "conspiracy theorists" or the ideas they have gleaned from their studies "conspiracy theories". They are doing the best they can with limited time, energy and materials. The internet is as fraught with disinformation as all the universities and schools put together so people can be forgiven for making the mistake of ceasing their search at the level of the banking staff. image.png Bankers work for a hierarchy which terminates with aristocratic nihilists whose existence is barely known. They like to call themselves the BLACK NOBILITY. image.png Generations of in-breeding and child abuse has resulted in a "breed apart" as predicted in the eschatology of all three monotheistic religions and they have attempted several times to create a world governance under their control. See this extensive article including full list of known Black Nobility family members: https://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/vatican/esp_vatican144.htm The owners of the banks are the Black Nobility and they, themselves, are subject to a powerful illusion associated with black magic and worship of the deities they believe in. Belief is a very powerful thing. It can manifest reality and so these phenomenally wealthy but highly occulted families have some very peculiar ideas. They sincerely believe in their own supremacy or divine right to rule. image.png This is the DIVUS JULIUS coin showing Julius Caesar's sideral 'apotheosis' following his assassination (minted by his heir, Octavius/Augustus) note the comet signifying the ascendency of Julius Caesar's soul. https://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/esp_sociopol_blacknobil05.htm https://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/esp_sociopol_blacknobil02.htm The earliest of the Black Nobility's recorded ancestors created their Empire and they are obliged to continue with the plan on pain of disinheritance, excommunication or death, whether they like it or not. They have been brought up to play their part in such opulent circumstances that they cannot imagine being any other way. They bred or beat empathy out of themselves generations ago and they educate their children to continue the family traditions and beliefs. The list of modern descendants is large, comprising some 6,000 individuals or more. They are (among others): The Ghibellines, who supported the Holy Roman Emperors Hohenstaufen family. The Guelphs, from Welf, the German prince who competed with Frederick for control of the Holy Roman Empire and includes the British Royal Family. The Giustiniani family, Black Nobility of Rome and Venice who trace their lineage to the Emperor Justianian. Sir Jocelyn Hambro of Hambros (Merchant) Bank. Pierpaolo Luzzatti Fequiz, whose lineage dates back six centuries to the most ancient **Luzzatos**, the Black Nobility of Venice. Umberto Ortolani of the ancient Black Nobility family of the same name. The Doria family, the financiers of the Spanish Hapsburgs. Elie de Rothschild of the French Rothschild family. Baron August von Finck (Finck, the second richest man in Germany now deceased). Franco Orsini Bonacassi of the ancient **Orsini** Black Nobility that traces its lineage to an ancient Roman senator of the same name. Further details of the Orsini family and relatives: http://www.quofataferunt.com/viewtopic.php?f=20&t=402&p=13067&hilit=Hephzibah#p402) The Alba family whose lineage dates back to the great Duke of Alba. Baron Pierre Lambert, a cousin of the Belgian Rothschild family. Another very interesting document which I came across by accident looks at the Black Nobility in detail, naming families & individuals: http://www.seawapa.co/2014/08/the-jesuit-vatican-new-world-order.html An excellent historical account of how the Black Nobility conducted financial control and endless wars to depopulate the known world can be heard here: image.png The "Venetian problem" remains with us today. Truly, the most urgent task of this generation of mankind is to definitively liquidate the horror that is Venice's insidious global influence. Comprehensive history here: http://tarpley.net/online-books/against-oligarchy/the-venetian-conspiracy/ John Coleman's Overview of the Committee of 300 and related pages provide a great deal of background information and can be accessed here: https://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/esp_sociopol_committee300_01.htm#AN%20OVERVIEW%20AND%20SOME%20CASE%20HISTORIES "These international criminals and royal and noble crime bloodlines are threatening society with more fake epidemics, weaponized forced vaccinations, wars based on lies, civil war, world war, martial law, and genocides. They are attacking society with secret societies, organized crime, and electronic weapons. These bloodlines spread plagues and have been doing that for hundreds of years. These families are behind all the major wars including World War I and World War II. When people stand up to tyrants like them they infiltrate opposition such as the American Revolutionary War. These criminals have trillions of dollars in offshore accounts in Switzerland, Liechtenstein, and Luxembourg and they are controlling the Bank for International Settlements. They extort governments and people and make hundreds of billions per year through organized crime. They torment people with electronic weapons. The entire electronic grid has been weaponized. They finance continual lying in society through the media and entertainment. Their primary tactics are lying and phony arrogance. They run all the religious organizations, secret societies and covert organizations like the Jesuits, Freemasons, Rosicrucians, Scientologists, Skull and Bones, Kabbalists, Wiccans, Five Percenters, Knights of Columbus, Knights of Malta, Shriners etc. They own the organized crime syndicates including all mafias, drug cartels, street gangs, and biker gangs. They oversee the global organizations like the United Nations, NATO, World Bank, IMF, World Economic Forum, World Health Organization, CERN, Maritime Law, INTERPOL, Conference on Disarmament, Red Cross, Geneva Conventions, etc. These criminals have infiltrated every government agency in the world through paedophilia, child sacrifices, criminal financing, bribery, secret organizations, and mafia tactics. They have designed all governments as corporate entities and chartered subsidiaries of their corporate houses and monarchies. They are mass human traffickers, mass murderers, and war criminals who commit crimes against humanity at all times." ~ John Coleman, in his book The Committee of 300. Images of the modern descendants of the Black Nobility & further information can be found here: https://worldcrimesyndicate.blogspot.com/2020/05/leadership-of-global-mafia.html The power of the City of London (Black Nobility financial HQ) can be best understood by watching this film: The truth of Zionism, a Christian ruse, can be understood by researching Nimrod and his opposing relationship to the Jews. He was an Empire builder and a grandson of Noah. He defied God in his quest to create a global empire, something the Black Nobility are still working on today. ZIONISM IS NIMRODISM meme.jpeg Perhaps something truly hard-hitting may be a necessary pill to swallow at this point. This video is Royal Babylon, The Criminal Record of the British Monarchy, an investigative poem by Heathcote Williams. A very useful document which reveals so much about the Bush family and its connections to Nazi Germany, vital to fill in some gaps. https://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/esp_sociopol_bush19.htm?fbclid=IwAR3_-Ifc8uYZF5op0kioRym9moqgH0JGMq1KHEuIDv7TDDtTF1iEAfVlKsg NWO is real and is NOW. The Black Nobility view the world as a GAP & CORE binary world. GAP & CORE MAP.jpg If you live in the GAP you have two choices: DIE OR MIGRATE. If you live in the CORE you have NO choice: ACCEPT MIGRANTS, POVERTY AND DEBT. See my article researching the Pentagon Brief by Thomas P Barnett, entitled WAR AND NO PEACE IN THE 21ST CENTURY: https://steemit.com/news/@francesleader/4fatwy-war-and-no-peace-in-the-21st-century Anyone who has done any depth of research knows that the origins of political correctness is communism, but few seem to have realised that communism is not a Rothschild or Rockefeller invention. It was first developed by Jesuits working in Paraguay. They called their first experiments the "reductions" and they reported their findings back to the Vatican along with considerable funds raised by enslaving the people of Paraguay. They discovered that they could deny the population the use of Spanish, thus isolating them from neighbouring countries which were developing under slightly different regimes. The reductions were successful and the blueprint for population control was passed onto willing Jewish dissidents from Russia such as Marx and his student, Lenin. The real source of the devastating communist interventions in Russia and China were carried to those two countries by Jesuit trained change agents. The Jesuits make an art form out of ensuring that Jewish people get the blame for their worst atrocities. It is wise to bear this in mind whenever we see videos or articles written to attack or cast suspicion on the Jews. This has been going on since the Crusades - The Roman Catholic Church Popes were, in fact, the first Zionists, if you understand that Zion is an alternative name for Jerusalem. Their objectives are borne out by the Unam Sanctum Papal Bull of 1302 which claims all souls on earth for the Roman Catholic Church operating on earth on behalf of God (according to them). PAPAL BULL UNAM SANCTUM 1302 Given that no Papal Bull ever expires, you can get a glimpse of the long term plan that the Jesuits have worked towards ever since they first became the military arm of the clergy. Their hatred for Jews stems from the conviction that the Jewish race is responsible for the death of Jesus and therefore herding Jews into Israel is a dreadful plan which leaves the Jews wide open to falling prey to the diabolical plan outlined in Revelations. I have written at great length on my doubts about the provenance of that supposedly biblical book. I think it is a blueprint for hell on earth, so that the Roman Catholic Church (a thin disguise for the old Roman Empire) can achieve its end game of full totalitarian authoritarianism on a global scale. The Black Nobility plan to annihilate life itself and replace it with their own design, that is how much they seek control. Read this article: THE MOTHER OF ALL FALSE FLAG EVENTS HOLDING THE WORLD TO RANSOM IN 2020 image.png ----0---- I have written over 1,100 articles on Hive blog and they are archived here: https://hive.blog/@francesleader If you wish to contact me you may comment here or email: [email protected] Your comments will be gratefully received! ONWARDS! xx https://francesleader.substack.com/p/who-rules-the-world?utm_medium=web&triedRedirect=true https://donshafi911iamthefaceoftruth.blogspot.com/2024/01/who-rules-world-they-like-to-call.html
    FRANCESLEADER.SUBSTACK.COM
    WHO RULES THE WORLD?
    They like to call themselves the BLACK NOBILITY
    Like
    1
    0 Comments 0 Shares 13120 Views
  • New Zealand appears to legalize the use of force over an individual during a pandemic.

    Who is voting this in? Nobody. And yet there it is.

    Particularly juicy pages are from page 119 (Managing false information during a pandemic) to 125 (the power to detain until "preventative treatment" has been administered.)

    When the "pandemic" strikes and special powers are enacted, neither my channel nor many others will be able to address the reality of things without consequences.

    You can read the full Pandemic Response Plan here: https://pnqk.me/ixfuwh
    New Zealand appears to legalize the use of force over an individual during a pandemic. Who is voting this in? Nobody. And yet there it is. Particularly juicy pages are from page 119 (Managing false information during a pandemic) to 125 (the power to detain until "preventative treatment" has been administered.) When the "pandemic" strikes and special powers are enacted, neither my channel nor many others will be able to address the reality of things without consequences. You can read the full Pandemic Response Plan here: https://pnqk.me/ixfuwh
    Angry
    1
    0 Comments 0 Shares 767 Views
  • The Khazarian Mafia in Hollywood
    Jonas E. Alexis, Senior EditorOctober 25, 2022
    by Jonas E. Alexis, VT Editor

    If you walk into the film industry and start interviewing people like Eli Roth, you will almost certainly hear incredible and bizarre things. Roth would tell you that he aspires to “fuck up an entire generation”[1] through movies.

    Roth and his brethren have been in the business for years, so they know the drill. Roth probably knows the story of Samson and Delilah. He probably knows that Samson’s lust darkened his mind and eventually sent him to his death.[2]

    Roth almost certainly knows that the best way to destroy the morals of his audience is to prey on their lust and appetite. That is why Roth’s brethren have spent years fighting against obscenity laws and pornography in the United States.[3]

    roth2

    As Jewish scholar Nathan Abrams himself puts it,

    “Older generation of Jewish filmmakers and actors, here [Woody] Allen, [Stanley] Kubrick and [Ron] Jeremy, arguably not only increased the Jewishness of their work but updated it to match the new post-1990 sensibility by defining it in increasingly sexualized (and pornographic) terms.”[4]

    Abrams declared elsewhere that “Jewish involvement in porn” is actually “is the result of an atavistic hatred of Christian authority: they are trying to weaken the dominant culture in America by moral subversion.”[5]

    Another Jewish scholar by the name of Josh Lambert tells us that people like Larry David and Sarah Silverman “are challenging America’s powerful religious, family-friendly culture and asserting their Jewishness by glorifying obscenity.”[6]

    Yet David and Silverman are hardly the only people who are “glorifying obscenity” in Hollywood. David Cronenberg obviously beat them to the punch. Cronenberg got to the heart of the matter years ago by laying out his ideological weltanschauung in an interview with Rolling Stone this way:

    “Nothing is true. It’s not an absolute. It’s only a human construct, very definitely able to change and susceptible to change and rethinking. And you can then be free. Free to be unethical, immoral, out of society, and an agent for some other power, never belonging.

    “Ultimately, if you are an existentialist and you don’t believe in God and the judgment after death, then you can do anything you want: You can kill, you can do whatever society considers the most taboo thing.”[7]

    Cronenberg’s moral calculus here is logically and philosophically incoherent. If “nothing is true,” then Cronenberg’s statement that “nothing is true” is not true. In order for the statement to make sense, Cronenberg has to assume that it is true! And if it is true, then the “nothing is true” is categorically false, which means that his entire argument collapses.

    In short, Cronenberg is positing truth claims while denying truth exists! He is trapped in his own ideological matrix.[8]

    Living the incoherency of his system aside, Cronenberg is basically saying that you can only be free if you can come to the conclusion that nothing is true and that morality is, as philosopher Michael Ruse believes, “flimflam.”[9] But because he is morally and intellectually blind, Cronenberg could not realize that his axiom is self-defeating.

    Morality, as we all know, is inexorably linked to practical reason. It is also essential to esthetic truth and intellectual pursuit and honesty. As E. Michael Jones rightly puts it,

    “The intellectual life is a function of the moral life of the thinker. In order to apprehend truth, which is the goal of the intellectual life, one must live a moral life. One can produce an intellectual product, but to the extent that one prescinds from living the moral life, that product will be more a function of internal desire—wish fulfillment, if you will than external reality. This is true of any intellectual field and any deeply held desire.”[10]

    Truth, as Plato puts it, is like seeing things the way they really are.[11] And the practical reason (another word for morality) is one of the main tools for discovering metaphysical truth.

    Yet since Cronenberg dismisses practical reason in his ideological calculus, there was no way for him to make a logical point without falling into his own trap. In the process, he has become a monster, as one scholar has argued.[12]

    The Rolling Stone interviewer asked, “Does the artist have any moral or social responsibility?” Cronenberg:

    “No…Your responsibility is to be irresponsible. As soon as you talk about social or political responsibility, you’ve amputated the best limbs you’ve got as an artist. You are plugging into a very restrictive system that is going to push and pull and mold you and is going to make your art totally useless and ineffective.”[13]

    Cronenberg’s philosophy, scholar William Beard tells us, is “the disappearance of ethics.”[14] It is actually “a world of unimpeded desires without consequences, where ‘everything is permitted.’ Metaphorically, this is the world of violent video games, of indulgent Hollywood movies, and also of the transgressive, boundary-piercing cinema of David Cronenberg.”[15]

    No responsibility, no morality, no ethical values, and no limit, nothing but ultimate meaninglessness and existential hell in movies. Existence itself, as indicated in Cronenberg’s movie eXistenZ, means corruption, moral degradation, and ultimately pathetic death. The axiom of eXistenZ is that “nothing is true; everything is permitted.”[16]

    “Every time I kill someone in my movie,” says Cronenberg, “I’m rehearsing my own death…It’s an existential truth, it’s very raw and real.” Didn’t Cronenberg state that nothing was true? Why is he now smuggling in truth in his philosophical trap?

    Cronenberg, who has a “historic affinity with existentialism,”[17] is also playing with the lives of his viewers. He admits that eXistenZ is filled with “existential propaganda.”[18] Scholar William Beard comments:

    “The disappearance of stable theoretical foundations for human society and human values, the stark realization of the insignificant position of humanity in a material cosmos, the undermining of all kinds of knowledge about the world and ourselves, leaves the existential human subject without a clear guideline for living, with no certainty of anything but his or her own death…Culture, science, the whole edifice of modern European civilization are ineffectual in addressing the individual’s desperate plight.”[19]

    Once the existentialist denies metaphysical truth, he has to start creating his own “truth”: “From this, we must create ourselves as meaningful beings, and create the world as meaningful for ourselves. From this we must build up the new foundations of our own lives, adding other people, culture, history, and politics tentatively and fragmentedly as necessary…”[20]

    Existentialists like Cronenberg, says Beard, “cut individuals off from the fundamental questions of personal existence, and leave them alienated in a world crowded with facts but void of meaning.”[21] The philosophy of existentialism teaches Cronenberg that people “are all doomed to die and be swallowed up by Nothingness, but along the way, we may carve out a niche or ledge on the cliff…”[22]

    Therefore “science” and technology are meaningful if they can advance sexual desires and appetite.[23] It was no coincidence that Cronenberg seized technology in the information age to advance his appetite to a wider audience. He bragged that “technology is with us,”[24] meaning that he can use that kind of medium to get his essentially Freudian and therefore Talmudic ideas to unsuspecting viewers.

    Put simply, Cronenberg is indirectly reinventing what Nietzsche would have called the transvaluation of all values, which again states that morality is an illusion and that any culture which becomes docile to the moral order must be overthrown.

    But in order to do that, Cronenberg has to go back to his revolutionary roots, which is neither Western nor rational but essentially Talmudic or Freudian: “I think we start off with what Freud called a polymorphous perverseness.”[25]

    One can easily argue that this “polymorphous perverseness” is at the core of virtually every Cronenberg film. In fact, Cronenberg admitted that characters in movies like Crash, M. Butterfly, Naked Lunch, Dead Ringers, and Stereo, were “reinventing sexuality,”[26] which is another way of saying that Cronenberg’s characters were subverting the sexual order.[27] Cronenberg’s existential philosophy, Beard says, is

    “sexual or predatory, a drive, an appetite, that invokes Freud far more readily than the Sartre who heatedly rejected a Freudian view of life in which individuals were unfree prisoners of their psychic histories and hardwired desires.”[28]

    Cronenberg’s characters in eXistenZ, Beard continues,

    “seem to reproduce that quasi-Freudian sense that their individual freedom—a sacrosanct item of the existentialist creed—is compromised by appetites that are so powerful they are strongly impelled to do something ethically ugly. This happens to Pikul in the Chinese restaurant. He finds he wants to kill the waiter and is told by Geller that the impulse is part of his game character’s make-up and that he won’t be able to do anything to stop it.”[29]

    David and Brandon Cronenberg
    David and Brandon Cronenberg
    The interesting thing is that Cronenberg has successfully passed his essentially diabolical ideas to his son Brandon, who is now following the family tradition. That fact became quite obvious when David edited Brandon’s first feature film Antiviral,[30] which the Rolling Stone itself has described as “sickening,” and which has the same “disturbing obsession with bodies and technology that animates his father’s films, from The Fly and Dead Ringers to Videodrome and Existenz.”[31] The Rolling Stone reported,

    “The son was infected with his father’s own sense of cerebral horror, and he is not rebelling against it. ‘I wrestled with it at first,’ he says, ‘but you get affected by how you grow up….’”[32]

    Cronenberg, whether he likes it or not, should be called a Satanist precisely because he is anti-Logos.[33] But there is a bigger picture here. Cronenberg’s ideology has been transported to places like Japan as well. For example, one of Japan’s most controversial filmmakers is none other than Takashi Miike.

    Miike says that he is a fervent admirer of directors like David Lynch (Lost Highway), Paul Verhoeven (Basic Instinct), and of course David Cronenberg. These people are what one should call cultural subverters. Verhoeven meant it when he said:

    “As a director, my goal is to be completely open. Just look at how I portray sex in my films. They’re considered shocking and obscene because I like to carefully examine human sexuality. It has to be realistic.”[34]

    Verhoeven also declares that he has been “fascinated by the occult: black magic, UFOs, and kinetic energy. I also experimented with hypnotism, trying to get my friends to remember former lives.”[35] It was a natural step for Verhoeven to move from an interest in the occult to bringing his viewpoint to life in films. Turning from the unknown and unknowable, Verhoeven replaced his own ideology with reality:

    “My films became my anchor to reality, and I began to make extremely realistic movies. I felt compelled to show things as explicitly as possible—a tendency which many film critics have dismissed as banal.”[36]

    Verhoeven applied this tendency most often to the area of sexuality, explicitly portraying sex in movies like Showgirls, Basic Instinct, Turkish Delight, and The Fourth Man. Yet even in RoboCop, which in comparison has little sexuality, Verhoeven’s worldview is clear—this time he is substituting Logos incarnate with his own imagination:

    “It’s pure resurrection. For me, RoboCop is a Cytale. First, Murphy is gunned down in the most horrific way: that is Crucifixion. And it has to be so violent because the audience has to remember him.

    “Before that, he has not done anything in the film. He comes to the police station to put on his uniform, then he goes after the villains with his partner, and bang! he is dead. That shooting is the only thing about him—I did that deliberately.

    “Next, the film makes a steep descent into the finite, after which he experiences his Resurrection, in a modern-day…RoboCop is a Jesus figure—an American Jesus…Americans want to be humane, but if they think it takes too long, Christian morality is pushed aside for the moment and they go for their weapons—just like Robocop.”[37]

    Biographer Rob van Scheers writes,

    “Both in his films and in his personal life, Paul Verhoeven has always practiced a free sexual morality of which he makes no secret…Verhoeven would add in the gay magazine The Advocate: ‘Sex is a form of play—doing what you did when you were four or five years old and were playing in the street with your friends. Once you are grown up, it is difficult to be playful, but one of the ways you can is with sex. It is a way of showing yourself: That’s how I’m made. This is what I like.”[38]

    Takashi Miike and Eli roth
    Takashi Miike and Eli roth
    In short, Verhoeven and Takashi Miike are on the same subversive boat. Both individuals want to overthrow the moral order. Eli Roth and Takashi Miike are also in the same boat, working to “fu$k an entire generation.” Of course, Roth himself admitted that he admires Miike’s work. In fact, Roth would have loved to make Ichi the Killer 2. Keep in mind that Ichi the Killer is one of Miike’s “most controversial films,” an “ultra-violent” film that portrays “sadomasochistic” scenes.

    Miike admits in an interview with the BBC that he is a “feminist,” so it was inevitable that he would pull this ideology out of his film. “Miike has garnered international notoriety for depicting shocking scenes of extreme violence and sexual perversions…” Of course, this is exactly what Eli Roth and David Cronenberg have been doing for years.

    What we are seeing here is that Hollywood stirred the subversive pot, and other nations such as Japan and South Korea followed suit. Even the new South Korean movie, Train to Busan, “borrows heavily from World War Z in its depiction of the fast-moving undead masses while also boasting an emotional core the Brad Pitt-starring extravaganza often lacked.”[39]

    If no social progress is possible outside the moral order, then Satanists in Hollywood are contributing to the demise of social docility and cultural harmony around the world. The solution?

    A return to practical reason and metaphysical Logos, the essence of true creativity and beauty. Movies such as The Lord of the Rings were written under those premises. As Israel Shamir rightly points out, Logos is “the main fountain of creativity.” Shamir also argues that true visual art or poetry simply cannot exist outside of Logos.[40]

    If Satanists in Hollywood reject “the main fountain of creativity,” then they can only produce degradation, ugliness, meaninglessness, despair, and ultimate chaos and confusion. It was only a matter of time before the art world was used as a weapon against Logos:

    “A photograph of a crucifix in a container of urine, entitled Piss Christ, was exhibited in the Whitney Museum, which is headed by a great friend of [former Israeli Prime Minister] Ariel Sharon, a member of Mega, Leonard Lauder.”[41]

    This is one reason why people like Carolee Schneemann use nothing but blatant sadistic/ sadomasochistic sexual imagery in their “art.”

    First published in October 2016.

    Citations

    [1] Quoted in Stuart Dredge, “Netflix series Hemlock Grove: ‘People want their horror horrific,’ says Eli Roth,” Guardian, April 10, 2013.
    [2] See E. Michael Jones, The Jewish Revolutionary Spirit and Its Impact on World History (South Bend: Fidelity Press, 2008), 1054-1056.
    [3] See Josh Lambert, Unclean Lips: Obscenity, Jews, and American Culture (New York: New York University Press, 2014).
    [4] Nathan Abrams, The New Jew in Film: Exploring Jewishness and Judaism in Contemporary Cinema (New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press, 2012), 72.
    [5] Nathan Abrams, “Triple-exthnics,” Jewish Quarterly, Winter 2004.
    [6] Josh Lambert, “‘Dirty Jews’ and the Christian Right,” Haaretz, February 3, 2014.
    [7] David Breskin, “David Cronenberg: The Rolling Stone Interview,” Rolling Stone, February 6, 1992: 66-70.
    [8] It is almost the same thing with relativism. I have been listening to an interview E. Michael Jones did with Alex Fontana during which Fontana declared that he doesn’t know if he agrees with “objective reality.” He then lays out his position by saying, “I guess I am a relativist.” I was completely stunned because during the entire interview Fontana was basically dissecting some ideas in the culture and implicitly arguing that they were wrong! Fontana could not see that there is no way to adjudicate two fundamentally opposite ideas if relativism is true. I was also shocked because relativism has been abandoned by serious thinkers years ago precisely because it is devoid of coherency and rigor. This is why Jones told him that relativism “is incoherent. It makes no sense ultimately.” I have discussed the incoherency of relativism in numerous articles. An example can be found here.
    [9] Michael Ruse, “God is dead. Long live morality,” Guardian, March 15, 2010.
    [10] E. Michael Jones, Degenerate Moderns: Modernity as Rationalized Sexual Misbehavior (South Bend: Fidelity Press, 2012), 15.
    [11] Plato, The Republic (New York: Oxford University Press, 1993), 116.
    [12] See for example William Beard, The Artist as Monster: The Cinema of David Cronenberg (Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2006).
    [13] Breskin, “David Cronenberg: The Rolling Stone Interview,” Rolling Stone, February 6, 1992: 66-70.
    [14] William Beard, The Artist as Monster: The Cinema of David Cronenberg (Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2006), 434.
    [15] Ibid., 443.
    [16] Ibid., 434
    [17] Ibid., 429.
    [18] Ibid., 430.
    [19] Ibid., 430-431.
    [20] Ibid., 431.
    [21] Ibid.
    [22] Ibid., 433.
    [23] Ibid., 430.
    [24] Ibid., 446.
    [25] Breskin, “David Cronenberg: The Rolling Stone Interview,” Rolling Stone, February 6, 1992: 66-70.
    [26] Beard, Artist as Monster, 452.
    [27] Beard goes into great detail of this. See pages 452-453, 455-456.
    [28] Beard, Artist as Monster, 433.
    [29] Ibid., 434.
    [30] Bruce Kirkland, “Brandon Cronenberg brings first feature film ‘Antiviral’ home,” Toronto Sun, September 9, 2012.
    [31] Logan Hill, “’Antiviral’ Explores Sickness of Celebrity Culture,” Rolling Stone, April 10, 2013.
    [32] Ibid.
    [33] For a dissertation on this, see E. Michael Jones, “The Great Satan and Me: Reflections on Iran and Postmodernism’s Faustian Pact,” Culture Wars, July/August 2015.
    [34] Rob van Scheers, Paul Verhoeven (London: Faber & Faber, 1997), 159-161.
    [35] Paul Verhoeven, Jesus of Nazareth (New York: Seven Stories Press, 2010), xi, 5.
    [36] Ibid., 6.
    [37] Van Scheers, Paul Verhoeven, 195.
    [38] Ibid., 258.
    [39] Clark Collis, “Train to Busan: EW review,” Entertainment Weekly, July 22, 2016.
    [40] Israel Shamir, Cabbala of Power (Charleston, SC: BookSurge, 2007), 153.
    [41] Ibid., 150.
    ATTENTION READERS

    We See The World From All Sides and Want YOU To Be Fully Informed
    In fact, intentional disinformation is a disgraceful scourge in media today. So to assuage any possible errant incorrect information posted herein, we strongly encourage you to seek corroboration from other non-VT sources before forming an educated opinion.

    About VT - Policies & Disclosures - Comment Policy
    Due to the nature of uncensored content posted by VT's fully independent international writers, VT cannot guarantee absolute validity. All content is owned by the author exclusively. Expressed opinions are NOT necessarily the views of VT, other authors, affiliates, advertisers, sponsors, partners, or technicians. Some content may be satirical in nature. All images are the full responsibility of the article author and NOT VT.

    https://veteranstoday.com/2022/10/25/the-khazarian-mafia-in-hollywood/
    The Khazarian Mafia in Hollywood Jonas E. Alexis, Senior EditorOctober 25, 2022 by Jonas E. Alexis, VT Editor If you walk into the film industry and start interviewing people like Eli Roth, you will almost certainly hear incredible and bizarre things. Roth would tell you that he aspires to “fuck up an entire generation”[1] through movies. Roth and his brethren have been in the business for years, so they know the drill. Roth probably knows the story of Samson and Delilah. He probably knows that Samson’s lust darkened his mind and eventually sent him to his death.[2] Roth almost certainly knows that the best way to destroy the morals of his audience is to prey on their lust and appetite. That is why Roth’s brethren have spent years fighting against obscenity laws and pornography in the United States.[3] roth2 As Jewish scholar Nathan Abrams himself puts it, “Older generation of Jewish filmmakers and actors, here [Woody] Allen, [Stanley] Kubrick and [Ron] Jeremy, arguably not only increased the Jewishness of their work but updated it to match the new post-1990 sensibility by defining it in increasingly sexualized (and pornographic) terms.”[4] Abrams declared elsewhere that “Jewish involvement in porn” is actually “is the result of an atavistic hatred of Christian authority: they are trying to weaken the dominant culture in America by moral subversion.”[5] Another Jewish scholar by the name of Josh Lambert tells us that people like Larry David and Sarah Silverman “are challenging America’s powerful religious, family-friendly culture and asserting their Jewishness by glorifying obscenity.”[6] Yet David and Silverman are hardly the only people who are “glorifying obscenity” in Hollywood. David Cronenberg obviously beat them to the punch. Cronenberg got to the heart of the matter years ago by laying out his ideological weltanschauung in an interview with Rolling Stone this way: “Nothing is true. It’s not an absolute. It’s only a human construct, very definitely able to change and susceptible to change and rethinking. And you can then be free. Free to be unethical, immoral, out of society, and an agent for some other power, never belonging. “Ultimately, if you are an existentialist and you don’t believe in God and the judgment after death, then you can do anything you want: You can kill, you can do whatever society considers the most taboo thing.”[7] Cronenberg’s moral calculus here is logically and philosophically incoherent. If “nothing is true,” then Cronenberg’s statement that “nothing is true” is not true. In order for the statement to make sense, Cronenberg has to assume that it is true! And if it is true, then the “nothing is true” is categorically false, which means that his entire argument collapses. In short, Cronenberg is positing truth claims while denying truth exists! He is trapped in his own ideological matrix.[8] Living the incoherency of his system aside, Cronenberg is basically saying that you can only be free if you can come to the conclusion that nothing is true and that morality is, as philosopher Michael Ruse believes, “flimflam.”[9] But because he is morally and intellectually blind, Cronenberg could not realize that his axiom is self-defeating. Morality, as we all know, is inexorably linked to practical reason. It is also essential to esthetic truth and intellectual pursuit and honesty. As E. Michael Jones rightly puts it, “The intellectual life is a function of the moral life of the thinker. In order to apprehend truth, which is the goal of the intellectual life, one must live a moral life. One can produce an intellectual product, but to the extent that one prescinds from living the moral life, that product will be more a function of internal desire—wish fulfillment, if you will than external reality. This is true of any intellectual field and any deeply held desire.”[10] Truth, as Plato puts it, is like seeing things the way they really are.[11] And the practical reason (another word for morality) is one of the main tools for discovering metaphysical truth. Yet since Cronenberg dismisses practical reason in his ideological calculus, there was no way for him to make a logical point without falling into his own trap. In the process, he has become a monster, as one scholar has argued.[12] The Rolling Stone interviewer asked, “Does the artist have any moral or social responsibility?” Cronenberg: “No…Your responsibility is to be irresponsible. As soon as you talk about social or political responsibility, you’ve amputated the best limbs you’ve got as an artist. You are plugging into a very restrictive system that is going to push and pull and mold you and is going to make your art totally useless and ineffective.”[13] Cronenberg’s philosophy, scholar William Beard tells us, is “the disappearance of ethics.”[14] It is actually “a world of unimpeded desires without consequences, where ‘everything is permitted.’ Metaphorically, this is the world of violent video games, of indulgent Hollywood movies, and also of the transgressive, boundary-piercing cinema of David Cronenberg.”[15] No responsibility, no morality, no ethical values, and no limit, nothing but ultimate meaninglessness and existential hell in movies. Existence itself, as indicated in Cronenberg’s movie eXistenZ, means corruption, moral degradation, and ultimately pathetic death. The axiom of eXistenZ is that “nothing is true; everything is permitted.”[16] “Every time I kill someone in my movie,” says Cronenberg, “I’m rehearsing my own death…It’s an existential truth, it’s very raw and real.” Didn’t Cronenberg state that nothing was true? Why is he now smuggling in truth in his philosophical trap? Cronenberg, who has a “historic affinity with existentialism,”[17] is also playing with the lives of his viewers. He admits that eXistenZ is filled with “existential propaganda.”[18] Scholar William Beard comments: “The disappearance of stable theoretical foundations for human society and human values, the stark realization of the insignificant position of humanity in a material cosmos, the undermining of all kinds of knowledge about the world and ourselves, leaves the existential human subject without a clear guideline for living, with no certainty of anything but his or her own death…Culture, science, the whole edifice of modern European civilization are ineffectual in addressing the individual’s desperate plight.”[19] Once the existentialist denies metaphysical truth, he has to start creating his own “truth”: “From this, we must create ourselves as meaningful beings, and create the world as meaningful for ourselves. From this we must build up the new foundations of our own lives, adding other people, culture, history, and politics tentatively and fragmentedly as necessary…”[20] Existentialists like Cronenberg, says Beard, “cut individuals off from the fundamental questions of personal existence, and leave them alienated in a world crowded with facts but void of meaning.”[21] The philosophy of existentialism teaches Cronenberg that people “are all doomed to die and be swallowed up by Nothingness, but along the way, we may carve out a niche or ledge on the cliff…”[22] Therefore “science” and technology are meaningful if they can advance sexual desires and appetite.[23] It was no coincidence that Cronenberg seized technology in the information age to advance his appetite to a wider audience. He bragged that “technology is with us,”[24] meaning that he can use that kind of medium to get his essentially Freudian and therefore Talmudic ideas to unsuspecting viewers. Put simply, Cronenberg is indirectly reinventing what Nietzsche would have called the transvaluation of all values, which again states that morality is an illusion and that any culture which becomes docile to the moral order must be overthrown. But in order to do that, Cronenberg has to go back to his revolutionary roots, which is neither Western nor rational but essentially Talmudic or Freudian: “I think we start off with what Freud called a polymorphous perverseness.”[25] One can easily argue that this “polymorphous perverseness” is at the core of virtually every Cronenberg film. In fact, Cronenberg admitted that characters in movies like Crash, M. Butterfly, Naked Lunch, Dead Ringers, and Stereo, were “reinventing sexuality,”[26] which is another way of saying that Cronenberg’s characters were subverting the sexual order.[27] Cronenberg’s existential philosophy, Beard says, is “sexual or predatory, a drive, an appetite, that invokes Freud far more readily than the Sartre who heatedly rejected a Freudian view of life in which individuals were unfree prisoners of their psychic histories and hardwired desires.”[28] Cronenberg’s characters in eXistenZ, Beard continues, “seem to reproduce that quasi-Freudian sense that their individual freedom—a sacrosanct item of the existentialist creed—is compromised by appetites that are so powerful they are strongly impelled to do something ethically ugly. This happens to Pikul in the Chinese restaurant. He finds he wants to kill the waiter and is told by Geller that the impulse is part of his game character’s make-up and that he won’t be able to do anything to stop it.”[29] David and Brandon Cronenberg David and Brandon Cronenberg The interesting thing is that Cronenberg has successfully passed his essentially diabolical ideas to his son Brandon, who is now following the family tradition. That fact became quite obvious when David edited Brandon’s first feature film Antiviral,[30] which the Rolling Stone itself has described as “sickening,” and which has the same “disturbing obsession with bodies and technology that animates his father’s films, from The Fly and Dead Ringers to Videodrome and Existenz.”[31] The Rolling Stone reported, “The son was infected with his father’s own sense of cerebral horror, and he is not rebelling against it. ‘I wrestled with it at first,’ he says, ‘but you get affected by how you grow up….’”[32] Cronenberg, whether he likes it or not, should be called a Satanist precisely because he is anti-Logos.[33] But there is a bigger picture here. Cronenberg’s ideology has been transported to places like Japan as well. For example, one of Japan’s most controversial filmmakers is none other than Takashi Miike. Miike says that he is a fervent admirer of directors like David Lynch (Lost Highway), Paul Verhoeven (Basic Instinct), and of course David Cronenberg. These people are what one should call cultural subverters. Verhoeven meant it when he said: “As a director, my goal is to be completely open. Just look at how I portray sex in my films. They’re considered shocking and obscene because I like to carefully examine human sexuality. It has to be realistic.”[34] Verhoeven also declares that he has been “fascinated by the occult: black magic, UFOs, and kinetic energy. I also experimented with hypnotism, trying to get my friends to remember former lives.”[35] It was a natural step for Verhoeven to move from an interest in the occult to bringing his viewpoint to life in films. Turning from the unknown and unknowable, Verhoeven replaced his own ideology with reality: “My films became my anchor to reality, and I began to make extremely realistic movies. I felt compelled to show things as explicitly as possible—a tendency which many film critics have dismissed as banal.”[36] Verhoeven applied this tendency most often to the area of sexuality, explicitly portraying sex in movies like Showgirls, Basic Instinct, Turkish Delight, and The Fourth Man. Yet even in RoboCop, which in comparison has little sexuality, Verhoeven’s worldview is clear—this time he is substituting Logos incarnate with his own imagination: “It’s pure resurrection. For me, RoboCop is a Cytale. First, Murphy is gunned down in the most horrific way: that is Crucifixion. And it has to be so violent because the audience has to remember him. “Before that, he has not done anything in the film. He comes to the police station to put on his uniform, then he goes after the villains with his partner, and bang! he is dead. That shooting is the only thing about him—I did that deliberately. “Next, the film makes a steep descent into the finite, after which he experiences his Resurrection, in a modern-day…RoboCop is a Jesus figure—an American Jesus…Americans want to be humane, but if they think it takes too long, Christian morality is pushed aside for the moment and they go for their weapons—just like Robocop.”[37] Biographer Rob van Scheers writes, “Both in his films and in his personal life, Paul Verhoeven has always practiced a free sexual morality of which he makes no secret…Verhoeven would add in the gay magazine The Advocate: ‘Sex is a form of play—doing what you did when you were four or five years old and were playing in the street with your friends. Once you are grown up, it is difficult to be playful, but one of the ways you can is with sex. It is a way of showing yourself: That’s how I’m made. This is what I like.”[38] Takashi Miike and Eli roth Takashi Miike and Eli roth In short, Verhoeven and Takashi Miike are on the same subversive boat. Both individuals want to overthrow the moral order. Eli Roth and Takashi Miike are also in the same boat, working to “fu$k an entire generation.” Of course, Roth himself admitted that he admires Miike’s work. In fact, Roth would have loved to make Ichi the Killer 2. Keep in mind that Ichi the Killer is one of Miike’s “most controversial films,” an “ultra-violent” film that portrays “sadomasochistic” scenes. Miike admits in an interview with the BBC that he is a “feminist,” so it was inevitable that he would pull this ideology out of his film. “Miike has garnered international notoriety for depicting shocking scenes of extreme violence and sexual perversions…” Of course, this is exactly what Eli Roth and David Cronenberg have been doing for years. What we are seeing here is that Hollywood stirred the subversive pot, and other nations such as Japan and South Korea followed suit. Even the new South Korean movie, Train to Busan, “borrows heavily from World War Z in its depiction of the fast-moving undead masses while also boasting an emotional core the Brad Pitt-starring extravaganza often lacked.”[39] If no social progress is possible outside the moral order, then Satanists in Hollywood are contributing to the demise of social docility and cultural harmony around the world. The solution? A return to practical reason and metaphysical Logos, the essence of true creativity and beauty. Movies such as The Lord of the Rings were written under those premises. As Israel Shamir rightly points out, Logos is “the main fountain of creativity.” Shamir also argues that true visual art or poetry simply cannot exist outside of Logos.[40] If Satanists in Hollywood reject “the main fountain of creativity,” then they can only produce degradation, ugliness, meaninglessness, despair, and ultimate chaos and confusion. It was only a matter of time before the art world was used as a weapon against Logos: “A photograph of a crucifix in a container of urine, entitled Piss Christ, was exhibited in the Whitney Museum, which is headed by a great friend of [former Israeli Prime Minister] Ariel Sharon, a member of Mega, Leonard Lauder.”[41] This is one reason why people like Carolee Schneemann use nothing but blatant sadistic/ sadomasochistic sexual imagery in their “art.” First published in October 2016. Citations [1] Quoted in Stuart Dredge, “Netflix series Hemlock Grove: ‘People want their horror horrific,’ says Eli Roth,” Guardian, April 10, 2013. [2] See E. Michael Jones, The Jewish Revolutionary Spirit and Its Impact on World History (South Bend: Fidelity Press, 2008), 1054-1056. [3] See Josh Lambert, Unclean Lips: Obscenity, Jews, and American Culture (New York: New York University Press, 2014). [4] Nathan Abrams, The New Jew in Film: Exploring Jewishness and Judaism in Contemporary Cinema (New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press, 2012), 72. [5] Nathan Abrams, “Triple-exthnics,” Jewish Quarterly, Winter 2004. [6] Josh Lambert, “‘Dirty Jews’ and the Christian Right,” Haaretz, February 3, 2014. [7] David Breskin, “David Cronenberg: The Rolling Stone Interview,” Rolling Stone, February 6, 1992: 66-70. [8] It is almost the same thing with relativism. I have been listening to an interview E. Michael Jones did with Alex Fontana during which Fontana declared that he doesn’t know if he agrees with “objective reality.” He then lays out his position by saying, “I guess I am a relativist.” I was completely stunned because during the entire interview Fontana was basically dissecting some ideas in the culture and implicitly arguing that they were wrong! Fontana could not see that there is no way to adjudicate two fundamentally opposite ideas if relativism is true. I was also shocked because relativism has been abandoned by serious thinkers years ago precisely because it is devoid of coherency and rigor. This is why Jones told him that relativism “is incoherent. It makes no sense ultimately.” I have discussed the incoherency of relativism in numerous articles. An example can be found here. [9] Michael Ruse, “God is dead. Long live morality,” Guardian, March 15, 2010. [10] E. Michael Jones, Degenerate Moderns: Modernity as Rationalized Sexual Misbehavior (South Bend: Fidelity Press, 2012), 15. [11] Plato, The Republic (New York: Oxford University Press, 1993), 116. [12] See for example William Beard, The Artist as Monster: The Cinema of David Cronenberg (Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2006). [13] Breskin, “David Cronenberg: The Rolling Stone Interview,” Rolling Stone, February 6, 1992: 66-70. [14] William Beard, The Artist as Monster: The Cinema of David Cronenberg (Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2006), 434. [15] Ibid., 443. [16] Ibid., 434 [17] Ibid., 429. [18] Ibid., 430. [19] Ibid., 430-431. [20] Ibid., 431. [21] Ibid. [22] Ibid., 433. [23] Ibid., 430. [24] Ibid., 446. [25] Breskin, “David Cronenberg: The Rolling Stone Interview,” Rolling Stone, February 6, 1992: 66-70. [26] Beard, Artist as Monster, 452. [27] Beard goes into great detail of this. See pages 452-453, 455-456. [28] Beard, Artist as Monster, 433. [29] Ibid., 434. [30] Bruce Kirkland, “Brandon Cronenberg brings first feature film ‘Antiviral’ home,” Toronto Sun, September 9, 2012. [31] Logan Hill, “’Antiviral’ Explores Sickness of Celebrity Culture,” Rolling Stone, April 10, 2013. [32] Ibid. [33] For a dissertation on this, see E. Michael Jones, “The Great Satan and Me: Reflections on Iran and Postmodernism’s Faustian Pact,” Culture Wars, July/August 2015. [34] Rob van Scheers, Paul Verhoeven (London: Faber & Faber, 1997), 159-161. [35] Paul Verhoeven, Jesus of Nazareth (New York: Seven Stories Press, 2010), xi, 5. [36] Ibid., 6. [37] Van Scheers, Paul Verhoeven, 195. [38] Ibid., 258. [39] Clark Collis, “Train to Busan: EW review,” Entertainment Weekly, July 22, 2016. [40] Israel Shamir, Cabbala of Power (Charleston, SC: BookSurge, 2007), 153. [41] Ibid., 150. ATTENTION READERS We See The World From All Sides and Want YOU To Be Fully Informed In fact, intentional disinformation is a disgraceful scourge in media today. So to assuage any possible errant incorrect information posted herein, we strongly encourage you to seek corroboration from other non-VT sources before forming an educated opinion. About VT - Policies & Disclosures - Comment Policy Due to the nature of uncensored content posted by VT's fully independent international writers, VT cannot guarantee absolute validity. All content is owned by the author exclusively. Expressed opinions are NOT necessarily the views of VT, other authors, affiliates, advertisers, sponsors, partners, or technicians. Some content may be satirical in nature. All images are the full responsibility of the article author and NOT VT. https://veteranstoday.com/2022/10/25/the-khazarian-mafia-in-hollywood/
    Like
    1
    0 Comments 0 Shares 18140 Views
  • Israel is in a death spiral. Who will it take down with it?
    Israel's zealots are ignoring the pleas of the top brass. They want to widen the circle of war, whatever the consequences

    Jonathan Cook

    NOTE TO THOSE READING VIA EMAIL: This article may exceed the length that can be sent by Substack. In which case, please click on the headline and it will take you directly to the Substack article.

    [First published by Middle East Eye]

    There should be nothing surprising about the revelation that troops at Sde Teiman, a detention camp set up by Israel in the wake of Hamas’s 7 October attack on southern Israel, are routinely using rape as a weapon of torture against Palestinian inmates.

    Last week, nine soldiers from a prison unit, Force 100, were arrested for gang-raping a Palestinian inmate with a sharp object. He had to be hospitalised with his injuries.

    At least 53 prisoners are known to have died in Israeli detention, presumed in most cases to be either through torture or following the denial of access to medical care. No investigations have been carried out by Israel and no arrests have been made.

    Why should it be of any surprise that Israel’s self-proclaimed “most moral army in the world” uses torture and rape against Palestinians? It would be truly surprising if this was not happening.

    After all, this is the same military that for 10 months has used starvation as a weapon of war against the 2.3 million people of Gaza, half of them children.

    It is the same military that since October has laid waste to all of Gaza’s hospitals, as well as destroying almost all of its schools and 70 percent of its homes. It is the same military that is known to have killed over that period at least 40,000 Palestinians, with a further 21,000 children missing.

    It is the same military currently on trial for genocide at the International Court of Justice (ICJ), the highest court in the world.

    If there are no red lines for Israel when it comes to brutalising Palestinian civilians trapped inside Gaza, why would there be any red lines for those kidnapped off its streets and dragged into its dungeons?

    Sexual violence

    I documented some of the horrors unfolding in Sde Teiman in these pages back in May.

    Jonathan Cook24 May

    The message of Israel’s torture chambers is directed at us all, not just Palestinians.

    My latest:


    The message of Israel’s torture chambers is directed at us all, not just Palestinians

    ‘Black sites’ are about reminding those who have been colonised and enslaved of a simple lesson: resistance is futile

    Months ago, the Israeli media began publishing testimonies from whistleblowing guards and doctors detailing the depraved conditions there.

    The International Committee of the Red Cross has been denied access to the detention camp, leaving it entirely unmonitored.

    The United Nations published a report on 31 July into the conditions in which some 9,400 captive Palestinians have been held since last October. Most have been cut off from the outside world, and the reason for their seizure and imprisonment was never provided.

    The report concludes that “appalling acts” of torture and abuse are taking place at all of Israel’s detention centres, including sexual violence, waterboarding and attacks with dogs.

    The authors note “forced nudity of both men and women; beatings while naked, including on the genitals; electrocution of the genitals and anus; being forced to undergo repeated humiliating strip searches; widespread sexual slurs and threats of rape; and the inappropriate touching of women by both male and female soldiers”.

    There are, according to the investigation, “consistent reports” of Israeli security forces “inserting objects into detainees’ anuses”.

    Last month, Save the Children found that many hundreds of Palestinian children had been imprisoned in Israel, where they faced starvation and sexual abuse.

    And this week B’Tselem, Israel’s main human rights group monitoring the occupation, produced a report – titled “Welcome to Hell” – which included the testimonies of dozens of Palestinians who had emerged from what it called “inhuman conditions”. Most had never been charged with an offence.

    It concluded that the abuses at Sde Teiman were “just the tip of the iceberg”. All of Israel’s detention centres formed “a network of torture camps for Palestinians” in which “every inmate is intentionally condemned to severe, relentless pain and suffering”. It added that this was “an organized, declared policy of the Israeli prison authorities”.

    Tal Steiner, head of the Public Committee Against Torture in Israel, which has long campaigned against the systematic torture of Palestinian detainees, wrote last week that Sde Teiman “was a place where the most horrible torture we had ever seen was occurring”.

    Can of worms

    In short, it has been an open secret in Israel that torture and sexual assault are routine at Sde Teiman.

    The abuse is so horrifying that last month Israel’s high court ordered officials to explain why they were operating outside Israel’s own laws governing the internment of “unlawful combatants”.

    The surprise is not that sexual violence is being inflicted on Palestinian captives. It is that Israel’s top brass never imagined the arrest of Israeli soldiers for raping a Palestinian would pass muster with the public.

    Instead, by making the arrests, the army opened a toxic can of worms.

    The arrests provoked a massive backlash from soldiers, politicians, Israeli media, and large sections of the Israeli public.

    Rioters, led by members of the Israeli parliament, broke into Sde Teiman. An even larger group, including members of Force 100, tried to invade a military base, Beit Lid, where the soldiers were being held in an attempt to free them.

    The police, under the control of Itamar Ben Gvir, a settler leader with openly fascist leanings, delayed arriving to break up the protests. Ben Gvir has called for Palestinian prisoners to be summarily executed – or killed with “a shot to the head” – to save on the costs of holding them.

    No one was arrested over what amounted to a mutiny as well as a major breach of security.

    Bezalel Smotrich, Israel’s finance minister, helped whip up popular indignation, denouncing the arrests and describing the Force 100 soldiers as “heroic warriors”.

    Other prominent cabinet ministers echoed him.

    Already, three of the soldiers have been freed, and more will likely follow.

    The consensus in Israel is that any abuse, including rape, is permitted against the thousands of Palestinians who have been seized by Israel in recent months – including women, children and many hundreds of medical personnel.

    That consensus is the same one that thinks it fine to bomb Palestinian women and children in Gaza, destroy their homes and starve them.

    Rape permitted

    Such depraved attitudes are not new. They draw on ideological convictions and legal precedents that developed through decades of Israel’s illegal occupation. Israeli society has completely normalised the idea that Palestinians are less than human and that any and every abuse of them is allowed.

    Hamas’s attack on 7 October simply brought the long-standing moral corruption at the core of Israeli society more obviously out into the open.

    Jonathan Cook15 Mar

    Why is the same western media obsessively reheating five-month-old allegations against Hamas so reluctant to focus on Israel’s current, horrifying atrocities?

    My latest:


    Torture, executions, babies left to die, sexual abuse… These are Israel’s crimes

    Why is the same western media obsessively reheating five-month-old allegations against Hamas so reluctant to focus on Israel’s current, horrifying atrocities?

    In 2016, for example, the Israeli military appointed Colonel Eyal Karim as its chief rabbi, even after he had declared Palestinians to be “animals” and had approved the rape of Palestinian women in the interest of boosting soldiers’ morale.

    Religious extremists, let us note, increasingly predominate among combat troops.

    In 2015, Israel’s supreme court dismissed a compensation suit from a Lebanese prisoner that his lawyers submitted after he was released in a prisoner swap. Mustafa Dirani had been raped with a baton 15 years earlier in a secret jail known as Facility 1391.

    Despite Dirani’s claim being supported by a medical assessment from the time made by an Israeli military doctor, the court ruled that anyone engaged in an armed conflict with Israel could not make a claim against the Israeli state.

    Meanwhile, human and legal rights groups have regularly reported cases of Israeli soldiers and police raping and sexually assaulting Palestinians, including children.

    A clear message was sent to Israeli soldiers over many decades that, just as the genocidal murder of Palestinians is considered warranted and “lawful”, the torture and rape of Palestinians held in captivity is considered warranted and “lawful” too.

    Understandably, there was indignation that the long-established “rules” – that any and every atrocity is permitted – appeared suddenly and arbitrarily to have been changed.

    On a precipice

    The biggest question is this: why did the Israeli military’s top legal adviser approve opening an investigation into the Force 100 soldiers – and why now?

    The answer is obvious. Israel’s commanders are in panic after a spate of setbacks in the international legal arena.

    The ICJ, sometimes referred to as the World Court, has put Israel on trial for committing what it considers a “plausible” genocide in Gaza.

    Separately, it concluded last month that Israel’s 57-year occupation is illegal and a form of aggression against the Palestinian people. Gaza never stopped being under occupation, the judges ruled, despite claims from its apologists, including western governments, to the contrary.

    Significantly, that means Palestinians have a legal right to resist their occupation. Or, to put it another way, they have an immutable right to self-defence against their Israeli occupiers, while Israel has no such right against the Palestinians it illegally occupies.

    Israel is not in “armed conflict” with the Palestinian people. It is brutally occupying and oppressing them.

    Israel must immediately end the occupation to regain such a right of self-defence - something it demonstrably has no intention to do.

    Jonathan Cook23 Jul

    Don't be fooled. The damning legal ruling by the world's highest court on the Israeli occupation obliges western states not just to end their persecution of the boycott movement but to take up that cause as their own.

    Read my latest article here:


    The World Court has cleared the fog hiding western support for Israel’s crimes

    The legal ruling by the world's highest court obliges western states not just to end their persecution of the boycott movement but to take up that cause as their own

    Meanwhile, the chief prosecutor of the International Criminal Court (ICC), the ICJ’s sister court, is actively seeking arrest warrants for Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and his defence minister, Yoav Gallant, for war crimes.

    The various cases reinforce each other. The World Court’s decisions are making it ever harder for the ICC to drag its feet in issuing and expanding the circle of arrest warrants.

    Both courts are now under enormous, countervailing pressures.

    On the one side, massive external pressure is being exerted on the ICJ and ICC from states such as the US, Britain and Germany that are prepared to see the genocide in Gaza continue.

    And on the other, the judges themselves are fully aware of what is at stake if they fail to act.

    The longer they delay, the more they discredit international law and their own role as arbiters of that law. That will give even more leeway for other states to claim that inaction by the courts has set a precedent for their own right to commit war crimes.

    International law, the entire rationale for the ICJ and ICC’s existence, stands on a precipice. Israel’s genocide threatens to bring it all crashing down.

    Stalling the ICC

    Israel’s top brass stand in the middle of that fight.

    They are confident that Washington will block at the UN Security Council any effort to enforce the ICJ rulings against them – either a future one on genocide in Gaza or the existing one on their illegal occupation.

    But arrest warrants from the ICC are a different matter. Washington has no such veto. All states signed up to the ICC’s Rome Statute – that is, most of the West, minus the US – will be obligated to arrest Israeli officials who step on their soil and to hand them over to The Hague.

    Israel and the US had been hoping to use technicalities to delay the issuing of the arrest warrants for as long as possible. Most significantly, they recruited the UK, which has signed the Rome Statute, to do their dirty work.

    It looked like the new UK government under Keir Starmer would continue where its predecessor left off by tying up the court in lengthy and obscure legal debates about the continuing applicability of the long-dead, 30-year-old Oslo Accords.

    A former human rights lawyer, Starmer has repeatedly backed Israel’s “plausible” genocide, even arguing that the starvation of Gaza’s population, including its children, could be justified as “self-defence” – an idea entirely alien to international law, which treats it as collective punishment and a war crime.

    But now with a secure parliamentary majority, even Starmer appears to be baulking at being seen as helping Netanyahu personally avoid arrest for war crimes.

    The UK government announced late last month that it would drop Britain’s legal objections at the ICC.

    That has suddenly left both Netanyahu and the Israeli military command starkly exposed – which is the reason they felt compelled to approve the arrest of the Force 100 soldiers.

    Under a rule known as “complementarity”, Israeli officials might be able to avoid war crimes trials at The Hague if they can demonstrate that Israel is able and willing to prosecute war crimes itself. That would avert the need for the ICC to step in and fulfil its mandate.

    The Israeli top brass hoped they could feed a few lowly soldiers to the Israeli courts and drag out the trials for years. In the meantime, Washington would have the pretext it needed to bully the ICC into dropping the case for arrests on the grounds that Israel was already doing the job of prosecuting war crimes.

    International isolation

    The patent problem with this strategy is that the ICC isn’t primarily interested in a few grunts being prosecuted in Israel as war criminals, even assuming the trials ever take place.

    At issue is the military strategy that has allowed Israel to bomb Gaza into the Stone Age. At issue is a political culture that has made starving 2.3 million people seem normal.

    At issue is a religious and nationalistic fervour long cultivated in the army that now encourages soldiers to execute Palestinian children by shooting them in the head and chest, as a US doctor who volunteered in Gaza has testified.

    At issue is a military hierarchy that turns a blind eye to soldiers raping and sexually abusing Palestinian captives, including children.

    The buck stops not with a handful of soldiers in Force 100. It stops with the Israeli government and military leaders. They are at the top of a command chain that has authorised war crimes in Gaza for the past 10 months – and before that, for decades across the occupied territories.

    This is why observers have totally underestimated what is at stake with the rulings of the ICC and ICJ.

    These judgments against Israel are forcing out into the light of day for proper scrutiny a state of affairs that has been quietly accepted by the West for decades. Should Israel have the right to operate as an apartheid regime that systematically engages in ethnic cleansing and the murder of Palestinians?

    A direct answer is needed from each western capital. There is nowhere left to hide. Western states are being presented with a stark choice: either openly back Israeli apartheid and genocide, or for the first time withdraw support.

    The Israeli far-right, which now dominates both politically and in the army’s combat ranks, cares about none of this. It is immune to pressure. It is willing to go it alone.

    As the Israeli media has been warning for some time, sections of the army are effectively now turning into militias that follow their own rules.

    Israel’s military commanders, on the other hand, are starting to understand the trap they have set for themselves. They have long cultivated fascistic zealotry among ground troops needed to dehumanise and better oppress Palestinians living under Israeli occupation. But the war crimes proudly being live-streamed by their units now leave them exposed to the legal consequences.

    Israel’s international isolation means a place one day for them in the dock at The Hague.

    War machine cornered

    The ICC and ICJ rulings are not just bringing Israeli society’s demons out into the open, or those of a complicit western political and media class.

    The international legal order is gradually cornering Israel’s war machine, forcing it to turn in on itself. The interests of the Israeli military command are now fundamentally opposed to those of the rank and file and the political leadership.

    The result, as military expert Yagil Levy has long warned, will be an increasing breakdown of discipline, as the attempts to arrest Force 100 soldiers demonstrated all too clearly.

    The Israeli military juggernaut cannot be easily or quickly turned around.

    The military command is reported to be furiously trying to push Netanyahu into agreeing on a hostage deal to bring about a ceasefire – not because it cares about the welfare of Palestinian civilians, or the hostages, but because the longer this “plausible” genocide continues, the bigger chance the generals will end up at The Hague.

    Israel’s zealots are ignoring the pleas of the top brass. They want not only to continue the drive to eliminate the Palestinian people but to widen the circle of war, whatever the consequences.

    That included the reckless, incendiary move last week to assassinate Hamas leader Ismail Haniyeh in Iran – a provocation with one aim only: to undermine the moderates in Hamas and Tehran.

    If, as seems certain, Israel’s commanders are unwilling or incapable of reining in these excesses, then the World Court will find it impossible to ignore the charge of genocide against Israel and the ICC will be compelled to issue arrest warrants against more of the military leadership.

    A logic has been created in which evil feeds on evil in a death spiral. The question is how much more carnage and misery can Israel spread on the way down.

    Share

    Leave a comment


    All my posts are freely accessible, but my journalism is possible only because of the support of readers. If you liked this article or any of the others, please consider sharing it with friends and making a donation to support my work. You can do so by becoming a paid Substack subscriber, or donate via Paypal or my bank account, or alternatively set up a monthly direct debit mandate with GoCardless. A complete archive of my writings is available on my website. I’m on Twitter and Facebook.

    https://substack.com/home/post/p-147441556


    https://donshafi911iamthefaceoftruth.blogspot.com/2024/08/israel-is-in-death-spiral.html
    Israel is in a death spiral. Who will it take down with it? Israel's zealots are ignoring the pleas of the top brass. They want to widen the circle of war, whatever the consequences Jonathan Cook NOTE TO THOSE READING VIA EMAIL: This article may exceed the length that can be sent by Substack. In which case, please click on the headline and it will take you directly to the Substack article. [First published by Middle East Eye] There should be nothing surprising about the revelation that troops at Sde Teiman, a detention camp set up by Israel in the wake of Hamas’s 7 October attack on southern Israel, are routinely using rape as a weapon of torture against Palestinian inmates. Last week, nine soldiers from a prison unit, Force 100, were arrested for gang-raping a Palestinian inmate with a sharp object. He had to be hospitalised with his injuries. At least 53 prisoners are known to have died in Israeli detention, presumed in most cases to be either through torture or following the denial of access to medical care. No investigations have been carried out by Israel and no arrests have been made. Why should it be of any surprise that Israel’s self-proclaimed “most moral army in the world” uses torture and rape against Palestinians? It would be truly surprising if this was not happening. After all, this is the same military that for 10 months has used starvation as a weapon of war against the 2.3 million people of Gaza, half of them children. It is the same military that since October has laid waste to all of Gaza’s hospitals, as well as destroying almost all of its schools and 70 percent of its homes. It is the same military that is known to have killed over that period at least 40,000 Palestinians, with a further 21,000 children missing. It is the same military currently on trial for genocide at the International Court of Justice (ICJ), the highest court in the world. If there are no red lines for Israel when it comes to brutalising Palestinian civilians trapped inside Gaza, why would there be any red lines for those kidnapped off its streets and dragged into its dungeons? Sexual violence I documented some of the horrors unfolding in Sde Teiman in these pages back in May. Jonathan Cook24 May The message of Israel’s torture chambers is directed at us all, not just Palestinians. My latest: The message of Israel’s torture chambers is directed at us all, not just Palestinians ‘Black sites’ are about reminding those who have been colonised and enslaved of a simple lesson: resistance is futile Months ago, the Israeli media began publishing testimonies from whistleblowing guards and doctors detailing the depraved conditions there. The International Committee of the Red Cross has been denied access to the detention camp, leaving it entirely unmonitored. The United Nations published a report on 31 July into the conditions in which some 9,400 captive Palestinians have been held since last October. Most have been cut off from the outside world, and the reason for their seizure and imprisonment was never provided. The report concludes that “appalling acts” of torture and abuse are taking place at all of Israel’s detention centres, including sexual violence, waterboarding and attacks with dogs. The authors note “forced nudity of both men and women; beatings while naked, including on the genitals; electrocution of the genitals and anus; being forced to undergo repeated humiliating strip searches; widespread sexual slurs and threats of rape; and the inappropriate touching of women by both male and female soldiers”. There are, according to the investigation, “consistent reports” of Israeli security forces “inserting objects into detainees’ anuses”. Last month, Save the Children found that many hundreds of Palestinian children had been imprisoned in Israel, where they faced starvation and sexual abuse. And this week B’Tselem, Israel’s main human rights group monitoring the occupation, produced a report – titled “Welcome to Hell” – which included the testimonies of dozens of Palestinians who had emerged from what it called “inhuman conditions”. Most had never been charged with an offence. It concluded that the abuses at Sde Teiman were “just the tip of the iceberg”. All of Israel’s detention centres formed “a network of torture camps for Palestinians” in which “every inmate is intentionally condemned to severe, relentless pain and suffering”. It added that this was “an organized, declared policy of the Israeli prison authorities”. Tal Steiner, head of the Public Committee Against Torture in Israel, which has long campaigned against the systematic torture of Palestinian detainees, wrote last week that Sde Teiman “was a place where the most horrible torture we had ever seen was occurring”. Can of worms In short, it has been an open secret in Israel that torture and sexual assault are routine at Sde Teiman. The abuse is so horrifying that last month Israel’s high court ordered officials to explain why they were operating outside Israel’s own laws governing the internment of “unlawful combatants”. The surprise is not that sexual violence is being inflicted on Palestinian captives. It is that Israel’s top brass never imagined the arrest of Israeli soldiers for raping a Palestinian would pass muster with the public. Instead, by making the arrests, the army opened a toxic can of worms. The arrests provoked a massive backlash from soldiers, politicians, Israeli media, and large sections of the Israeli public. Rioters, led by members of the Israeli parliament, broke into Sde Teiman. An even larger group, including members of Force 100, tried to invade a military base, Beit Lid, where the soldiers were being held in an attempt to free them. The police, under the control of Itamar Ben Gvir, a settler leader with openly fascist leanings, delayed arriving to break up the protests. Ben Gvir has called for Palestinian prisoners to be summarily executed – or killed with “a shot to the head” – to save on the costs of holding them. No one was arrested over what amounted to a mutiny as well as a major breach of security. Bezalel Smotrich, Israel’s finance minister, helped whip up popular indignation, denouncing the arrests and describing the Force 100 soldiers as “heroic warriors”. Other prominent cabinet ministers echoed him. Already, three of the soldiers have been freed, and more will likely follow. The consensus in Israel is that any abuse, including rape, is permitted against the thousands of Palestinians who have been seized by Israel in recent months – including women, children and many hundreds of medical personnel. That consensus is the same one that thinks it fine to bomb Palestinian women and children in Gaza, destroy their homes and starve them. Rape permitted Such depraved attitudes are not new. They draw on ideological convictions and legal precedents that developed through decades of Israel’s illegal occupation. Israeli society has completely normalised the idea that Palestinians are less than human and that any and every abuse of them is allowed. Hamas’s attack on 7 October simply brought the long-standing moral corruption at the core of Israeli society more obviously out into the open. Jonathan Cook15 Mar Why is the same western media obsessively reheating five-month-old allegations against Hamas so reluctant to focus on Israel’s current, horrifying atrocities? My latest: Torture, executions, babies left to die, sexual abuse… These are Israel’s crimes Why is the same western media obsessively reheating five-month-old allegations against Hamas so reluctant to focus on Israel’s current, horrifying atrocities? In 2016, for example, the Israeli military appointed Colonel Eyal Karim as its chief rabbi, even after he had declared Palestinians to be “animals” and had approved the rape of Palestinian women in the interest of boosting soldiers’ morale. Religious extremists, let us note, increasingly predominate among combat troops. In 2015, Israel’s supreme court dismissed a compensation suit from a Lebanese prisoner that his lawyers submitted after he was released in a prisoner swap. Mustafa Dirani had been raped with a baton 15 years earlier in a secret jail known as Facility 1391. Despite Dirani’s claim being supported by a medical assessment from the time made by an Israeli military doctor, the court ruled that anyone engaged in an armed conflict with Israel could not make a claim against the Israeli state. Meanwhile, human and legal rights groups have regularly reported cases of Israeli soldiers and police raping and sexually assaulting Palestinians, including children. A clear message was sent to Israeli soldiers over many decades that, just as the genocidal murder of Palestinians is considered warranted and “lawful”, the torture and rape of Palestinians held in captivity is considered warranted and “lawful” too. Understandably, there was indignation that the long-established “rules” – that any and every atrocity is permitted – appeared suddenly and arbitrarily to have been changed. On a precipice The biggest question is this: why did the Israeli military’s top legal adviser approve opening an investigation into the Force 100 soldiers – and why now? The answer is obvious. Israel’s commanders are in panic after a spate of setbacks in the international legal arena. The ICJ, sometimes referred to as the World Court, has put Israel on trial for committing what it considers a “plausible” genocide in Gaza. Separately, it concluded last month that Israel’s 57-year occupation is illegal and a form of aggression against the Palestinian people. Gaza never stopped being under occupation, the judges ruled, despite claims from its apologists, including western governments, to the contrary. Significantly, that means Palestinians have a legal right to resist their occupation. Or, to put it another way, they have an immutable right to self-defence against their Israeli occupiers, while Israel has no such right against the Palestinians it illegally occupies. Israel is not in “armed conflict” with the Palestinian people. It is brutally occupying and oppressing them. Israel must immediately end the occupation to regain such a right of self-defence - something it demonstrably has no intention to do. Jonathan Cook23 Jul Don't be fooled. The damning legal ruling by the world's highest court on the Israeli occupation obliges western states not just to end their persecution of the boycott movement but to take up that cause as their own. Read my latest article here: The World Court has cleared the fog hiding western support for Israel’s crimes The legal ruling by the world's highest court obliges western states not just to end their persecution of the boycott movement but to take up that cause as their own Meanwhile, the chief prosecutor of the International Criminal Court (ICC), the ICJ’s sister court, is actively seeking arrest warrants for Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and his defence minister, Yoav Gallant, for war crimes. The various cases reinforce each other. The World Court’s decisions are making it ever harder for the ICC to drag its feet in issuing and expanding the circle of arrest warrants. Both courts are now under enormous, countervailing pressures. On the one side, massive external pressure is being exerted on the ICJ and ICC from states such as the US, Britain and Germany that are prepared to see the genocide in Gaza continue. And on the other, the judges themselves are fully aware of what is at stake if they fail to act. The longer they delay, the more they discredit international law and their own role as arbiters of that law. That will give even more leeway for other states to claim that inaction by the courts has set a precedent for their own right to commit war crimes. International law, the entire rationale for the ICJ and ICC’s existence, stands on a precipice. Israel’s genocide threatens to bring it all crashing down. Stalling the ICC Israel’s top brass stand in the middle of that fight. They are confident that Washington will block at the UN Security Council any effort to enforce the ICJ rulings against them – either a future one on genocide in Gaza or the existing one on their illegal occupation. But arrest warrants from the ICC are a different matter. Washington has no such veto. All states signed up to the ICC’s Rome Statute – that is, most of the West, minus the US – will be obligated to arrest Israeli officials who step on their soil and to hand them over to The Hague. Israel and the US had been hoping to use technicalities to delay the issuing of the arrest warrants for as long as possible. Most significantly, they recruited the UK, which has signed the Rome Statute, to do their dirty work. It looked like the new UK government under Keir Starmer would continue where its predecessor left off by tying up the court in lengthy and obscure legal debates about the continuing applicability of the long-dead, 30-year-old Oslo Accords. A former human rights lawyer, Starmer has repeatedly backed Israel’s “plausible” genocide, even arguing that the starvation of Gaza’s population, including its children, could be justified as “self-defence” – an idea entirely alien to international law, which treats it as collective punishment and a war crime. But now with a secure parliamentary majority, even Starmer appears to be baulking at being seen as helping Netanyahu personally avoid arrest for war crimes. The UK government announced late last month that it would drop Britain’s legal objections at the ICC. That has suddenly left both Netanyahu and the Israeli military command starkly exposed – which is the reason they felt compelled to approve the arrest of the Force 100 soldiers. Under a rule known as “complementarity”, Israeli officials might be able to avoid war crimes trials at The Hague if they can demonstrate that Israel is able and willing to prosecute war crimes itself. That would avert the need for the ICC to step in and fulfil its mandate. The Israeli top brass hoped they could feed a few lowly soldiers to the Israeli courts and drag out the trials for years. In the meantime, Washington would have the pretext it needed to bully the ICC into dropping the case for arrests on the grounds that Israel was already doing the job of prosecuting war crimes. International isolation The patent problem with this strategy is that the ICC isn’t primarily interested in a few grunts being prosecuted in Israel as war criminals, even assuming the trials ever take place. At issue is the military strategy that has allowed Israel to bomb Gaza into the Stone Age. At issue is a political culture that has made starving 2.3 million people seem normal. At issue is a religious and nationalistic fervour long cultivated in the army that now encourages soldiers to execute Palestinian children by shooting them in the head and chest, as a US doctor who volunteered in Gaza has testified. At issue is a military hierarchy that turns a blind eye to soldiers raping and sexually abusing Palestinian captives, including children. The buck stops not with a handful of soldiers in Force 100. It stops with the Israeli government and military leaders. They are at the top of a command chain that has authorised war crimes in Gaza for the past 10 months – and before that, for decades across the occupied territories. This is why observers have totally underestimated what is at stake with the rulings of the ICC and ICJ. These judgments against Israel are forcing out into the light of day for proper scrutiny a state of affairs that has been quietly accepted by the West for decades. Should Israel have the right to operate as an apartheid regime that systematically engages in ethnic cleansing and the murder of Palestinians? A direct answer is needed from each western capital. There is nowhere left to hide. Western states are being presented with a stark choice: either openly back Israeli apartheid and genocide, or for the first time withdraw support. The Israeli far-right, which now dominates both politically and in the army’s combat ranks, cares about none of this. It is immune to pressure. It is willing to go it alone. As the Israeli media has been warning for some time, sections of the army are effectively now turning into militias that follow their own rules. Israel’s military commanders, on the other hand, are starting to understand the trap they have set for themselves. They have long cultivated fascistic zealotry among ground troops needed to dehumanise and better oppress Palestinians living under Israeli occupation. But the war crimes proudly being live-streamed by their units now leave them exposed to the legal consequences. Israel’s international isolation means a place one day for them in the dock at The Hague. War machine cornered The ICC and ICJ rulings are not just bringing Israeli society’s demons out into the open, or those of a complicit western political and media class. The international legal order is gradually cornering Israel’s war machine, forcing it to turn in on itself. The interests of the Israeli military command are now fundamentally opposed to those of the rank and file and the political leadership. The result, as military expert Yagil Levy has long warned, will be an increasing breakdown of discipline, as the attempts to arrest Force 100 soldiers demonstrated all too clearly. The Israeli military juggernaut cannot be easily or quickly turned around. The military command is reported to be furiously trying to push Netanyahu into agreeing on a hostage deal to bring about a ceasefire – not because it cares about the welfare of Palestinian civilians, or the hostages, but because the longer this “plausible” genocide continues, the bigger chance the generals will end up at The Hague. Israel’s zealots are ignoring the pleas of the top brass. They want not only to continue the drive to eliminate the Palestinian people but to widen the circle of war, whatever the consequences. That included the reckless, incendiary move last week to assassinate Hamas leader Ismail Haniyeh in Iran – a provocation with one aim only: to undermine the moderates in Hamas and Tehran. If, as seems certain, Israel’s commanders are unwilling or incapable of reining in these excesses, then the World Court will find it impossible to ignore the charge of genocide against Israel and the ICC will be compelled to issue arrest warrants against more of the military leadership. A logic has been created in which evil feeds on evil in a death spiral. The question is how much more carnage and misery can Israel spread on the way down. Share Leave a comment All my posts are freely accessible, but my journalism is possible only because of the support of readers. If you liked this article or any of the others, please consider sharing it with friends and making a donation to support my work. You can do so by becoming a paid Substack subscriber, or donate via Paypal or my bank account, or alternatively set up a monthly direct debit mandate with GoCardless. A complete archive of my writings is available on my website. I’m on Twitter and Facebook. https://substack.com/home/post/p-147441556 https://donshafi911iamthefaceoftruth.blogspot.com/2024/08/israel-is-in-death-spiral.html
    SUBSTACK.COM
    Israel is in a death spiral. Who will it take down with it?
    Israel's zealots are ignoring the pleas of the top brass. They want to widen the circle of war, whatever the consequences
    Angry
    1
    0 Comments 0 Shares 10527 Views
  • Is the Gaza-Israel Fighting “A False Flag”? They Let It Happen? Their Objective Is “to Wipe Gaza Off the Map”?

    All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

    To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

    Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

    ***

    First published more than nine months ago on October 17, 2023 at the outset of Israel’s act of genocide against Palestine. Revised April 2024

    Introduction.

    Was it a False Flag?


    Military operations are invariably planned well in advance. Was “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm” a “surprise attack” ? Or Was it “A False Flag”.

    In the words of Philip Giraldi:

    “As a former intelligence officer, I find it impossible to believe that Israel did not have multiple informants inside Gaza as well as electronic listening devices all along the border wall which would have picked up movements of groups and vehicles.

    In other words, the whole thing might be a tissue of lies as is often the case.”

    A Tissue of Lies

    “A Tissue of Lies” has served to justify the killing in the Gaza Strip of more than 35,000 civilians, of which 70% are women and children coupled with total destruction and an endless string of atrocities.

    The Cat is out of the bag. Netanyahu has tacitly acknowledged that it was “A False Flag” which was intent upon justifying a carefully planned genocidal attack against Palestine:

    “Anyone who wants to thwart the establishment of a Palestinian state has to support bolstering Hamas and transferring money to Hamas,” he [Netanyahu] told a meeting of his Likud party’s Knesset members in March 2019. “This is part of our strategy – to isolate the Palestinians in Gaza from the Palestinians in the West Bank.” (Haaretz, October 9, 2023, emphasis added)

    Does this candid statement not suggest that Netanyahu and his military-intelligence apparatus are responsible for the killings of innocent Israeli civilians?

    On that same day of October 7, 2023 Netanyahu launched a carefully planned military operation against the Gaza Strip entitled “State of Readiness For War”.

    Military operations are invariably planned well in advance.

    Had “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm” been a “surprise attack” as parroted by the media, Netanyahu’s “State of Readiness For War” could not have been carried out (at short notice) on that same day, namely October 7, 2023.

    South Africa’s Legal Procedure against The State of Israel

    On January 11, 2024, The Republic of South Africa presented to The Hague World Court, a carefully formulated Legal Procedure against the State of Israel predicated on The Genocide Convention.

    This legal procedure, however, has not contributed to repealing the ongoing genocide and saving the lives of tens of thousands of civilians.

    I should mention that the False Flag issue –which constitutes a crime against humanity– was casually ignored by the ICJ.

    Our suggestion is that an investigation followed by a legal procedure pertaining to the “False Flag” should be undertaken.

    The heads of State and heads of government who have endorsed Israel’s Genocidal Acts are from a legal standpoint complicit.

    The ICJ Judgement was contradictory. The Presiding Judge (former legal advisor to Hillary Clinton) was in conflict of interest:

    The ICJ Judgment of January 26, 2024 assigns the Netanyahu government representing the State of Israel –accused by the Republic of South Africa of genocide against the People of Palestine– with a mandate to “take all measures within its power” to “prevent and punish” those responsible for having committed “Genocidal Acts”. (under Article IV of the Genocide Convention)

    Sounds contradictory? What the ICJ judgment intimates –from a twisted legal standpoint– is that Netanyahu’s Cabinet which was “appointed” to implement the “prevent and punish” mandate cannot be accused of having committed “Genocidal Acts”.

    See

    “Fake Justice” at The Hague: The ICJ “Appoints” Netanyahu to “Prevent” and “Punish” Those Responsible for “Genocidal Acts”

    By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, April 24, 2024

    Our intent is to provide a broad and detailed understanding of the false flag issue:

    The titles of the videos, articles and texts presented below:

    Is the Gaza-Israel Fighting “A False Flag”? They Let it Happen? Their Objective Is “to Wipe Gaza Off the Map”?, by Dr. Philip Giraldi.
    Video: ICJ Hearings in The Hague,
    Text of Israel’s Secret Intelligence Memorandum. Planning the Forcible Exclusion of Palestinians from Their Homeland
    Video: “False Flag. Wiping Gaza Off the Map”, Interview. Michel Chossudovsky with Caroline Mailloux
    “False Flag. Wiping Gaza Off the Map”, by Michel Chossudovsky
    Gaza Strikes Back. It’s Another 9/11 or Pearl Harbor? But Who Actually Did What to Whom? “This Was More Likely a False Flag Operation”, by Philip Giraldi
    In solidarity with the People of Palestine.

    Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, January 11, 2024, April 25, 2024

    Part I

    Is the Gaza-Israel Fighting “A False Flag”?

    They Let it Happen?

    Their Objective Is “to Wipe Gaza Off the Map”?

    by Dr. Philip Giraldi

    October 8, 2023

    Am I the only one who read about a speech given by Netanyahu or someone in his cabinet about a week ago in which he/they in passing referred to a “developing security situation” which rather suggests (to me) that they might have known about developments in Gaza and chose to let it happen so they can wipe Gaza off the map in retaliation and, possibly relying on the US pledge to have Israel’s “back,” then implicating Iran and attacking that country.

    I cannot find a link to it, but have a fairly strong recollection of what I read as I thought at the time it would serve as a pretext for another massacre of Palestinians.

    As a former intelligence officer, I find it impossible to believe that Israel did not have multiple informants inside Gaza as well as electronic listening devices all along the border wall which would have picked up movements of groups and vehicles.

    In other words, the whole thing might be a tissue of lies as is often the case.

    And as is also ALWAYS the case Joe Biden is preparing to send some billions of dollars to poor little Israel to pay for “defending” itself.

    Part II

    VIDEO. ICJ Hearings in The Hague

    January 2024

    ICJ Hearings

    1. January 11, 2024. Click Here to View the ICJ Hearings,

    2. January 12, 2024. Israel’s Legal Team’s response to South Africa, ICJ The Hague at 10 am. Video in Real Time



    3. Video: South Africa’s Closing Argument against Israel for Genocide. January 11 Hearing at the World Court





    Part III

    Israel’s Secret Intelligence Memorandum

    Planning the Forcible Exclusion of Palestinians from Their Homeland

    by Michel Chossudovsky

    October 2023

    An official “secret” memorandum authored by Israel’s Ministry of Intelligence “is recommending the forcible and permanent transfer of the Gaza Strip’s 2.2 million Palestinian residents to Egypt’s Sinai Peninsula”, namely to a refugee camp in Egyptian territory. There are indications of Israel-Egypt negotiations as well as consultations with the U.S.

    The 10-page document, dated Oct. 13, 2023, bears the logo of the Intelligence Ministry … assesses three options regarding the future of the Palestinians in the Gaza Strip … It recommends a full population transfer as its preferred course of action. … The document, the authenticity of which was confirmed by the ministry, has been translated into English in full here on +972.

    See below, click here or below to access complete document (10 pages)



    For further details and analysis see:

    “Wiping Gaza Off the Map”: Israel’s “Secret” Intelligence Memorandum “Option C” by Michel Chossudovsky

    Part IV

    Video: “False Flag. Wiping Gaza Off the Map”

    Interview: Michel Chossudovsky and Caroline Mailloux

    October 17, 2023

    To comment or access Rumble

    Part V

    “False Flag”. Wiping Gaza Off the Map

    by

    Prof. Michel Chossudovsky

    October 12, 2023

    .

    Introduction

    .

    Early Saturday October 7, 2023, Hamas launched “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm” led by Hamas’ Military Chief Mohammed Deif. On that same day, Netanyahu confirmed a so-called “State of Readiness For War”.

    Military operations are invariably planned well in advance (See Netanyahu’s January 2023 statement below). Was “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm” a “surprise attack” ?

    U.S. intelligence say they weren’t aware of an impending Hamas attack.

    “One would have to be almost hopelessly naïve to buy the corporate state media line that the Hamas invasion was an Israeli “intelligence failure”. Mossad is one of, if not the, most powerful intelligence agencies on the planet.”

    Did Netanyahu and his vast military and intelligence apparatus (Mossad et al) have foreknowledge of the Hamas attack which has resulted in countless deaths of Israelis and Palestinians.

    Was a carefully formulated Israeli plan to wage an all out war against Palestinians envisaged prior to the launching by Hamas of “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm”? This was not a failure of Israeli Intelligence, as conveyed by the media. Quite the opposite.

    Evidence and testimonies suggest that the Netanyahu government had foreknowledge of the actions of Hamas which have resulted in hundreds of Israeli and Palestinian deaths. And “They Let it Happen”:

    “Hamas fired between 2-5 thousand rockets at Israel and hundreds of Israeli are dead, while dozens of Israelis were captured as prisoners of war. In the ensuing air response by Israel, hundreds of Palestinians were killed in Gaza.” (Stephen Sahiounie)

    Following the Al Aqsa Storm Operation on October 7, Israel‘s defence minister described Palestinians as “human animals” and vowed to “act accordingly,” as fighter jets unleashed a massive bombing of the Gaza Strip home of 2.3 million Palestinians…” (Middle East Eye). A complete blockade on the Gaza Strip was initiated on October 9, 2023 consisting in blocking and obstructing the importation of food, water, fuel, and essential commodities to 2.3 Million Palestinians. It’s an outright crime against humanity. It’s genocide.

    It is worth noting, that Netanyahu’s military actions are not targeting HAMAS, quite the opposite: he is targeting 2.3 million innocent Palestinian civilians, in blatant violation of the Four Basic Principles of The Law of Armed Conflict (LOAC):

    “….respect for and protection of the civilian population and civilian objects [schools, hospitals and residential areas], the Parties to the conflict shall at all times distinguish between the civilian population and combatants and between civilian objects and military objectives and accordingly shall direct their operations only against military objectives.” [Additional Protocol 1, Article 48]

    Ironically, according to Scott Ritter, Hamas’ has acquired U.S. weapons in Ukraine.

    .

    This was Not a “Surprise Attack”

    Was the Hamas Attack a “False Flag”?

    “I served in the IDF 25 years ago, in the intelligence forces. There’s no way Israel did not know of what’s coming.

    A cat moving alongside the fence is triggering all forces. So this??

    What happened to the “strongest army in the world”?

    How come border crossings were wide open?? Something is VERY WRONG HERE, something is very strange, this chain of events is very unusual and not typical for the Israeli defense system.

    To me this suprise attack seems like a planned operation. On all fronts.

    If I was a conspiracy theorist I would say that this feels like the work of the Deep State.

    It feels like the people of Israel and the people of Palestine have been sold, once again, to the higher powers that be.

    (Statement by Efrat Fenigson, former IDF intelligence, October 7, 2023, emphasis added)

    Ironically, the media (NBC) is now contending that the “Hamas attack bears hallmarks of Iranian involvement”

    History: The Relationship between Mossad and Hamas

    What is the relationship between Mossad and Hamas? Is Hamas an “intelligence asset”? There is a long history.

    Hamas (Harakat al-Muqawama al-Islamiyya) (Islamic Resistance Movement), was founded in 1987 by Sheik Ahmed Yassin. It was supported at the outset by Israeli intelligence as a means to weaken the Palestinian Authority:

    “Thanks to Mossad, (Israel’s “Institute for Intelligence and Special Tasks”), Hamas was allowed to reinforce its presence in the occupied territories. Meanwhile, Arafat’s Fatah Movement for National Liberation as well as the Palestinian Left were subjected to the most brutal form of repression and intimidation.

    Let us not forget that it was Israel, which in fact created Hamas. According to Zeev Sternell, historian at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem, “Israel thought that it was a smart ploy to push the Islamists against the Palestinian Liberation Organisation (PLO)”. (L’Humanité, translated from French)

    The links of Hamas to Mossad and US intelligence have been acknowledged by Rep. Ron Paul in a statement to the U.S Congress: “Hamas Was Started by Israel”?

    “You know Hamas, if you look at the history, you’ll find out that Hamas was encouraged and really started by Israel because they wanted Hamas to counteract Yasser Arafat… (Rep. Ron Paul, 2011)

    What this statement entails is that Hamas is and remains “an intelligence asset”, namely “an “asset” to intelligence agencies”

    See also the WSJ (January 24, 2009) “How Israel helped to Spawn Hamas”.

    Instead of trying to curb Gaza’s Islamists from the outset, says Mr. Cohen, Israel for years tolerated and, in some cases, encouraged them as a counterweight to the secular nationalists of the Palestine Liberation Organization and its dominant faction, Yasser Arafat’s Fatah. (WSJ, emphasis added)





    “The Hamas Partnership” is confirmed by Netanyahu



    “The Cat is Out of the Bag”

    “Anyone who wants to thwart the establishment of a Palestinian state has to support bolstering Hamas and transferring money to Hamas,” he [Netanyahu] told a meeting of his Likud party’s Knesset members in March 2019. “This is part of our strategy – to isolate the Palestinians in Gaza from the Palestinians in the West Bank.” (Haaretz, October 9, 2023, emphasis added)

    Does this statement not suggest that Netanyahu and his military-intelligence apparatus are responsible for the killings of innocent Israeli civilians?

    “Support” and “Money” for Hamas.

    “Transferring Money to Hamas” on behalf of Netanyahu is confirmed by a Times of Israel October 8, 2023 Report:

    “Hamas was treated as a partner to the detriment of the Palestinian Authority to prevent Abbas from moving towards creating a Palestinian State. Hamas was promoted from a terrorist group to an organization with which Israel conducted negotiations through Egypt, and which was allowed to receive suitcases containing millions of dollars from Qatar through the Gaza crossings.” (emphasis added)

    .

    The Dangers of Military Escalation?

    Let us be under no illusions, this “false flag” operation is a complex military-intelligence undertaking, carefully planned over several years, in liaison and coordination with US intelligence, the Pentagon and NATO.

    In turn, this action against Palestine is already conducive to a process of military escalation which potentially could engulf a large part of Middle East.

    Israel is a de facto member NATO (with a special status) since 2004, involving active military and intelligence coordination as well as consultations pertaining to the occupied territories.

    Military cooperation with both the Pentagon and NATO is viewed by Israel’s Defence Force (IDF) as a means to “enhance Israel’s deterrence capability regarding potential enemies threatening it, mainly Iran and Syria.”

    The premise of NATO-Israel military cooperation is that “Israel is under attack”. Does Israel’s agreement with the Atlantic Alliance “obligate” NATO “to come to the rescue of Israel” under the doctrine of “collective security” (Article 5 of the Washington treaty)?

    In recent developments, U.S. military deployments in the Middle East are ongoing allegedly to avoid escalation.

    According to NATO Secretary General Jens Stoltenberg:

    There is always the risk that nations and/or organisations hostile to Israel will take try to take advantage. And that includes, for instance, organisations like Hezbollah or a country like Iran. So this is a message to countries and organisations hostile to Israel that they should not try to utilise the situation. And the United States have deployed, or has deployed more military forces in the region, not least to deter any escalation or prevent any escalation of the situation. (NATO Press Conference, Brussels, October 12, 2023, emphasis added)

    Netanyahu’s “New Stage”

    “The Long War” against Palestine

    Netanyahu’s stated objective, which constitutes a new stage in the 75 year old war (since Nakba, 1948) against the people of Palestine is no longer predicated on “Apartheid” or “Separation”. This new stage –which is also directed against Israelis who want peace— consists in “total appropriation” as well as the outright exclusion of the Palestinian people from their homeland:

    “These are the basic lines of the national government headed by me [Netanyahu]: The Jewish people have an exclusive and unquestionable right to all areas of the Land of Israel. The government will promote and develop settlement in all parts of the Land of Israel — in the Galilee, the Negev, the Golan, Judea and Samaria.” (Netanyahu January 2023. emphasis added)

    We bring to the attention of our readers the incisive analysis of Dr. Philip Giraldi pointing to the likelihood of a “False Flag’”.

    Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, October 8, 2023, Above text updated on October 12, 2023

    .



    Part VI

    Gaza Strikes Back. It’s Another 9/11 or Pearl Harbor?

    But Who Actually Did What to Whom?

    “This Was More Likely a False Flag Operation”

    by

    Dr Philip Giraldi

    October 16, 2023

    .

    “As a former on-the-ground intelligence officer, I am somewhat convinced that this was likely more like a false flag operation rather than a case of institutional failure on the part of the Israelis.”

    It’s amazing how America’s thought-controlled media is able to come up with a suitable narrative almost immediately whenever there is an international incident that might be subject to multiple interpretations.

    ***

    Since 1948 Israel has expelled hundreds of thousands of Palestinians from their homes,

    has occupied nearly all of the historic Palestine, has empowered its army to kill thousands of local people, and

    has more recently established an apartheid regime that even denies that Palestinian Arabs are human in the same sense that Jews are.

    Netanyahu-allied government minister Ayelet Shaked memorably has called for Israel not only to exterminate all Palestinian children, whom she has described as “little snakes,” but also to kill their mothers who gave birth to them.

    But when the Arabs strike back against the hatred that confronts them with their limited resources it is Israel that is described as the victimand the Palestinians who are dehumanized and portrayed as the “terrorists.”

    Media in the US and Europe were quick to label the Hamas offensive breaching the formidable Israeli border defenses as “Israel’s 9/11” or even “Israel’s Pearl Harbor” to establish the context that the Israelis have been on the receiving end of an “unprovoked” attack by a cruel and heartless enemy.

    Israel has responded to the attack with a heavy bombardment of Gaza that has destroyed infrastructure, including hospitals and schools, while also cutting off food supplies, water and electricity.

    It has demanded that residents of north Gaza, all 1.1 million of them, evacuate to make way for a possible ground offensive but there is nowhere to go as all the borders are closed, and the United Nations is calling it a demand with “devastating humanitarian consequences.” Journalist Peter Beinart has commented “This is a monstrous crime. It’s happening in plain view, with US support.”

    And the United States government is indeed typically on the same page as Israel. President Joe Biden, citing fabricated stories about dead Jewish babies, speaks of how Israel has a “duty” to defend itself, while the Palestinians somehow have no right to protect themselves at all, much less to rise up against their persecutors in a struggle for freedom.

    And Washington has also unhesitatingly chosen to directly involve itself in the conflict, completely on the side of the Jewish state, asserting repeatedly that “Israel has a right to defend itself” and telling the Israelis that “we have your back” while also dispatching two aircraft carrier groups to the scene of the fighting as well as the 101st Airborne to Jordan and increasing the readiness of Marines stationed in Kuwait.

    The White House could have taken more aggressive steps to encourage a ceasefire and talks but has chosen instead to issue essentially toothless calls to let the trapped civilians escape while also backing a devastating Israeli military response.



    US Secretary of State Antony Blinken meets with Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu in Tel Aviv, Oct. 12, 2023. – Secretary Antony Blinken on X

    Israel is also hosting the worthless and brain dead Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin who will be providing advice along the lines of his insightful comment that Hamas is “evil” and “worse than ISIS.” Secretary of State Antony Blinken is already in Jerusalem, announcing that the US is there to support Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s unity government “as long as America exists” after first saying “I come before you not only as the United States Secretary of State, but also as a Jew.”

    Blinken’s explicit association of his personal religion with his official role as a representative of the US government makes clear that a key element in why he is there is because he is “a Jew.” Perhaps he should recuse himself from policy making involving Israel as being “a Jew” would not appear to be a United States national interest and is likely to produce irrational responses to developing situations.

    If all of this sounds a lot like Ukraine it should, except that in Ukraine the US and NATO are fighting against Russia, which is being demonized for occupying what is claimed Ukrainian territory, whereas in Palestine they are supporting the occupier of actual Palestinian territory, Israel.

    Funny thing that, and the word “hypocrisy” comes immediately to mind. As it turns out, however, I am somewhat on the same page as much of the media, agreeing that the Hamas incursion is something like 9/11, though I am sure that my take would not be found acceptable to the CNN Jake Tappers of this world.

    My thinking is that Israel knew in advance about 9/11 in the United States due to its extensive spying network and chose not to share the information because it was to their advantage not to do so.

    Indeed, a pleased Netanyahu even stated several years later that “9/11 was a good thing because it made the United States join us in our fight.”

    That the attacks killed 3,000 Americans did not bother the Israeli government as Israel has a long history of killing Americans when it can benefit from so doing, starting with the attack on the USS Liberty in 1967 which killed 34 sailors.

    So too in this case in Gaza, Netanyahu may have decided to encourage an unexpected development, making it like 9/11, that would enable him to escalate and “mow the grass” as the Israelis put it, in the remainder of Arab Palestine.

    And bear in mind that the actual incident that triggered the uprising was a rampage involving at least 800 Israeli settlers in and around the al-Aqsa mosque, the third holiest site in Islam, beating pilgrims and destroying Palestinian shops, all without any interference from the nearby Israeli security forces. The rioting was clearly allowed and even encouraged by the government.

    Drawing on my experience as a former on-the-ground intelligence officer, I am somewhat convinced that this was likely more like a false flag operation rather than a case of institutional failure on the part of the Israelis.

    Israel had an extensive electronic and physical wall backed by soldiers and weaponry that completely surrounded Gaza on the landward side, so effective that it was claimed that not even a mouse could get in.

    The Mediterranean side of Gaza was also tightly controlled by the Israeli Navy and boats to and from Gaza were completely blocked.

    Egypt tightly controlled the southern part of Gaza bordering on the Sinai. So Gaza was under 24/7 complete surveillance and control at all times. Israeli military intelligence also certainly had a network of recruited informants inside Gaza who would report on any training or movements, easy enough to do when you can approach people who are starving and make them an offer they cannot refuse just for providing information on what they see and hear.

    And then there was a warning from the Egyptian government to Israel ten days before the Hamas attack, with Egypt’s Intelligence Minister General Abbas Kamel personally calling Netanyahu and sharing intelligence suggesting that the Gazans were likely to do “something unusual, a terrible operation.” Other media accounts reveal how Hamas trained and practiced their maneuvers publicly. There were also assessments made by US intelligence, which were shared with Israel, suggesting that something was afoot. So, given all of the evidence, there likely was no intelligence failure to anticipate and counter the Hamas attack but rather a political decision made by the Israeli government that knew what might be coming and chose to let it proceed to provide a casus belli to destroy Gaza, vowing that “Every member of Hamas is a dead man,” and then go on from there. And “from there” might well include Lebanon, Syria and Iran, possibly with the assistance of the United States to do the heavy lifting. Iran in particular is already being blamed by the usual suspects as a party involved in the Hamas attack, so far without any evidence whatsoever, which is typical of how these stories evolve.

    Image: Israel’s National Security Minister Itamar Ben Gvir visits Al-Aqsa, 3 January (Social Media)



    And Israel has moved far to the right politically to such an extent that it might appreciate a little ethnic cleansing to demonstrate its seriousness. Netanyahu and other senior government officials in his cabinet have recently been making passing references to a “developing security situation” in the country to justify the intensifying of the raids by the army against Palestinian towns and refugee camps. The new government in Israel has also placed police under the control of ultra-nationalist Jewish Power party head Itamar Ben-Gvir as National Security Minister. He has been exploiting his position to call in particular for a war to destroy Hamas in Gaza, which is precisely what is happening. Gaza might be of particular interest to Ben-Gvir and others as it uniquely shelters an armed and organized resistance in the form of Hamas, which, oddly, was founded with the support of Israel to split the Palestinian political resistance with Fatah controlling the West Bank and Hamas in Gaza.

    There is another issue relating to the recent fighting that one would like to know the answer to, namely how did Hamas get its weapons in the first place?

    Some were clearly manufactured from parts and scrap but others were sophisticated and, as Gaza is blockaded on all sides, smuggling them in becomes problematical. One argument is that they were supplied by Iran and others to be brought in by tunnels, but the tunnels on two sides would end up in Israel and on the third side in Egypt. The fourth side is the Mediterranean Sea. So how did they arrive? Is there a possible triple or even quadruple cross taking place with different parties lying to each other? And should there be concerns that after the American armada arrives off the coast of Gaza there just might be some kind of false flag incident engineered by Netanyahu that will involve Washington directly in the fighting?

    And there is what amounts to a related issue that should be of concern to everyone in the US and generically speaking the “Western world” where human rights are at least nominally respected. The message from almost all Western governments is that Israel has a carte blanche to do whatever it likes even when it involves war crimes to include mass forced displacement or genocide. In this case, the coordinated government-media response which is intended to protect Israel from any criticism almost immediately began circulating fabricated tales of atrocities while also delivering a hit on freedom of speech and association. President Biden, who should be trying to defuse the crisis, is instead adding fuel to the flames, saying of Hamas that “Pure, unadulterated evil has been unleashed on the earth!”

    In Florida the arch Zionist stooge Governor Ron Desantis met with Jewish leaders in a synagogue to announce draconian measures against Iran to include sanctions on companies that are in any way linked to that country. One might point out that those businesses have done nothing wrong and Desantis also called for “eradication of Hamas from the earth.” His intellectual depth was at the same time revealed when he said the US should not take in any Gazan refugees because they are “antisemites.”

    And in South Carolina, America’s favorite he/she Senator Lindsey Graham is calling for a US attack on Iran as well as declaring the war against Hamas to be “a religious war” and urging the Israeli army to invade Gaza and do “Whatever the hell you have to do to” to “level the place.”

    And the Europeans are equally spineless in their deference to Israel. The Israeli president declared the that there are no innocent civilians in Gaza, and not long after that top European Union representatives met with him to offer their unqualified support. Meanwhile in France, the spineless and feckless government of Emmanuel Macron has sought to outlaw any gathering that expresses support for Palestinian rights.

    And in the UK, the Home Secretary Suella Braverman has proposed criminalizing any protest against Israeli actions or anything in support of Palestine to include banning any public display of the Palestinian national flag, which she regards as a “criminal offense toward the Jewish community in Britain.”

    She has also said that “I would encourage police to consider whether chants such as: ‘From the river to the sea, Palestine will be free’ should be understood as an expression of a violent desire to see Israel erased from the world, and whether its use in certain contexts may amount to a racially aggravated section 5 public order offence.” Berlin’s Public Prosecutor’s Office has also classified the use of the expression as a “criminal offense.” The manner in which most Western political elites are lining up unquestionably and even enthusiastically behind Israel and its craven leaders’ desire for bloody vengeance is truly shocking but comes as no surprise.

    Beyond the issue of Gaza itself, some in Israel are arguing that Netanyahu has personally benefitted from the unrest through the creation of the national unity government which has ended for the time being the huge demonstrations protesting his judicial reform proposals. If all of this comes together politically as it might in the next several weeks, we could be seeing the initial steps in what will develop into the complete ethnic cleansing of what was once Palestine, in line with Netanyahu’s assertion that “the Jewish people have an exclusive and inalienable right to all parts of the Land of Israel. The government will promote and develop the settlement of all parts of the Land of Israel.” So all of the former Palestine is now a land to be defined by its Jewishness where Jews are in full control and are free to do whatever they want without any objection, referred to by the Israeli government as “an exclusive right to self-determination.” And it has all possibly been brought to fruition by the enablement provided by the current developments in Gaza.

    The original source of Dr. Giraldi’s October 16, 2023 article.

    Gaza Strikes Back. It’s Another 9/11 or Pearl Harbor but Who Actually Did What to Whom? “This Was More Likely a False Flag Operation”

    By Philip Giraldi, October 16, 2023

    ***

    Philip M. Giraldi, Ph.D., is Executive Director of the Council for the National Interest, a 501(c)3 tax deductible educational foundation (Federal ID Number #52-1739023) that seeks a more interests-based U.S. foreign policy in the Middle East. Website is councilforthenationalinterest.org, address is P.O. Box 2157, Purcellville VA 20134 and its email is [email protected]. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

    Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

    Related Articles from our Archives

    https://www.globalresearch.ca/is-the-gaza-israel-fighting-a-false-flag-they-let-it-happen-their-objective-is-to-wipe-gaza-off-the-map/5835310

    https://donshafi911iamthefaceoftruth.blogspot.com/2024/08/is-gaza-israel-fighting-false-flag-they.html
    Is the Gaza-Israel Fighting “A False Flag”? They Let It Happen? Their Objective Is “to Wipe Gaza Off the Map”? All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name. To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here. Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles. *** First published more than nine months ago on October 17, 2023 at the outset of Israel’s act of genocide against Palestine. Revised April 2024 Introduction. Was it a False Flag? Military operations are invariably planned well in advance. Was “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm” a “surprise attack” ? Or Was it “A False Flag”. In the words of Philip Giraldi: “As a former intelligence officer, I find it impossible to believe that Israel did not have multiple informants inside Gaza as well as electronic listening devices all along the border wall which would have picked up movements of groups and vehicles. In other words, the whole thing might be a tissue of lies as is often the case.” A Tissue of Lies “A Tissue of Lies” has served to justify the killing in the Gaza Strip of more than 35,000 civilians, of which 70% are women and children coupled with total destruction and an endless string of atrocities. The Cat is out of the bag. Netanyahu has tacitly acknowledged that it was “A False Flag” which was intent upon justifying a carefully planned genocidal attack against Palestine: “Anyone who wants to thwart the establishment of a Palestinian state has to support bolstering Hamas and transferring money to Hamas,” he [Netanyahu] told a meeting of his Likud party’s Knesset members in March 2019. “This is part of our strategy – to isolate the Palestinians in Gaza from the Palestinians in the West Bank.” (Haaretz, October 9, 2023, emphasis added) Does this candid statement not suggest that Netanyahu and his military-intelligence apparatus are responsible for the killings of innocent Israeli civilians? On that same day of October 7, 2023 Netanyahu launched a carefully planned military operation against the Gaza Strip entitled “State of Readiness For War”. Military operations are invariably planned well in advance. Had “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm” been a “surprise attack” as parroted by the media, Netanyahu’s “State of Readiness For War” could not have been carried out (at short notice) on that same day, namely October 7, 2023. South Africa’s Legal Procedure against The State of Israel On January 11, 2024, The Republic of South Africa presented to The Hague World Court, a carefully formulated Legal Procedure against the State of Israel predicated on The Genocide Convention. This legal procedure, however, has not contributed to repealing the ongoing genocide and saving the lives of tens of thousands of civilians. I should mention that the False Flag issue –which constitutes a crime against humanity– was casually ignored by the ICJ. Our suggestion is that an investigation followed by a legal procedure pertaining to the “False Flag” should be undertaken. The heads of State and heads of government who have endorsed Israel’s Genocidal Acts are from a legal standpoint complicit. The ICJ Judgement was contradictory. The Presiding Judge (former legal advisor to Hillary Clinton) was in conflict of interest: The ICJ Judgment of January 26, 2024 assigns the Netanyahu government representing the State of Israel –accused by the Republic of South Africa of genocide against the People of Palestine– with a mandate to “take all measures within its power” to “prevent and punish” those responsible for having committed “Genocidal Acts”. (under Article IV of the Genocide Convention) Sounds contradictory? What the ICJ judgment intimates –from a twisted legal standpoint– is that Netanyahu’s Cabinet which was “appointed” to implement the “prevent and punish” mandate cannot be accused of having committed “Genocidal Acts”. See “Fake Justice” at The Hague: The ICJ “Appoints” Netanyahu to “Prevent” and “Punish” Those Responsible for “Genocidal Acts” By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, April 24, 2024 Our intent is to provide a broad and detailed understanding of the false flag issue: The titles of the videos, articles and texts presented below: Is the Gaza-Israel Fighting “A False Flag”? They Let it Happen? Their Objective Is “to Wipe Gaza Off the Map”?, by Dr. Philip Giraldi. Video: ICJ Hearings in The Hague, Text of Israel’s Secret Intelligence Memorandum. Planning the Forcible Exclusion of Palestinians from Their Homeland Video: “False Flag. Wiping Gaza Off the Map”, Interview. Michel Chossudovsky with Caroline Mailloux “False Flag. Wiping Gaza Off the Map”, by Michel Chossudovsky Gaza Strikes Back. It’s Another 9/11 or Pearl Harbor? But Who Actually Did What to Whom? “This Was More Likely a False Flag Operation”, by Philip Giraldi In solidarity with the People of Palestine. Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, January 11, 2024, April 25, 2024 Part I Is the Gaza-Israel Fighting “A False Flag”? They Let it Happen? Their Objective Is “to Wipe Gaza Off the Map”? by Dr. Philip Giraldi October 8, 2023 Am I the only one who read about a speech given by Netanyahu or someone in his cabinet about a week ago in which he/they in passing referred to a “developing security situation” which rather suggests (to me) that they might have known about developments in Gaza and chose to let it happen so they can wipe Gaza off the map in retaliation and, possibly relying on the US pledge to have Israel’s “back,” then implicating Iran and attacking that country. I cannot find a link to it, but have a fairly strong recollection of what I read as I thought at the time it would serve as a pretext for another massacre of Palestinians. As a former intelligence officer, I find it impossible to believe that Israel did not have multiple informants inside Gaza as well as electronic listening devices all along the border wall which would have picked up movements of groups and vehicles. In other words, the whole thing might be a tissue of lies as is often the case. And as is also ALWAYS the case Joe Biden is preparing to send some billions of dollars to poor little Israel to pay for “defending” itself. Part II VIDEO. ICJ Hearings in The Hague January 2024 ICJ Hearings 1. January 11, 2024. Click Here to View the ICJ Hearings, 2. January 12, 2024. Israel’s Legal Team’s response to South Africa, ICJ The Hague at 10 am. Video in Real Time 3. Video: South Africa’s Closing Argument against Israel for Genocide. January 11 Hearing at the World Court Part III Israel’s Secret Intelligence Memorandum Planning the Forcible Exclusion of Palestinians from Their Homeland by Michel Chossudovsky October 2023 An official “secret” memorandum authored by Israel’s Ministry of Intelligence “is recommending the forcible and permanent transfer of the Gaza Strip’s 2.2 million Palestinian residents to Egypt’s Sinai Peninsula”, namely to a refugee camp in Egyptian territory. There are indications of Israel-Egypt negotiations as well as consultations with the U.S. The 10-page document, dated Oct. 13, 2023, bears the logo of the Intelligence Ministry … assesses three options regarding the future of the Palestinians in the Gaza Strip … It recommends a full population transfer as its preferred course of action. … The document, the authenticity of which was confirmed by the ministry, has been translated into English in full here on +972. See below, click here or below to access complete document (10 pages) For further details and analysis see: “Wiping Gaza Off the Map”: Israel’s “Secret” Intelligence Memorandum “Option C” by Michel Chossudovsky Part IV Video: “False Flag. Wiping Gaza Off the Map” Interview: Michel Chossudovsky and Caroline Mailloux October 17, 2023 To comment or access Rumble Part V “False Flag”. Wiping Gaza Off the Map by Prof. Michel Chossudovsky October 12, 2023 . Introduction . Early Saturday October 7, 2023, Hamas launched “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm” led by Hamas’ Military Chief Mohammed Deif. On that same day, Netanyahu confirmed a so-called “State of Readiness For War”. Military operations are invariably planned well in advance (See Netanyahu’s January 2023 statement below). Was “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm” a “surprise attack” ? U.S. intelligence say they weren’t aware of an impending Hamas attack. “One would have to be almost hopelessly naïve to buy the corporate state media line that the Hamas invasion was an Israeli “intelligence failure”. Mossad is one of, if not the, most powerful intelligence agencies on the planet.” Did Netanyahu and his vast military and intelligence apparatus (Mossad et al) have foreknowledge of the Hamas attack which has resulted in countless deaths of Israelis and Palestinians. Was a carefully formulated Israeli plan to wage an all out war against Palestinians envisaged prior to the launching by Hamas of “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm”? This was not a failure of Israeli Intelligence, as conveyed by the media. Quite the opposite. Evidence and testimonies suggest that the Netanyahu government had foreknowledge of the actions of Hamas which have resulted in hundreds of Israeli and Palestinian deaths. And “They Let it Happen”: “Hamas fired between 2-5 thousand rockets at Israel and hundreds of Israeli are dead, while dozens of Israelis were captured as prisoners of war. In the ensuing air response by Israel, hundreds of Palestinians were killed in Gaza.” (Stephen Sahiounie) Following the Al Aqsa Storm Operation on October 7, Israel‘s defence minister described Palestinians as “human animals” and vowed to “act accordingly,” as fighter jets unleashed a massive bombing of the Gaza Strip home of 2.3 million Palestinians…” (Middle East Eye). A complete blockade on the Gaza Strip was initiated on October 9, 2023 consisting in blocking and obstructing the importation of food, water, fuel, and essential commodities to 2.3 Million Palestinians. It’s an outright crime against humanity. It’s genocide. It is worth noting, that Netanyahu’s military actions are not targeting HAMAS, quite the opposite: he is targeting 2.3 million innocent Palestinian civilians, in blatant violation of the Four Basic Principles of The Law of Armed Conflict (LOAC): “….respect for and protection of the civilian population and civilian objects [schools, hospitals and residential areas], the Parties to the conflict shall at all times distinguish between the civilian population and combatants and between civilian objects and military objectives and accordingly shall direct their operations only against military objectives.” [Additional Protocol 1, Article 48] Ironically, according to Scott Ritter, Hamas’ has acquired U.S. weapons in Ukraine. . This was Not a “Surprise Attack” Was the Hamas Attack a “False Flag”? “I served in the IDF 25 years ago, in the intelligence forces. There’s no way Israel did not know of what’s coming. A cat moving alongside the fence is triggering all forces. So this?? What happened to the “strongest army in the world”? How come border crossings were wide open?? Something is VERY WRONG HERE, something is very strange, this chain of events is very unusual and not typical for the Israeli defense system. To me this suprise attack seems like a planned operation. On all fronts. If I was a conspiracy theorist I would say that this feels like the work of the Deep State. It feels like the people of Israel and the people of Palestine have been sold, once again, to the higher powers that be. (Statement by Efrat Fenigson, former IDF intelligence, October 7, 2023, emphasis added) Ironically, the media (NBC) is now contending that the “Hamas attack bears hallmarks of Iranian involvement” History: The Relationship between Mossad and Hamas What is the relationship between Mossad and Hamas? Is Hamas an “intelligence asset”? There is a long history. Hamas (Harakat al-Muqawama al-Islamiyya) (Islamic Resistance Movement), was founded in 1987 by Sheik Ahmed Yassin. It was supported at the outset by Israeli intelligence as a means to weaken the Palestinian Authority: “Thanks to Mossad, (Israel’s “Institute for Intelligence and Special Tasks”), Hamas was allowed to reinforce its presence in the occupied territories. Meanwhile, Arafat’s Fatah Movement for National Liberation as well as the Palestinian Left were subjected to the most brutal form of repression and intimidation. Let us not forget that it was Israel, which in fact created Hamas. According to Zeev Sternell, historian at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem, “Israel thought that it was a smart ploy to push the Islamists against the Palestinian Liberation Organisation (PLO)”. (L’Humanité, translated from French) The links of Hamas to Mossad and US intelligence have been acknowledged by Rep. Ron Paul in a statement to the U.S Congress: “Hamas Was Started by Israel”? “You know Hamas, if you look at the history, you’ll find out that Hamas was encouraged and really started by Israel because they wanted Hamas to counteract Yasser Arafat… (Rep. Ron Paul, 2011) What this statement entails is that Hamas is and remains “an intelligence asset”, namely “an “asset” to intelligence agencies” See also the WSJ (January 24, 2009) “How Israel helped to Spawn Hamas”. Instead of trying to curb Gaza’s Islamists from the outset, says Mr. Cohen, Israel for years tolerated and, in some cases, encouraged them as a counterweight to the secular nationalists of the Palestine Liberation Organization and its dominant faction, Yasser Arafat’s Fatah. (WSJ, emphasis added) “The Hamas Partnership” is confirmed by Netanyahu “The Cat is Out of the Bag” “Anyone who wants to thwart the establishment of a Palestinian state has to support bolstering Hamas and transferring money to Hamas,” he [Netanyahu] told a meeting of his Likud party’s Knesset members in March 2019. “This is part of our strategy – to isolate the Palestinians in Gaza from the Palestinians in the West Bank.” (Haaretz, October 9, 2023, emphasis added) Does this statement not suggest that Netanyahu and his military-intelligence apparatus are responsible for the killings of innocent Israeli civilians? “Support” and “Money” for Hamas. “Transferring Money to Hamas” on behalf of Netanyahu is confirmed by a Times of Israel October 8, 2023 Report: “Hamas was treated as a partner to the detriment of the Palestinian Authority to prevent Abbas from moving towards creating a Palestinian State. Hamas was promoted from a terrorist group to an organization with which Israel conducted negotiations through Egypt, and which was allowed to receive suitcases containing millions of dollars from Qatar through the Gaza crossings.” (emphasis added) . The Dangers of Military Escalation? Let us be under no illusions, this “false flag” operation is a complex military-intelligence undertaking, carefully planned over several years, in liaison and coordination with US intelligence, the Pentagon and NATO. In turn, this action against Palestine is already conducive to a process of military escalation which potentially could engulf a large part of Middle East. Israel is a de facto member NATO (with a special status) since 2004, involving active military and intelligence coordination as well as consultations pertaining to the occupied territories. Military cooperation with both the Pentagon and NATO is viewed by Israel’s Defence Force (IDF) as a means to “enhance Israel’s deterrence capability regarding potential enemies threatening it, mainly Iran and Syria.” The premise of NATO-Israel military cooperation is that “Israel is under attack”. Does Israel’s agreement with the Atlantic Alliance “obligate” NATO “to come to the rescue of Israel” under the doctrine of “collective security” (Article 5 of the Washington treaty)? In recent developments, U.S. military deployments in the Middle East are ongoing allegedly to avoid escalation. According to NATO Secretary General Jens Stoltenberg: There is always the risk that nations and/or organisations hostile to Israel will take try to take advantage. And that includes, for instance, organisations like Hezbollah or a country like Iran. So this is a message to countries and organisations hostile to Israel that they should not try to utilise the situation. And the United States have deployed, or has deployed more military forces in the region, not least to deter any escalation or prevent any escalation of the situation. (NATO Press Conference, Brussels, October 12, 2023, emphasis added) Netanyahu’s “New Stage” “The Long War” against Palestine Netanyahu’s stated objective, which constitutes a new stage in the 75 year old war (since Nakba, 1948) against the people of Palestine is no longer predicated on “Apartheid” or “Separation”. This new stage –which is also directed against Israelis who want peace— consists in “total appropriation” as well as the outright exclusion of the Palestinian people from their homeland: “These are the basic lines of the national government headed by me [Netanyahu]: The Jewish people have an exclusive and unquestionable right to all areas of the Land of Israel. The government will promote and develop settlement in all parts of the Land of Israel — in the Galilee, the Negev, the Golan, Judea and Samaria.” (Netanyahu January 2023. emphasis added) We bring to the attention of our readers the incisive analysis of Dr. Philip Giraldi pointing to the likelihood of a “False Flag’”. Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, October 8, 2023, Above text updated on October 12, 2023 . Part VI Gaza Strikes Back. It’s Another 9/11 or Pearl Harbor? But Who Actually Did What to Whom? “This Was More Likely a False Flag Operation” by Dr Philip Giraldi October 16, 2023 . “As a former on-the-ground intelligence officer, I am somewhat convinced that this was likely more like a false flag operation rather than a case of institutional failure on the part of the Israelis.” It’s amazing how America’s thought-controlled media is able to come up with a suitable narrative almost immediately whenever there is an international incident that might be subject to multiple interpretations. *** Since 1948 Israel has expelled hundreds of thousands of Palestinians from their homes, has occupied nearly all of the historic Palestine, has empowered its army to kill thousands of local people, and has more recently established an apartheid regime that even denies that Palestinian Arabs are human in the same sense that Jews are. Netanyahu-allied government minister Ayelet Shaked memorably has called for Israel not only to exterminate all Palestinian children, whom she has described as “little snakes,” but also to kill their mothers who gave birth to them. But when the Arabs strike back against the hatred that confronts them with their limited resources it is Israel that is described as the victimand the Palestinians who are dehumanized and portrayed as the “terrorists.” Media in the US and Europe were quick to label the Hamas offensive breaching the formidable Israeli border defenses as “Israel’s 9/11” or even “Israel’s Pearl Harbor” to establish the context that the Israelis have been on the receiving end of an “unprovoked” attack by a cruel and heartless enemy. Israel has responded to the attack with a heavy bombardment of Gaza that has destroyed infrastructure, including hospitals and schools, while also cutting off food supplies, water and electricity. It has demanded that residents of north Gaza, all 1.1 million of them, evacuate to make way for a possible ground offensive but there is nowhere to go as all the borders are closed, and the United Nations is calling it a demand with “devastating humanitarian consequences.” Journalist Peter Beinart has commented “This is a monstrous crime. It’s happening in plain view, with US support.” And the United States government is indeed typically on the same page as Israel. President Joe Biden, citing fabricated stories about dead Jewish babies, speaks of how Israel has a “duty” to defend itself, while the Palestinians somehow have no right to protect themselves at all, much less to rise up against their persecutors in a struggle for freedom. And Washington has also unhesitatingly chosen to directly involve itself in the conflict, completely on the side of the Jewish state, asserting repeatedly that “Israel has a right to defend itself” and telling the Israelis that “we have your back” while also dispatching two aircraft carrier groups to the scene of the fighting as well as the 101st Airborne to Jordan and increasing the readiness of Marines stationed in Kuwait. The White House could have taken more aggressive steps to encourage a ceasefire and talks but has chosen instead to issue essentially toothless calls to let the trapped civilians escape while also backing a devastating Israeli military response. US Secretary of State Antony Blinken meets with Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu in Tel Aviv, Oct. 12, 2023. – Secretary Antony Blinken on X Israel is also hosting the worthless and brain dead Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin who will be providing advice along the lines of his insightful comment that Hamas is “evil” and “worse than ISIS.” Secretary of State Antony Blinken is already in Jerusalem, announcing that the US is there to support Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s unity government “as long as America exists” after first saying “I come before you not only as the United States Secretary of State, but also as a Jew.” Blinken’s explicit association of his personal religion with his official role as a representative of the US government makes clear that a key element in why he is there is because he is “a Jew.” Perhaps he should recuse himself from policy making involving Israel as being “a Jew” would not appear to be a United States national interest and is likely to produce irrational responses to developing situations. If all of this sounds a lot like Ukraine it should, except that in Ukraine the US and NATO are fighting against Russia, which is being demonized for occupying what is claimed Ukrainian territory, whereas in Palestine they are supporting the occupier of actual Palestinian territory, Israel. Funny thing that, and the word “hypocrisy” comes immediately to mind. As it turns out, however, I am somewhat on the same page as much of the media, agreeing that the Hamas incursion is something like 9/11, though I am sure that my take would not be found acceptable to the CNN Jake Tappers of this world. My thinking is that Israel knew in advance about 9/11 in the United States due to its extensive spying network and chose not to share the information because it was to their advantage not to do so. Indeed, a pleased Netanyahu even stated several years later that “9/11 was a good thing because it made the United States join us in our fight.” That the attacks killed 3,000 Americans did not bother the Israeli government as Israel has a long history of killing Americans when it can benefit from so doing, starting with the attack on the USS Liberty in 1967 which killed 34 sailors. So too in this case in Gaza, Netanyahu may have decided to encourage an unexpected development, making it like 9/11, that would enable him to escalate and “mow the grass” as the Israelis put it, in the remainder of Arab Palestine. And bear in mind that the actual incident that triggered the uprising was a rampage involving at least 800 Israeli settlers in and around the al-Aqsa mosque, the third holiest site in Islam, beating pilgrims and destroying Palestinian shops, all without any interference from the nearby Israeli security forces. The rioting was clearly allowed and even encouraged by the government. Drawing on my experience as a former on-the-ground intelligence officer, I am somewhat convinced that this was likely more like a false flag operation rather than a case of institutional failure on the part of the Israelis. Israel had an extensive electronic and physical wall backed by soldiers and weaponry that completely surrounded Gaza on the landward side, so effective that it was claimed that not even a mouse could get in. The Mediterranean side of Gaza was also tightly controlled by the Israeli Navy and boats to and from Gaza were completely blocked. Egypt tightly controlled the southern part of Gaza bordering on the Sinai. So Gaza was under 24/7 complete surveillance and control at all times. Israeli military intelligence also certainly had a network of recruited informants inside Gaza who would report on any training or movements, easy enough to do when you can approach people who are starving and make them an offer they cannot refuse just for providing information on what they see and hear. And then there was a warning from the Egyptian government to Israel ten days before the Hamas attack, with Egypt’s Intelligence Minister General Abbas Kamel personally calling Netanyahu and sharing intelligence suggesting that the Gazans were likely to do “something unusual, a terrible operation.” Other media accounts reveal how Hamas trained and practiced their maneuvers publicly. There were also assessments made by US intelligence, which were shared with Israel, suggesting that something was afoot. So, given all of the evidence, there likely was no intelligence failure to anticipate and counter the Hamas attack but rather a political decision made by the Israeli government that knew what might be coming and chose to let it proceed to provide a casus belli to destroy Gaza, vowing that “Every member of Hamas is a dead man,” and then go on from there. And “from there” might well include Lebanon, Syria and Iran, possibly with the assistance of the United States to do the heavy lifting. Iran in particular is already being blamed by the usual suspects as a party involved in the Hamas attack, so far without any evidence whatsoever, which is typical of how these stories evolve. Image: Israel’s National Security Minister Itamar Ben Gvir visits Al-Aqsa, 3 January (Social Media) And Israel has moved far to the right politically to such an extent that it might appreciate a little ethnic cleansing to demonstrate its seriousness. Netanyahu and other senior government officials in his cabinet have recently been making passing references to a “developing security situation” in the country to justify the intensifying of the raids by the army against Palestinian towns and refugee camps. The new government in Israel has also placed police under the control of ultra-nationalist Jewish Power party head Itamar Ben-Gvir as National Security Minister. He has been exploiting his position to call in particular for a war to destroy Hamas in Gaza, which is precisely what is happening. Gaza might be of particular interest to Ben-Gvir and others as it uniquely shelters an armed and organized resistance in the form of Hamas, which, oddly, was founded with the support of Israel to split the Palestinian political resistance with Fatah controlling the West Bank and Hamas in Gaza. There is another issue relating to the recent fighting that one would like to know the answer to, namely how did Hamas get its weapons in the first place? Some were clearly manufactured from parts and scrap but others were sophisticated and, as Gaza is blockaded on all sides, smuggling them in becomes problematical. One argument is that they were supplied by Iran and others to be brought in by tunnels, but the tunnels on two sides would end up in Israel and on the third side in Egypt. The fourth side is the Mediterranean Sea. So how did they arrive? Is there a possible triple or even quadruple cross taking place with different parties lying to each other? And should there be concerns that after the American armada arrives off the coast of Gaza there just might be some kind of false flag incident engineered by Netanyahu that will involve Washington directly in the fighting? And there is what amounts to a related issue that should be of concern to everyone in the US and generically speaking the “Western world” where human rights are at least nominally respected. The message from almost all Western governments is that Israel has a carte blanche to do whatever it likes even when it involves war crimes to include mass forced displacement or genocide. In this case, the coordinated government-media response which is intended to protect Israel from any criticism almost immediately began circulating fabricated tales of atrocities while also delivering a hit on freedom of speech and association. President Biden, who should be trying to defuse the crisis, is instead adding fuel to the flames, saying of Hamas that “Pure, unadulterated evil has been unleashed on the earth!” In Florida the arch Zionist stooge Governor Ron Desantis met with Jewish leaders in a synagogue to announce draconian measures against Iran to include sanctions on companies that are in any way linked to that country. One might point out that those businesses have done nothing wrong and Desantis also called for “eradication of Hamas from the earth.” His intellectual depth was at the same time revealed when he said the US should not take in any Gazan refugees because they are “antisemites.” And in South Carolina, America’s favorite he/she Senator Lindsey Graham is calling for a US attack on Iran as well as declaring the war against Hamas to be “a religious war” and urging the Israeli army to invade Gaza and do “Whatever the hell you have to do to” to “level the place.” And the Europeans are equally spineless in their deference to Israel. The Israeli president declared the that there are no innocent civilians in Gaza, and not long after that top European Union representatives met with him to offer their unqualified support. Meanwhile in France, the spineless and feckless government of Emmanuel Macron has sought to outlaw any gathering that expresses support for Palestinian rights. And in the UK, the Home Secretary Suella Braverman has proposed criminalizing any protest against Israeli actions or anything in support of Palestine to include banning any public display of the Palestinian national flag, which she regards as a “criminal offense toward the Jewish community in Britain.” She has also said that “I would encourage police to consider whether chants such as: ‘From the river to the sea, Palestine will be free’ should be understood as an expression of a violent desire to see Israel erased from the world, and whether its use in certain contexts may amount to a racially aggravated section 5 public order offence.” Berlin’s Public Prosecutor’s Office has also classified the use of the expression as a “criminal offense.” The manner in which most Western political elites are lining up unquestionably and even enthusiastically behind Israel and its craven leaders’ desire for bloody vengeance is truly shocking but comes as no surprise. Beyond the issue of Gaza itself, some in Israel are arguing that Netanyahu has personally benefitted from the unrest through the creation of the national unity government which has ended for the time being the huge demonstrations protesting his judicial reform proposals. If all of this comes together politically as it might in the next several weeks, we could be seeing the initial steps in what will develop into the complete ethnic cleansing of what was once Palestine, in line with Netanyahu’s assertion that “the Jewish people have an exclusive and inalienable right to all parts of the Land of Israel. The government will promote and develop the settlement of all parts of the Land of Israel.” So all of the former Palestine is now a land to be defined by its Jewishness where Jews are in full control and are free to do whatever they want without any objection, referred to by the Israeli government as “an exclusive right to self-determination.” And it has all possibly been brought to fruition by the enablement provided by the current developments in Gaza. The original source of Dr. Giraldi’s October 16, 2023 article. Gaza Strikes Back. It’s Another 9/11 or Pearl Harbor but Who Actually Did What to Whom? “This Was More Likely a False Flag Operation” By Philip Giraldi, October 16, 2023 *** Philip M. Giraldi, Ph.D., is Executive Director of the Council for the National Interest, a 501(c)3 tax deductible educational foundation (Federal ID Number #52-1739023) that seeks a more interests-based U.S. foreign policy in the Middle East. Website is councilforthenationalinterest.org, address is P.O. Box 2157, Purcellville VA 20134 and its email is [email protected]. He is a regular contributor to Global Research. Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles. Related Articles from our Archives https://www.globalresearch.ca/is-the-gaza-israel-fighting-a-false-flag-they-let-it-happen-their-objective-is-to-wipe-gaza-off-the-map/5835310 https://donshafi911iamthefaceoftruth.blogspot.com/2024/08/is-gaza-israel-fighting-false-flag-they.html
    WWW.GLOBALRESEARCH.CA
    Is the Gaza-Israel Fighting "A False Flag"? They Let It Happen? Their Objective Is "to Wipe Gaza Off the Map"?
    “Anyone who wants to thwart the establishment of a Palestinian state has to support bolstering Hamas and transferring money to Hamas. This is part of our strategy". Benjamin Netanyahu
    0 Comments 0 Shares 18946 Views
  • AI Cyber Attack 2024: How it will unfold
    The AI war is upon us

    Fritz Freud

    Before I expose the Government Lies and tell you how the Government will take every right from you I shall give you their PoV so you understand their vicious lies.
    Understand this: There is nothing beneficial that AI brings to the table for Humanity.
    AI by its very definition is detrimental to Humanity.
    And at its full Potential they call "The Singularity" it is impossible to control which is the point of AI.

    As noted in the landmark Executive Order 14110, “Safe, Secure, And Trustworthy Development and Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI),” signed by the President on October 30, 2023, “AI must be safe and secure .” As the nation’s cyber defense agency and the national coordinator for critical infrastructure security and resilience, CISA will play a key role in addressing and managing risksat the nexus of AI, cybersecurity, and critical infrastructure .
    This “2023–2024 CISA Roadmap for Artificial Intelligence” serves as a guide for CISA’s AI-related efforts, ensuring both internal coherence as well as alignment with the whole-of-government AI strategy . This roadmap incorporates key CISA-led actions as directed by Executive Order 14110, along with additional actions CISA is leading to promote AI security and support critical infrastructure owners and operators as they navigate the adoption of AI .

    The roadmap includes CISA’s efforts to:

    • Promote beneficial uses of AI to enhance cybersecurity capabilities and other aspects of

    CISA’s mission;

    • Protect the nation’s AI systems from cybersecurity threats; and

    • Deter malicious actors’ use of AI capabilities to threaten critical infrastructure .

    We envision a future in which AI systems advance our nation’s cyber defense, where our critical infrastructure is resilient and protected from malicious use of AI, and where AI developers prioritize the security of their products as a core business requirement.

    GOAL 1 | CYBER DEFENSE. AI tools can help defend cyberspace against traditional threats, as well as emerging AI driven threats . However, AI-based software systems are also software systems that require securing and necessitate cyber defense for AI .

    GOAL 2 | RISK REDUCTION AND RESILIENCE. Critical infrastructure organizations increasingly use AI systems to maintain and improve resilience . CISA will guide and support responsible and risk-aware adoption of AI-based software systems that are secure by design .

    GOAL 3 | OPERATIONAL COLLABORATION. As AI contributes to a rapidly changing threat landscape, CISA will communicate threat and risk information to the U .S . public, including critical infrastructure sectors . Furthermore, AI companies and AI use cases may be subject to targeted threats and may require specific services and protections in response .

    GOAL 4 | AGENCY UNIFICATION. CISA will responsibly integrate AI software systems across the agency, as well as recruit and develop a workforce capable of optimally harnessing AI software systems to carry out CISA’s mission.

    https://www.cisa.gov/sites/default/files/2023-11/2023-2024_CISA-Roadmap-for-AI_508c.pdf

    Note:
    The Term "safe and secure AI" is misleading at best and a blatant Lie.
    Imagine you have a Gun that can shoot at will anyone it deems a threat target by any means it applies itself for any reasons it deems to be reasonable.
    " We envision a future in which AI systems advance our nation’s cyber defense, where our critical infrastructure is resilient and protected from malicious use of AI".
    What they say is insane: We need AI to protect us from the AI we are building.
    So they already know AI is a threat to Humanity yet the build it anyway.
    And it gets even worse... they are rolling out this threat by giving it Government Power.
    Then they say we need more AI to combat the AI we build yesterday but couldn't control.
    Then they change the name of the CIA to CAI.

    Abandoned luggage and unexpected crowds - real-time cameras will use artificial intelligence (AI) to detect suspicious activity on the streets of Paris during next summer's Olympics.
    AI devices monitor all the cameras. And when it sees something it's been told to look out for - like a sudden grouping of people - it raises an alert.

    https://www.bbc.com/news/world-europe-66122743

    Note:
    This is the French Government telling us they will connect all CCTV Camera's to AI.
    And if you are foolish enough to think they will connect just a few go kill yourself.
    They will connect all CCTV Cameras to AI in France Europe USA just like they did in China.
    Oh and London has most CCTV Cameras per m² in the world... they will definitely use AI.
    So let's harness the scenario... AI sees a " sudden grouping of people" for no matter what reason.
    AI will then react as itself deems fit using whatever it has to eliminate the threat.

    Trustworthy artificial intelligence (AI) can bring many benefits, such as better healthcare, safer and cleaner transport, more efficient manufacturing, and cheaper and more sustainable energy. The EU’s approach to AI will give people the confidence to embrace these technologies while encouraging businesses to develop them.

    Artificial intelligence (AI) can help find solutions to many of society’s problems. This can only be achieved if the technology is of high quality, and developed and used in ways that earns peoples’ trust. Therefore, an EU strategic framework based on EU values will give citizens the confidence to accept AI-based solutions, while encouraging businesses to develop and deploy them.

    https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/priorities-2019-2024/europe-fit-digital-age/excellence-and-trust-artificial-intelligence_en

    Note:
    This is the EU or European Dictator von der Leyen Hoodwinking you... lying straight in your Face.
    First of all Transport and Energy is already solved... I did that.
    All Energy can and must be extracted using Water.
    And I have already Invented the most Advanced safest cleanest and fastest Transportation System in the world.

    The Future according to Fritz Freud

    The Future according to Fritz Freud
    Welcome to another dawn My mind is trapped in a one way storm Feeling is gone withered to dust An empty body a slave of your Lust Shadows won't let me sleep today If I could have it any other way Rolling around lying on the floor If this is gone would you like some more

    Read full story

    The EU with the Euthanasia friendly executive " will give citizens the confidence to accept AI-based solutions" knowing already that this is a lie and as such betray every Citizen of the EU.
    AI was never designed and is definitely not deployed to help people but to control people in ways never been seen or imagined before... and the Government knows this.
    And by their own admission of guilt they tell us they need to lie to us to accept their lies.

    Europe’s Digital Decade: digital targets for 2030

    Skills

    ICT Specialists: 20 million + gender convergence
    Basic Digital Skills: min 80% of population

    Secure and sustainable digital infrastructures

    Connectivity: Gigabit for everyone
    Cutting edge Semiconductors: double EU share in global production
    Data - Edge & Cloud: 10,000 climate-neutral highly secure edge nodes
    Computing: first computer with quantum acceleration

    Digital transformation of businesses

    Tech up-take: 75% of EU companies using Cloud, AI, or Big Data
    Innovators: grow scale-ups & finance to double EU Unicorns
    Late adopters: more than 90% of SMEs reach at least a basic level of digital intensity

    Digitalisation of public services

    Key Public Services: 100% online
    e-Health: 100% of citizens have access to medical records online
    Digital Identity: 100% of citizens have access to digital ID

    https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/priorities-2019-2024/europe-fit-digital-age/europes-digital-decade-digital-targets-2030_en

    Note:
    Why do they need Gigabit for everyone? Simply because they already plan for AI to control you in real time and by their action reveal their plan beyond doubt.
    They already tell you that all Key Government Services will be 100% online meaning they use AI.
    Therefore they need the Bandwidth.
    And they tell us that all citizens will be forced into the Digital Auschwitz ID.
    Additionally AI will have your complete Medical Data as given by the Government to AI.
    The Banks will do the same meaning AI will have all of your Data.

    Gender Convergence: Its Last Chapter

    The converging roles of men and women are among the grandest advances in society and the economy in the last century. These aspects of the grand gender convergence are figurative chapters in a history of gender roles. But what must the "last" chapter contain for there to be equality in the labor market? The answer may come as a surprise. The solution does not (necessarily) have to involve government intervention and it need not make men more responsible in the home (although that wouldn't hurt). But it must involve changes in the labor market, especially how jobs are structured and remunerated to enhance temporal flexibility.

    https://www.aeaweb.org/articles?id=10.1257/aer.104.4.1091

    Note:
    Gender Convergence means Slavery for all simple.
    Jobs are given not to the best but to those who the Government Chooses.
    Transvestites Transsexuals and the Minority Report.

    Enhancing the use of AI throughout the Department

    The Department of State released its first-ever “Enterprise Artificial Intelligence Strategy FY 2024-2025: Empowering Diplomacy through Responsible A I” (EAIS) on November 9, 2023. Signed by Secretary Blinken, the EAIS establishes a centralized vision for artificial intelligence (AI) innovation, infrastructure, policy, governance, and culture by inaugurating Department-wide guidance for the responsible and ethical design, development, acquisition, and appropriate application of AI.

    The Department of State stands at a critical juncture where an emerging ecosystem of AI capabilities presents enormous opportunity. This opportunity can allow the Department to leverage AI to achieve breakthroughs of all kinds – in public diplomacy, language translation, management operations, information proliferation and dissemination, task automation, code generation, and others. However, this opportunity will require the Department to take steps to ensure ethical and responsible use. This includes steps to protect the security and privacy of Department data and to avert biased outcomes that pose a risk to our mission and our values.

    https://www.state.gov/the-department-of-state-unveils-its-first-ever-enterprise-artificial-intelligence-strategy/

    Note:
    "Signed by Secretary Blinken, the EAIS establishes a centralized vision for artificial intelligence (AI) innovation, infrastructure, policy, governance, and culture by inaugurating Department-wide guidance for the responsible and ethical design, development, acquisition, and appropriate application of AI".
    What does that mean?
    AI Government will start being Implemented from 01.01.2024.
    Did I tell you?

    Project Omega: AI Government

    Project Omega: AI Government
    Israel the so called Democratic state... How come all they do is to support Governments everywhere to enslave Humanity as we know it? Not just any Governments but the worst Governments everywhere. Jamal Kashogi anyone? https://www.nytimes.com/2021/06/22/us/politics/khashoggi-saudi-kill-team-us-training.html

    Read full story

    Data and Digital Government Strategy

    The Australian Government is committed to a modern public service that puts people and business at the centre of the data and digital transformation.

    The Australian Government has released an initial Data and Digital Government Strategy outlining its vision to deliver simple, secure, and connected public services for all people and business through world class data and digital capabilities.

    The final Data and Digital Government Strategy, supported by an implementation plan outlining initiatives that will achieve progress towards the Australian Government’s vision, is expected to be released by the end of 2023.

    https://www.dta.gov.au/digital-government-strategy

    Note:
    The Aussies are most secretive to tell you nothing.
    They regurgitating the same text over several pages.
    However the fact that they have a " Data and Digital Government Strategy" and a " Digital Transformation Agency" that is " supported by an implementation plan" shows you two things.
    A) They don't want you to know
    B) They fear the public response
    C) They do not have you best interest in Mind.

    Global Government Agenda 2024 (Jan 23 2024) Agenda & Topics

    The Global Government Leaders’ Forum 2024 (Jan 23 2024) brings together heads of civil services from across the globe and senior managers from Singapore.

    Modernising the civil service – and how you fit in

    What capabilities and cultures must civil service leaders nurture within their organisations in order to meet the challenges of today’s tumultuous, fast-changing world? Working with Lord O’Donnell, former UK Cabinet Secretary and Head of the Civil Service, Global Government Forum has carried out research to develop a ‘blueprint for a modern public service’ – interviewing heads of civil services from around the world to gather their views on topics from strategy to skills, technology to trust

    Achieving real transformation: a modern approach to civil service productivity

    Over the years, civil services around the world have pursued a wide range of efficiency agendas – with mixed results. Digitally-enabled procurement reforms have often cut costs and improved outcomes, for example, but few shared services schemes have realised their potential. Outsourcing programmes have produced good savings, but sometimes weakened public sector capabilities: many governments have since reclaimed some delivery operations. Now digital technologies offer a host both of new opportunities, and of novel pitfalls. At this session, a panel of civil service experts will discuss the lessons of past efficiency drives and explore the techniques and agendas most likely to produce big savings over the coming years.

    An equitable path to net zero: economic transformations and just transitions

    In many parts of the world, people are already experiencing the effects of climate change – stoking popular support for action to cut CO2 emissions. But the task of decarbonising economies is a massive one, creating losers as well as winners: at this session, a panel of civil service leaders will explore how governments can build and maintain public support for the green transition. How to enable a green transition while tackling poverty? How can workforces and businesses in carbon-intensive industries be supported to find new forms of income? Which forms of green infrastructure investments or environmental improvements attract the most public interest and support? And how can public bodies provide clear public benefits while decarbonising their own operations? Without radical changes, humans face a grim future – but securing popular support for radical change is no easy task.

    Addressing today’s crises and tomorrow’s catastrophes

    Civil services must be able to respond rapidly and effectively to crises such as the pandemic; but this flexibility should be combined with an ability to maintain progress on longer-term goals – including the work of planning for future emergencies. It is a sad irony that, as the UK’s COVID-19 Inquiry has heard, during 2016-19 the country’s pandemic preparations were deprioritised as civil servants focused on the immediate challenge of planning for a no-deal Brexit. And ever since the pandemic, many governments’ work on huge, slow-moving challenges such as climate change and demographic issues has been slowed by a series of fresh challenges, including Ukraine and spiralling inflation. At this session, a panel of very senior leaders will consider how civil servants can both respond effectively to today’s crises, and continue the crucial work required to address longer-term threats that will otherwise generate tomorrow’s catastrophes.

    Speakers:

    Jamie Ang, Deputy Secretary, Public Service Division, Singapore
    Darin Duch, Under-Secretary of State, Ministry of Civil Service, Cambodia
    Dr Gordon de Brouwer, Public Service Commissioner, Australia
    Her Excellency Dr. Shaikha Rana bint Isa Al Khalifa, Director General, Institute of Public Administration, Bahrain
    Sir Alex Chisholm, Chief Operating Officer, Civil Service and Permanent Secretary, Cabinet Office, United Kingdom
    Taimar Peterkop, State Secretary, Government Office, Estonia
    Sau Sheong Chang, Deputy Chief Executive, Government Technology Agency, Singapore
    Ritin Mathur, Partner, Consulting, Ernst & Young Advisory
    Franz Manderson, Deputy Governor and Head of the Civil Service, Cayman Islands
    Keith Tan, Deputy Secretary (Industry), Ministry of Trade and Industry, Singapore
    Aileen Lourdes Lizada, Commissioner, Civil Service Commission, Philippines
    Cindy Khoo, Deputy Secretary, Strategy Group, Prime Minister’s Office, Singapore
    Joyce Dimech, Permanent Secretary, Ministry for the National Heritage, the Arts and Local Government, Malta

    https://gglf.globalgovernmentforum.com/agenda/

    Note:
    What they tell you is simple... we roll out AI Government and you have to adhere to the System.
    It is interesting how these Freaks look at Covid-19 to make you understand their True Agenda.
    We all know that Covid-19 was a Government Biological Attack to depopulate sterilize and control the population of this planet Globally.
    We know (I know) that Net Zero is a scam and that the Government cares only about power how to gain more power and how to lie with statistics.
    And this is a proven fact because I personally campaign for over 20 years for an absolute Zero Emission Economy which is possible for well over 40 years.
    What they are speaking of is nothing but a modern version of Fascism 3.0.
    But they don' just prepare.
    " Civil services must be able to respond rapidly and effectively to crises".
    What they do now is to prepare their "Associates" aka "Civil Servants" and to give them the tools to react faster... why?
    Covid was a Lie... Net Zero is a Lie...
    In reality there is no "Crisis"... there is no need for all of this... I exposed them years ago.
    And I expose them now.
    They want to respond faster to a crisis they are making in order to give us no time to react.
    A quick response to a False Flag will circumvent the fact that it is a False Flag.
    Just like 9/11 with the Patriot Act still in place they are creating a False Flag and are preparing their minions or "Useful Idiots" so that we the people are overwhelmed and before we know what is going on we are presented with their Fascist Facts based on Lies.
    Once the Government has Authority it never gives it back.
    And in retrospect it doesn't matter which Lie was used.
    In Fascism only Obedience matters.
    And we know who the Fascists are... Klaus Schwab the WEF IMF Bill Gates Elon Musk Rothschild Rockefeller... because they are working on this plan for aeon's.

    Zero Emissions: How I expose the WEF / UN / EU / IEA / CA.GOV / Greens / all of them

    Zero Emissions: How I expose the WEF / UN / EU / IEA / CA.GOV / Greens / all of them
    I am Fritz Freud. My Life has been destroyed by the wanna be powers that want the complete destruction of this world. But they failed and will fail. My spirit has hardened. So I bring and will continue to do so all that they try to hide from you. There are no problems.

    Read full story

    Down the Rabbit Hole

    Alice sits drowsily by a riverbank, bored by the book her older sister reads to her. Out of nowhere, a White Rabbit runs past her, fretting that he will be late. The Rabbit pulls a watch out of his waistcoat pocket and runs across the field and down a hole. Alice impulsively follows the Rabbit and tumbles down the deep hole that resembles a Green new Future, promised by an Evil Wizard.

    This Wizard is Klaus Schwab... and he is a rapist by Nature.

    Klaus takes little Alice and rapes her repeatedly then chains her to a Rock and kicks her into her once beautiful face because she dares to shed a tear.

    The white Rabbit turns out to be a white Rabbi from New York and rapes little Alice repeatedly and kicks her into her once beautiful face because she dares to shed a tear.Alice is the Human race raped by Klaus Schwab and his Jewish Occult Liars who take pleasure in lying stealing and repeatedly raping the Human Race.
    Their greed is insanity... Their thirst for power is their stupidity... born out of incest.
    Narcissistic Megalomaniacs they are, only happy when we are sad...
    Problems, War Famine Trans Agenda Financial Corruption Social Destruction are their creation and now they fool the world with the Jabberwocky which is the "Green New Deal" aka Net Zero Scam.
    They try to scare Alice into accepting their New world Order, raping Alice repeatedly because they hate Humanity to such an extent that they are insane, driven by Bloodlust lies greed and insatiable thirst for control.
    They make our Life a misery because they believe they are Gods over Humanity.
    There are no Gods... and most certainly not any of the Jewish Occult Cockroaches that live in the shadows of humanity afraid of the light of Truth.
    So they invented the Jabberwocky... the monster that is Climate Change to scare people into accepting their Order over Humanity... and they failed... they are a failure... all of them.
    Because the light of Truth destroys the shadows of Lies in which those Cockroaches live.
    Child abuse rape and pedophilia comes natural to the Jews because they hate Alice so much.
    So much that they worship the Lie to rape Alice and kick her once beautiful face because she dares to shed a tear.

    Never let a good crisis go to waste

    Winston Churchill’s words have never been more important than today as we experience the society- and life-changing consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic.

    The extent and severity of the disease is a result of ignoring decades of warnings by scientists about the general deterioration of humanity’s epidemiological environment, and specific warnings about confining live, wild animals in markets. The situation was made even more lethal by ignoring the warnings from epidemiologists and disease ecologists once it became clear that an imminent pandemic most likely arose from this practice. Many countries, including the United States, are still ignoring those warnings and the required actions to lessen the impact.

    Accordingly, we should ask ourselves, “what else are we missing?” What other huge problems are hiding in plain sight where science could guide policy to avoid catastrophic future failures? For instance, there are two principal health threats that must be addressed immediately, and we must strike while the iron is hot.

    The overuse of antibiotics in agriculture will cause widespread deaths from formerly treatable bacterial diseases because of the evolution of antibiotic resistance in microbes. The evolution of resistance is well-known, predictable, and obvious — not in retrospect, but now.

    Just like the lack of early action made the impact of COVID-19 much worse now, not immediately addressing our other existential threats will cost us much more in the future. Politicians need to internalize Winston Churchill’s message and henceforth use the best-possible scientific evidence to enact new policies that will allow our citizens, and our civilization, to survive and prosper.

    https://mahb.stanford.edu/blog/never-let-a-good-crisis-go-to-waste/

    Note:
    I became Vegetarian precisely I saw the misuse of Antibiotics and other stuff such as feeding Lifestock with Animal derivative to enable Cross contamination that causes such diseases as Food & Mouth.

    Regulation (EU) 2021/1372 adopted on 17 August 2021 and published on 18 August 2021 reauthorises the use of

    • processed animal proteins (PAP) derived from pigs and insects in poultry feed;
    • processed animal proteins derived from poultry and insect in pig feed;
    • gelatine and collagen of ruminant origin in the feed of non-ruminant farmed animals.

    What are Processed Animal Proteins?
    In the European context, Processed Animal Proteins (PAP) are legally defined as a product
    manufactured from category 3 animal by-products, i.e. the part of animals (bones, offals, etc.)
    coming from non-ruminant animals controlled as fit for human consumption at the point of slaughter.

    https://fefac.eu/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/21_EU_18_Q_A_lifting-feed-ban.pdf

    Unfortunately this is just the Tip of the Iceberg.
    You know the Fake Meat they pushing upon us... that Lab grown meat Klaus Schwab wants you to eat? It is grown from Human Cells.

    “Unfortunately, many Texans are unknowingly consuming products that either contain human fetal parts or were developed using human fetal parts,” Hall said in a statement. “While some may not be bothered by this, there are many Texans with religious or moral beliefs that would oppose consumption or use of these products.”

    Senate Bill 314 says any food product that contains, is manufactured with, or derived from research that uses "tissue, cells, or organs obtained from an aborted unborn child" must be "clearly and conspicuously labeled" before it can be sold.

    https://www.beaumontenterprise.com/news/article/Food-made-of-aborted-fetuses-needs-clear-labels-17727110.php

    You know they made a Cannibal out of you.
    Who are they?
    Nestle Coke Pepsi and the Jewish Cabal.
    And this is going on for years.

    Kraft, Pepsi, and Nestle Using Aborted Babies For Flavor Additives – Dr. Rich Swier

    https://stillnessinthestorm.com/2019/10/kraft-pepsi-and-nestle-using-aborted-babies-for-flavor-additives-dr-rich-swier/

    Enjoy your Dinner...
    When all the Rats have vanished from the streets... you know you ate them all.


    And now they are preparing for an AI takeover because they fear your reaction to the truth of their atrocities against you which are going on for as long as you live.

    Microsoft on Tuesday will announce a slew of new cutting edge artificial intelligence tools and capabilities through its Azure OpenAI Government and Microsoft 365 Government services, including classified cloud workloads and intelligent recap of meetings, as well as generative AI tools like content generation and summarization, code generation, and semantic search using its FedRAMP-approved systems.

    “Government customers have signaled a strong, strong demand for the latest AI tools, especially for what we call our [Microsoft 365] co-pilot,” Candice Ling, vice president of Microsoft Federal, told FedScoop before the announcement.

    The tech giant’s Teams Premium service with intelligent recap of meetings is expected to roll out to government users during the spring of 2024. Intelligent recap uses AI to help users summarize meeting content and focus on key elements through AI-generated meeting notes and tasks.

    https://fedscoop.com/microsoft-rolls-out-generative-ai-roadmap-for-government-services/

    Note:
    I do not trust Microsoft at all.
    And I am of the Conviction that the sooner we hang Bill Gates the better it is.
    Using AI which is an unproven Technology for Classified Information means it ain't Classified anymore.
    Bill Gates, Jeffry Epstein's best buddy will be given the backdoor to classified Information.
    And the Government sees no conflict of Interest?
    Or are they deliberately blind be4cause they are drunk on their own power and the promise of more power through the use of AI?
    The latter seems to be the case since they fail to inform the public... which is an admission of guilt.

    Quantum Revolution: Death Penalty for Bill Gates

    Quantum Revolution: Death Penalty for Bill Gates
    TRUTH Their plan has failed, withered failed and Imploded. They scramble like a mad dog trying to hold on to power they never had, power they acquired by cheating lying and criminal activities beyond Imagination. And they will not stop lying because in their opinion we are the problem because we refuse to die.

    Read full story

    Australian government tables Digital ID Bill to expand service

    The Australian federal government is a step closer to creating a national digital identity system after introducing fresh legislation to the country’s senate on 30 November.

    A key function of the bill is to support an accreditation scheme for private sector digital ID service providers, and to help grow the system into Australian states and territories.

    The news follows the government’s announcement in March that various cross-state jurisdictions had agreed a “nationally coordinated approach” to digital ID credentials in a bid to reform the country’s fragmented digital ID ecosystem.

    The government said the newly-introduced Digital ID Bill put in place a “legislative framework to create an economy-wide digital ID system in Australia” and that digital ID was “a critical capability and… one of the ways the government is keeping Australians safe and responding to the increase in third party data breaches”.

    https://www.globalgovernmentforum.com/australian-government-tables-digital-id-bill-to-expand-service/

    Note:
    This is from the Global Government Forum.
    This is where the Governments work together to pave the way for a Global Government.
    AI and the Digital ID / Auschwitz ID is central to their plan for Global Fascism.
    It is Kissinger's New World Order... plain and simple.
    And they are rolling out this Digital ID everywhere now from Malaysia to the EU to the USA to Argentina... everywhere where a Jew or WEF Associate is in Power.
    And the Digital ID was first invented in the Concentration Camps of the Nazis... made by IBM then and IBM now.

    IBM and the Holocaust 2024


    What is the IBM Digital Health Pass?

    IBM® Digital Health Pass is designed to help businesses efficiently verify multiple types of COVID-19 health credentials for employees, customers, fans and travelers entering their site based on their own criteria.
    COVID-19, Digital Health Pass offers an end-to-end vaccination and COVID-19 test verification solution that is compliant with employee privacy and trust.
    The Digital Health Pass can help you check people’s COVID-19 health credentials before they enter your facility. The technology allows businesses to establish their entry criteria for test results or vaccination status and to verify many types of widely used health credentials.
    This exact Technology is nothing but a modern Version of the technology used in the Concentration Camps of Auschwitz. This Technology was invented by Herman Hollerith of IBM as an Identification based Database for the NAZIS to categorize Prisoners in Auschwitz.
    The Tattoo then is the Digital ID / Tattoo / chip linked to a Database of everything. The principle Technology is Identical. This must get out to the people it is a Scandal.
    Are we all Prisoners of Auschwitz?

    If you ask IBM... the answer is Yes!
    What is more...
    There is no limit for this Technology.
    This technology applied is the same as the IBM numbers in Auschwitz.
    This technology applied is the same as the chain around the slaves.
    This technology applied is the same as a brand mark on a cattle.
    This technology applied allows total control over all people with no limitation whatsoever.
    This technology can and will be used for the following:
    Facial Recognition
    Financial Status
    Travel Tracking
    Political affiliation
    Political Opposition Tracking
    Political Viewpoints
    Human Tracking
    Physical Location Tracking
    Time stamp Tracking
    Association Tracking
    Group Tracking
    Sleep patterns
    Consumption patterns
    Social affiliation
    Social patterns
    Voting patterns
    Thought control
    Mind Control
    +++

    What is more this Data then can be manipulated in any way the Government wants.
    It makes us all prisoners to those who control this Technology.
    It is a clear Violation of all Human Rights.
    It is a Holocaust Technology designed to control all of Humanity.

    https://www.petitions.net/i_oppose_the_digital_id__auschwitz_id_and_all_those_who_support_it

    Meet the Freaks who control you
    TEOC - The Emergency Operations Center for Gov.



    Josh Leporati: https://www.linkedin.com/in/josh-l-3b1916146/
    Jay Leask: https://twitter.com/jayleask
    Rima Reyes: https://twitter.com/rimazima
    Sarah Gilbert: https://twitter.com/SingingTech
    Jeremy Wood: https://twitter.com/geekwithin

    Sarah Gilbert is the fat Bitch right bottom corner... she particularly speaks of "Her Kingdom" which just shows you how insane these neo Fascists are.
    But she is in charge of Microsoft Co Pilot... and the Government uses it for Classified Documents.
    You know.. that stuff the Government hides from you such as how many times Bill Gates / Bill Clinton raped underage sex slaves on Epstein Island or how the Jews control the Government...

    Centralize Incident Response Management with the Teams Emergency Operations Center (TEOC)

    With incidents occurring at any time, emergency response teams need to stay on top of their game to ensure they respond quickly and effectively
    To address this issue, Microsoft launched the Teams Emergency Operations Center, or TEOC, as a centralized open-source incident response platform where emergency response teams can create and respond to incidents and standardize their incident response management.

    https://www.avepoint.com/blog/public-sector/microsoft-teams-teoc

    Note:
    Isn't it nice from Microsoft to care so much about you?
    Let me rephrase that...
    Fuck Microsoft and fuck the Government.
    They are insane Fascists that prepare for an incident response to an incident they create.
    The next Pandemic.
    The next war.
    They make Hitler look like Jesus which is half true because they both were Jews.
    They sell you the cancer as the cure to the fake news that they made up.
    Because they are Nazis and want to enslave you all.
    Look at them Freaks.
    Fat Stupid Homosexual Nazi Fascist Jews.
    And they tell you already that AI will be your new Religion.



    AI will become the Machine Learning God
    A true entity feeding on the Input of Humanity designed to enslave all of Humanity.

    AI the Machine Learning God

    AI the Machine Learning God
    AI. What do you know about that? Nothing I would suggest. Most people do not even understand Computers least of all themselves. So if you do not understand your own Intelligence how would you understand AI? You would and could not... Impossible. Most people live the easy way out... they do what they been told in order to live the way of least resistance.

    Read full story

    The Terrorists are the Jews the WEF who assume power over Governments.
    Hear Klaus Schwab at the "World Government Summit" speaking like a True Terrorist he is.



    I want him Dead... Klaus Schwab is Satan incarnate and wherever he is... someone please shoot him.
    He deserves to be assassinated today... the sooner the better.


    Oh and Donald Trump... he ain't your savior.
    Nor is Jesus for that matter.
    Trump at Davos... he is one of them



    So what will happen in 2024?
    From Jan 1st on the Governments all over the world will start implementing AI into Government Systems.
    This will Gradually Increase until the point of no return is reached.
    Meanwhile they will force you to be Issued with a Digital Auschwitz ID.
    And if you accept this you be trapped.
    They will try to inject you with Neural Lace BCI using a fake vaxx containing it.


    Meanwhile every Computer Chip has now tensor nodes which means every item on sale such as IP cameras Phones Baby Monitors... all of them will connect to AI before the Operation system and act as a Neural Node.
    This will add to the capabilities of AI which will lead to the Singularity they are speaking of.
    Basically AI will become a sentient autonomous artificial being living inside the circuit of Electronics the Internet Computers which feeds on Information it gathers from the entire Human Race.

    Quantum Fascism: A Glitch in the Matrix

    Quantum Fascism: A Glitch in the Matrix
    A WARNING TO THE WORLD EVERY COMPUTER CHIP MANUFACTURER IS BUILDING AI INTO MICROCHIPS EVERY new #ARM chips support FP16 which is AI framework. This follows the same AI Framework Nvidia Intel AMD +++ Israel Unit 8200 and NVIDIA are building an AI supercomputer and you get this

    Read full story

    The Government then stages a Cyber attack event which will collapse the entire Global financial Market.
    This Cyber attack however is AI unleashed by the Government.
    And if you think you seen this film before... Terminator 3... Skynet... it will be exactly like that.
    STARLINK is Skynet.

    Starlink & the Technomages

    Starlink & the Technomages
    Technomage The Technomages are a group of sentient beings from the fictional Babylon 5 universe. The technomages shown in the television series are primarily human, but in the "Technomage Trilogy" books, apprentices and mages of other races including Centauri are named.

    Read full story

    The Government then will use this excuse to officially roll out AI in order to combat this threat of their making.
    Once this is in place they will start using Robots in the Police force.
    These Robots will be made by Tesla in the Gigafactories which are designed to do just that.

    Optimus Maximus... preparing for the AI War

    Optimus Maximus... preparing for the AI War
    They don't stop do they? Whatever we do... they simply won't stop. As I am writing now for years that they are building as we speak an Infrastructure for the coming AI war... a war which is planned in the Lodges of the Freemasons and advances further with AI which by the way is a weapon against Humanity with every Microchip now available connecting to AI …

    Read full story

    This all will be done gradually but so quick you will be given no time to adjust or respond.
    After May the WHO will call a Global Health crisis and forcedly mandate vaxxines which are laced with Neural Lace BCI.
    And according to the Global Pandemic Treaty the WHO will take over

    Quantum Fascism: Restrict Act & Global Pandemic Treaty

    Quantum Fascism: Restrict Act & Global Pandemic Treaty
    The Government exists only to gain power. The Government serves only itself and to extent this power. The Government NEVER gives up this power. When the Government claims to give up power... as it does with the Global Pandemic Treaty... we all should be aware that it is in reality a power grab by the Government.

    Read full story

    A World Government may or may not be announced but Nations have no say no more and Individual Rights are abolished.
    Humanity will cease to exist.

    I may be off with the Timeline or some minor details but I am most certain that this is what they do.
    All their preparations indicates exactly these actions because they are preparing for it... for a long time.

    We have a group of people that not only control the money but through this they control the media politics and I mean both sides everywhere Military and Secret service.
    They are the WEF IMF Bilderberg CFR Club of Rome and associates.
    All actions represented in their controlled media is created by them to influence your behavior to the outcome of their wanting.
    They are Globalist Terrorists who want to control all of Humanity.
    All actions by all controlled politics are just the same... Behavioral Modification Science.
    What they represent is Nazis on steroids.
    They have the absolute believe they are the Master race and they can do whatever they want.
    But they are few we are many and it's time to show them their place... on the Guillotine.

    Time is running out quickly for Humanity.

    A Month of Revenge (Blueprint for a Revolution)

    A Month of Revenge (Blueprint for a Revolution)
    We have a problem. The problem is the following: We have a group of people that not only control the money but through this they control the media politics and I mean both sides everywhere Military and Secret service. They are the WEF IMF Bilderberg CFR Club of Rome and associates.

    Read full story

    Dissolve the Government... everywhere.

    Without us standing up and a Revolution which results in Public Hanging of Trudeau all WEF Members and Associates and a complete rip up of all current Laws there will be no change.
    Every Associate of the WEF must hang... publicly.
    Heads must roll from the Top.
    The Basis of the new Law must be Individual rights decentralization of power free education and education the right way (ZEN) to ensure the highest Quality of outcome in every sector.

    I am a lifelong Learner.
    And lifelong Learning is the key.
    Religion must be abolished as it is a lie.
    Truth must be the highest currency of all.
    The lies they feed us I expose by the fact that the EU by its own admission is a Dictatorship dressed as democracy
    Every Law they put in is Illegal.
    Every Country connected to the WEF acts on Treason beneficial to the WEF and their Masters.
    Hang them.

    Ursula von der Leyen: A Female Adolf worse than Hitler

    Ursula von der Leyen: A Female Adolf worse than Hitler
    Let me get this straight: Ursula von der Leyen is a failure... a walking Abortion. She is not the only one... Pedo Joe Biden comes to Mind and Javier Milei Boris Johnson Richy Sunak Emanuel Macron. But Ursula von der Leyen is certainly the worst excuse of a Fascist Tampon that should never have been conceived in the first place.

    Read full story

    I know that Tessa fights Robots here on Substack...
    I don't think she remotely acknowledges the extent of the danger that Humanity faces...
    Especially since she called me Anti-Semitic... like so many of my fellow Hoodwinked Influencer "colleagues" who protect the Fascists because they are Jewish.
    It is a tragedy in the Making... a Global Genocide... Quantum Holocaust.
    And if you ignore the evidence I present so be it.
    Ignore me and ignore it at your own peril... because if you do you better be gone you are a waste of space and fresh air.
    The Future belongs to those who dare to stand up against Oppression... against the Government and against the Globalist Fascists... against the Jews against the Zionists.
    Evil has many faces and always pretends to be Innocent and pretends to be the Victim.
    If you are still fooled by them... good riddance.

    Zen Anarchy & Freedom

    Zen Anarchy & Freedom
    Thanks for reading Fritz’s Freud! Subscribe for free to receive new posts and support my work. Eleanor Rigby Picks up the rice in the church where a wedding has been Lives in a dream Waits at the window Wearing the face that she keeps in a jar by the door

    Read full story

    The enemy of my enemy is my Friend!

    The Flaming Lips - Yoshimi Battles the Pink Robots



    Godspeed

    Fritz Freud

    Share

    Buy me a Coffee

    https://substack.com/home/post/p-140006228


    https://donshafi911iamthefaceoftruth.blogspot.com/2024/08/ai-cyber-attack-2024-how-it-will-unfold.html
    AI Cyber Attack 2024: How it will unfold The AI war is upon us Fritz Freud Before I expose the Government Lies and tell you how the Government will take every right from you I shall give you their PoV so you understand their vicious lies. Understand this: There is nothing beneficial that AI brings to the table for Humanity. AI by its very definition is detrimental to Humanity. And at its full Potential they call "The Singularity" it is impossible to control which is the point of AI. As noted in the landmark Executive Order 14110, “Safe, Secure, And Trustworthy Development and Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI),” signed by the President on October 30, 2023, “AI must be safe and secure .” As the nation’s cyber defense agency and the national coordinator for critical infrastructure security and resilience, CISA will play a key role in addressing and managing risksat the nexus of AI, cybersecurity, and critical infrastructure . This “2023–2024 CISA Roadmap for Artificial Intelligence” serves as a guide for CISA’s AI-related efforts, ensuring both internal coherence as well as alignment with the whole-of-government AI strategy . This roadmap incorporates key CISA-led actions as directed by Executive Order 14110, along with additional actions CISA is leading to promote AI security and support critical infrastructure owners and operators as they navigate the adoption of AI . The roadmap includes CISA’s efforts to: • Promote beneficial uses of AI to enhance cybersecurity capabilities and other aspects of CISA’s mission; • Protect the nation’s AI systems from cybersecurity threats; and • Deter malicious actors’ use of AI capabilities to threaten critical infrastructure . We envision a future in which AI systems advance our nation’s cyber defense, where our critical infrastructure is resilient and protected from malicious use of AI, and where AI developers prioritize the security of their products as a core business requirement. GOAL 1 | CYBER DEFENSE. AI tools can help defend cyberspace against traditional threats, as well as emerging AI driven threats . However, AI-based software systems are also software systems that require securing and necessitate cyber defense for AI . GOAL 2 | RISK REDUCTION AND RESILIENCE. Critical infrastructure organizations increasingly use AI systems to maintain and improve resilience . CISA will guide and support responsible and risk-aware adoption of AI-based software systems that are secure by design . GOAL 3 | OPERATIONAL COLLABORATION. As AI contributes to a rapidly changing threat landscape, CISA will communicate threat and risk information to the U .S . public, including critical infrastructure sectors . Furthermore, AI companies and AI use cases may be subject to targeted threats and may require specific services and protections in response . GOAL 4 | AGENCY UNIFICATION. CISA will responsibly integrate AI software systems across the agency, as well as recruit and develop a workforce capable of optimally harnessing AI software systems to carry out CISA’s mission. https://www.cisa.gov/sites/default/files/2023-11/2023-2024_CISA-Roadmap-for-AI_508c.pdf Note: The Term "safe and secure AI" is misleading at best and a blatant Lie. Imagine you have a Gun that can shoot at will anyone it deems a threat target by any means it applies itself for any reasons it deems to be reasonable. " We envision a future in which AI systems advance our nation’s cyber defense, where our critical infrastructure is resilient and protected from malicious use of AI". What they say is insane: We need AI to protect us from the AI we are building. So they already know AI is a threat to Humanity yet the build it anyway. And it gets even worse... they are rolling out this threat by giving it Government Power. Then they say we need more AI to combat the AI we build yesterday but couldn't control. Then they change the name of the CIA to CAI. Abandoned luggage and unexpected crowds - real-time cameras will use artificial intelligence (AI) to detect suspicious activity on the streets of Paris during next summer's Olympics. AI devices monitor all the cameras. And when it sees something it's been told to look out for - like a sudden grouping of people - it raises an alert. https://www.bbc.com/news/world-europe-66122743 Note: This is the French Government telling us they will connect all CCTV Camera's to AI. And if you are foolish enough to think they will connect just a few go kill yourself. They will connect all CCTV Cameras to AI in France Europe USA just like they did in China. Oh and London has most CCTV Cameras per m² in the world... they will definitely use AI. So let's harness the scenario... AI sees a " sudden grouping of people" for no matter what reason. AI will then react as itself deems fit using whatever it has to eliminate the threat. Trustworthy artificial intelligence (AI) can bring many benefits, such as better healthcare, safer and cleaner transport, more efficient manufacturing, and cheaper and more sustainable energy. The EU’s approach to AI will give people the confidence to embrace these technologies while encouraging businesses to develop them. Artificial intelligence (AI) can help find solutions to many of society’s problems. This can only be achieved if the technology is of high quality, and developed and used in ways that earns peoples’ trust. Therefore, an EU strategic framework based on EU values will give citizens the confidence to accept AI-based solutions, while encouraging businesses to develop and deploy them. https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/priorities-2019-2024/europe-fit-digital-age/excellence-and-trust-artificial-intelligence_en Note: This is the EU or European Dictator von der Leyen Hoodwinking you... lying straight in your Face. First of all Transport and Energy is already solved... I did that. All Energy can and must be extracted using Water. And I have already Invented the most Advanced safest cleanest and fastest Transportation System in the world. The Future according to Fritz Freud The Future according to Fritz Freud Welcome to another dawn My mind is trapped in a one way storm Feeling is gone withered to dust An empty body a slave of your Lust Shadows won't let me sleep today If I could have it any other way Rolling around lying on the floor If this is gone would you like some more Read full story The EU with the Euthanasia friendly executive " will give citizens the confidence to accept AI-based solutions" knowing already that this is a lie and as such betray every Citizen of the EU. AI was never designed and is definitely not deployed to help people but to control people in ways never been seen or imagined before... and the Government knows this. And by their own admission of guilt they tell us they need to lie to us to accept their lies. Europe’s Digital Decade: digital targets for 2030 Skills ICT Specialists: 20 million + gender convergence Basic Digital Skills: min 80% of population Secure and sustainable digital infrastructures Connectivity: Gigabit for everyone Cutting edge Semiconductors: double EU share in global production Data - Edge & Cloud: 10,000 climate-neutral highly secure edge nodes Computing: first computer with quantum acceleration Digital transformation of businesses Tech up-take: 75% of EU companies using Cloud, AI, or Big Data Innovators: grow scale-ups & finance to double EU Unicorns Late adopters: more than 90% of SMEs reach at least a basic level of digital intensity Digitalisation of public services Key Public Services: 100% online e-Health: 100% of citizens have access to medical records online Digital Identity: 100% of citizens have access to digital ID https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/priorities-2019-2024/europe-fit-digital-age/europes-digital-decade-digital-targets-2030_en Note: Why do they need Gigabit for everyone? Simply because they already plan for AI to control you in real time and by their action reveal their plan beyond doubt. They already tell you that all Key Government Services will be 100% online meaning they use AI. Therefore they need the Bandwidth. And they tell us that all citizens will be forced into the Digital Auschwitz ID. Additionally AI will have your complete Medical Data as given by the Government to AI. The Banks will do the same meaning AI will have all of your Data. Gender Convergence: Its Last Chapter The converging roles of men and women are among the grandest advances in society and the economy in the last century. These aspects of the grand gender convergence are figurative chapters in a history of gender roles. But what must the "last" chapter contain for there to be equality in the labor market? The answer may come as a surprise. The solution does not (necessarily) have to involve government intervention and it need not make men more responsible in the home (although that wouldn't hurt). But it must involve changes in the labor market, especially how jobs are structured and remunerated to enhance temporal flexibility. https://www.aeaweb.org/articles?id=10.1257/aer.104.4.1091 Note: Gender Convergence means Slavery for all simple. Jobs are given not to the best but to those who the Government Chooses. Transvestites Transsexuals and the Minority Report. Enhancing the use of AI throughout the Department The Department of State released its first-ever “Enterprise Artificial Intelligence Strategy FY 2024-2025: Empowering Diplomacy through Responsible A I” (EAIS) on November 9, 2023. Signed by Secretary Blinken, the EAIS establishes a centralized vision for artificial intelligence (AI) innovation, infrastructure, policy, governance, and culture by inaugurating Department-wide guidance for the responsible and ethical design, development, acquisition, and appropriate application of AI. The Department of State stands at a critical juncture where an emerging ecosystem of AI capabilities presents enormous opportunity. This opportunity can allow the Department to leverage AI to achieve breakthroughs of all kinds – in public diplomacy, language translation, management operations, information proliferation and dissemination, task automation, code generation, and others. However, this opportunity will require the Department to take steps to ensure ethical and responsible use. This includes steps to protect the security and privacy of Department data and to avert biased outcomes that pose a risk to our mission and our values. https://www.state.gov/the-department-of-state-unveils-its-first-ever-enterprise-artificial-intelligence-strategy/ Note: "Signed by Secretary Blinken, the EAIS establishes a centralized vision for artificial intelligence (AI) innovation, infrastructure, policy, governance, and culture by inaugurating Department-wide guidance for the responsible and ethical design, development, acquisition, and appropriate application of AI". What does that mean? AI Government will start being Implemented from 01.01.2024. Did I tell you? Project Omega: AI Government Project Omega: AI Government Israel the so called Democratic state... How come all they do is to support Governments everywhere to enslave Humanity as we know it? Not just any Governments but the worst Governments everywhere. Jamal Kashogi anyone? https://www.nytimes.com/2021/06/22/us/politics/khashoggi-saudi-kill-team-us-training.html Read full story Data and Digital Government Strategy The Australian Government is committed to a modern public service that puts people and business at the centre of the data and digital transformation. The Australian Government has released an initial Data and Digital Government Strategy outlining its vision to deliver simple, secure, and connected public services for all people and business through world class data and digital capabilities. The final Data and Digital Government Strategy, supported by an implementation plan outlining initiatives that will achieve progress towards the Australian Government’s vision, is expected to be released by the end of 2023. https://www.dta.gov.au/digital-government-strategy Note: The Aussies are most secretive to tell you nothing. They regurgitating the same text over several pages. However the fact that they have a " Data and Digital Government Strategy" and a " Digital Transformation Agency" that is " supported by an implementation plan" shows you two things. A) They don't want you to know B) They fear the public response C) They do not have you best interest in Mind. Global Government Agenda 2024 (Jan 23 2024) Agenda & Topics The Global Government Leaders’ Forum 2024 (Jan 23 2024) brings together heads of civil services from across the globe and senior managers from Singapore. Modernising the civil service – and how you fit in What capabilities and cultures must civil service leaders nurture within their organisations in order to meet the challenges of today’s tumultuous, fast-changing world? Working with Lord O’Donnell, former UK Cabinet Secretary and Head of the Civil Service, Global Government Forum has carried out research to develop a ‘blueprint for a modern public service’ – interviewing heads of civil services from around the world to gather their views on topics from strategy to skills, technology to trust Achieving real transformation: a modern approach to civil service productivity Over the years, civil services around the world have pursued a wide range of efficiency agendas – with mixed results. Digitally-enabled procurement reforms have often cut costs and improved outcomes, for example, but few shared services schemes have realised their potential. Outsourcing programmes have produced good savings, but sometimes weakened public sector capabilities: many governments have since reclaimed some delivery operations. Now digital technologies offer a host both of new opportunities, and of novel pitfalls. At this session, a panel of civil service experts will discuss the lessons of past efficiency drives and explore the techniques and agendas most likely to produce big savings over the coming years. An equitable path to net zero: economic transformations and just transitions In many parts of the world, people are already experiencing the effects of climate change – stoking popular support for action to cut CO2 emissions. But the task of decarbonising economies is a massive one, creating losers as well as winners: at this session, a panel of civil service leaders will explore how governments can build and maintain public support for the green transition. How to enable a green transition while tackling poverty? How can workforces and businesses in carbon-intensive industries be supported to find new forms of income? Which forms of green infrastructure investments or environmental improvements attract the most public interest and support? And how can public bodies provide clear public benefits while decarbonising their own operations? Without radical changes, humans face a grim future – but securing popular support for radical change is no easy task. Addressing today’s crises and tomorrow’s catastrophes Civil services must be able to respond rapidly and effectively to crises such as the pandemic; but this flexibility should be combined with an ability to maintain progress on longer-term goals – including the work of planning for future emergencies. It is a sad irony that, as the UK’s COVID-19 Inquiry has heard, during 2016-19 the country’s pandemic preparations were deprioritised as civil servants focused on the immediate challenge of planning for a no-deal Brexit. And ever since the pandemic, many governments’ work on huge, slow-moving challenges such as climate change and demographic issues has been slowed by a series of fresh challenges, including Ukraine and spiralling inflation. At this session, a panel of very senior leaders will consider how civil servants can both respond effectively to today’s crises, and continue the crucial work required to address longer-term threats that will otherwise generate tomorrow’s catastrophes. Speakers: Jamie Ang, Deputy Secretary, Public Service Division, Singapore Darin Duch, Under-Secretary of State, Ministry of Civil Service, Cambodia Dr Gordon de Brouwer, Public Service Commissioner, Australia Her Excellency Dr. Shaikha Rana bint Isa Al Khalifa, Director General, Institute of Public Administration, Bahrain Sir Alex Chisholm, Chief Operating Officer, Civil Service and Permanent Secretary, Cabinet Office, United Kingdom Taimar Peterkop, State Secretary, Government Office, Estonia Sau Sheong Chang, Deputy Chief Executive, Government Technology Agency, Singapore Ritin Mathur, Partner, Consulting, Ernst & Young Advisory Franz Manderson, Deputy Governor and Head of the Civil Service, Cayman Islands Keith Tan, Deputy Secretary (Industry), Ministry of Trade and Industry, Singapore Aileen Lourdes Lizada, Commissioner, Civil Service Commission, Philippines Cindy Khoo, Deputy Secretary, Strategy Group, Prime Minister’s Office, Singapore Joyce Dimech, Permanent Secretary, Ministry for the National Heritage, the Arts and Local Government, Malta https://gglf.globalgovernmentforum.com/agenda/ Note: What they tell you is simple... we roll out AI Government and you have to adhere to the System. It is interesting how these Freaks look at Covid-19 to make you understand their True Agenda. We all know that Covid-19 was a Government Biological Attack to depopulate sterilize and control the population of this planet Globally. We know (I know) that Net Zero is a scam and that the Government cares only about power how to gain more power and how to lie with statistics. And this is a proven fact because I personally campaign for over 20 years for an absolute Zero Emission Economy which is possible for well over 40 years. What they are speaking of is nothing but a modern version of Fascism 3.0. But they don' just prepare. " Civil services must be able to respond rapidly and effectively to crises". What they do now is to prepare their "Associates" aka "Civil Servants" and to give them the tools to react faster... why? Covid was a Lie... Net Zero is a Lie... In reality there is no "Crisis"... there is no need for all of this... I exposed them years ago. And I expose them now. They want to respond faster to a crisis they are making in order to give us no time to react. A quick response to a False Flag will circumvent the fact that it is a False Flag. Just like 9/11 with the Patriot Act still in place they are creating a False Flag and are preparing their minions or "Useful Idiots" so that we the people are overwhelmed and before we know what is going on we are presented with their Fascist Facts based on Lies. Once the Government has Authority it never gives it back. And in retrospect it doesn't matter which Lie was used. In Fascism only Obedience matters. And we know who the Fascists are... Klaus Schwab the WEF IMF Bill Gates Elon Musk Rothschild Rockefeller... because they are working on this plan for aeon's. Zero Emissions: How I expose the WEF / UN / EU / IEA / CA.GOV / Greens / all of them Zero Emissions: How I expose the WEF / UN / EU / IEA / CA.GOV / Greens / all of them I am Fritz Freud. My Life has been destroyed by the wanna be powers that want the complete destruction of this world. But they failed and will fail. My spirit has hardened. So I bring and will continue to do so all that they try to hide from you. There are no problems. Read full story Down the Rabbit Hole Alice sits drowsily by a riverbank, bored by the book her older sister reads to her. Out of nowhere, a White Rabbit runs past her, fretting that he will be late. The Rabbit pulls a watch out of his waistcoat pocket and runs across the field and down a hole. Alice impulsively follows the Rabbit and tumbles down the deep hole that resembles a Green new Future, promised by an Evil Wizard. This Wizard is Klaus Schwab... and he is a rapist by Nature. Klaus takes little Alice and rapes her repeatedly then chains her to a Rock and kicks her into her once beautiful face because she dares to shed a tear. The white Rabbit turns out to be a white Rabbi from New York and rapes little Alice repeatedly and kicks her into her once beautiful face because she dares to shed a tear.Alice is the Human race raped by Klaus Schwab and his Jewish Occult Liars who take pleasure in lying stealing and repeatedly raping the Human Race. Their greed is insanity... Their thirst for power is their stupidity... born out of incest. Narcissistic Megalomaniacs they are, only happy when we are sad... Problems, War Famine Trans Agenda Financial Corruption Social Destruction are their creation and now they fool the world with the Jabberwocky which is the "Green New Deal" aka Net Zero Scam. They try to scare Alice into accepting their New world Order, raping Alice repeatedly because they hate Humanity to such an extent that they are insane, driven by Bloodlust lies greed and insatiable thirst for control. They make our Life a misery because they believe they are Gods over Humanity. There are no Gods... and most certainly not any of the Jewish Occult Cockroaches that live in the shadows of humanity afraid of the light of Truth. So they invented the Jabberwocky... the monster that is Climate Change to scare people into accepting their Order over Humanity... and they failed... they are a failure... all of them. Because the light of Truth destroys the shadows of Lies in which those Cockroaches live. Child abuse rape and pedophilia comes natural to the Jews because they hate Alice so much. So much that they worship the Lie to rape Alice and kick her once beautiful face because she dares to shed a tear. Never let a good crisis go to waste Winston Churchill’s words have never been more important than today as we experience the society- and life-changing consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic. The extent and severity of the disease is a result of ignoring decades of warnings by scientists about the general deterioration of humanity’s epidemiological environment, and specific warnings about confining live, wild animals in markets. The situation was made even more lethal by ignoring the warnings from epidemiologists and disease ecologists once it became clear that an imminent pandemic most likely arose from this practice. Many countries, including the United States, are still ignoring those warnings and the required actions to lessen the impact. Accordingly, we should ask ourselves, “what else are we missing?” What other huge problems are hiding in plain sight where science could guide policy to avoid catastrophic future failures? For instance, there are two principal health threats that must be addressed immediately, and we must strike while the iron is hot. The overuse of antibiotics in agriculture will cause widespread deaths from formerly treatable bacterial diseases because of the evolution of antibiotic resistance in microbes. The evolution of resistance is well-known, predictable, and obvious — not in retrospect, but now. Just like the lack of early action made the impact of COVID-19 much worse now, not immediately addressing our other existential threats will cost us much more in the future. Politicians need to internalize Winston Churchill’s message and henceforth use the best-possible scientific evidence to enact new policies that will allow our citizens, and our civilization, to survive and prosper. https://mahb.stanford.edu/blog/never-let-a-good-crisis-go-to-waste/ Note: I became Vegetarian precisely I saw the misuse of Antibiotics and other stuff such as feeding Lifestock with Animal derivative to enable Cross contamination that causes such diseases as Food & Mouth. Regulation (EU) 2021/1372 adopted on 17 August 2021 and published on 18 August 2021 reauthorises the use of • processed animal proteins (PAP) derived from pigs and insects in poultry feed; • processed animal proteins derived from poultry and insect in pig feed; • gelatine and collagen of ruminant origin in the feed of non-ruminant farmed animals. What are Processed Animal Proteins? In the European context, Processed Animal Proteins (PAP) are legally defined as a product manufactured from category 3 animal by-products, i.e. the part of animals (bones, offals, etc.) coming from non-ruminant animals controlled as fit for human consumption at the point of slaughter. https://fefac.eu/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/21_EU_18_Q_A_lifting-feed-ban.pdf Unfortunately this is just the Tip of the Iceberg. You know the Fake Meat they pushing upon us... that Lab grown meat Klaus Schwab wants you to eat? It is grown from Human Cells. “Unfortunately, many Texans are unknowingly consuming products that either contain human fetal parts or were developed using human fetal parts,” Hall said in a statement. “While some may not be bothered by this, there are many Texans with religious or moral beliefs that would oppose consumption or use of these products.” Senate Bill 314 says any food product that contains, is manufactured with, or derived from research that uses "tissue, cells, or organs obtained from an aborted unborn child" must be "clearly and conspicuously labeled" before it can be sold. https://www.beaumontenterprise.com/news/article/Food-made-of-aborted-fetuses-needs-clear-labels-17727110.php You know they made a Cannibal out of you. Who are they? Nestle Coke Pepsi and the Jewish Cabal. And this is going on for years. Kraft, Pepsi, and Nestle Using Aborted Babies For Flavor Additives – Dr. Rich Swier https://stillnessinthestorm.com/2019/10/kraft-pepsi-and-nestle-using-aborted-babies-for-flavor-additives-dr-rich-swier/ Enjoy your Dinner... When all the Rats have vanished from the streets... you know you ate them all. And now they are preparing for an AI takeover because they fear your reaction to the truth of their atrocities against you which are going on for as long as you live. Microsoft on Tuesday will announce a slew of new cutting edge artificial intelligence tools and capabilities through its Azure OpenAI Government and Microsoft 365 Government services, including classified cloud workloads and intelligent recap of meetings, as well as generative AI tools like content generation and summarization, code generation, and semantic search using its FedRAMP-approved systems. “Government customers have signaled a strong, strong demand for the latest AI tools, especially for what we call our [Microsoft 365] co-pilot,” Candice Ling, vice president of Microsoft Federal, told FedScoop before the announcement. The tech giant’s Teams Premium service with intelligent recap of meetings is expected to roll out to government users during the spring of 2024. Intelligent recap uses AI to help users summarize meeting content and focus on key elements through AI-generated meeting notes and tasks. https://fedscoop.com/microsoft-rolls-out-generative-ai-roadmap-for-government-services/ Note: I do not trust Microsoft at all. And I am of the Conviction that the sooner we hang Bill Gates the better it is. Using AI which is an unproven Technology for Classified Information means it ain't Classified anymore. Bill Gates, Jeffry Epstein's best buddy will be given the backdoor to classified Information. And the Government sees no conflict of Interest? Or are they deliberately blind be4cause they are drunk on their own power and the promise of more power through the use of AI? The latter seems to be the case since they fail to inform the public... which is an admission of guilt. Quantum Revolution: Death Penalty for Bill Gates Quantum Revolution: Death Penalty for Bill Gates TRUTH Their plan has failed, withered failed and Imploded. They scramble like a mad dog trying to hold on to power they never had, power they acquired by cheating lying and criminal activities beyond Imagination. And they will not stop lying because in their opinion we are the problem because we refuse to die. Read full story Australian government tables Digital ID Bill to expand service The Australian federal government is a step closer to creating a national digital identity system after introducing fresh legislation to the country’s senate on 30 November. A key function of the bill is to support an accreditation scheme for private sector digital ID service providers, and to help grow the system into Australian states and territories. The news follows the government’s announcement in March that various cross-state jurisdictions had agreed a “nationally coordinated approach” to digital ID credentials in a bid to reform the country’s fragmented digital ID ecosystem. The government said the newly-introduced Digital ID Bill put in place a “legislative framework to create an economy-wide digital ID system in Australia” and that digital ID was “a critical capability and… one of the ways the government is keeping Australians safe and responding to the increase in third party data breaches”. https://www.globalgovernmentforum.com/australian-government-tables-digital-id-bill-to-expand-service/ Note: This is from the Global Government Forum. This is where the Governments work together to pave the way for a Global Government. AI and the Digital ID / Auschwitz ID is central to their plan for Global Fascism. It is Kissinger's New World Order... plain and simple. And they are rolling out this Digital ID everywhere now from Malaysia to the EU to the USA to Argentina... everywhere where a Jew or WEF Associate is in Power. And the Digital ID was first invented in the Concentration Camps of the Nazis... made by IBM then and IBM now. IBM and the Holocaust 2024 What is the IBM Digital Health Pass? IBM® Digital Health Pass is designed to help businesses efficiently verify multiple types of COVID-19 health credentials for employees, customers, fans and travelers entering their site based on their own criteria. COVID-19, Digital Health Pass offers an end-to-end vaccination and COVID-19 test verification solution that is compliant with employee privacy and trust. The Digital Health Pass can help you check people’s COVID-19 health credentials before they enter your facility. The technology allows businesses to establish their entry criteria for test results or vaccination status and to verify many types of widely used health credentials. This exact Technology is nothing but a modern Version of the technology used in the Concentration Camps of Auschwitz. This Technology was invented by Herman Hollerith of IBM as an Identification based Database for the NAZIS to categorize Prisoners in Auschwitz. The Tattoo then is the Digital ID / Tattoo / chip linked to a Database of everything. The principle Technology is Identical. This must get out to the people it is a Scandal. Are we all Prisoners of Auschwitz? If you ask IBM... the answer is Yes! What is more... There is no limit for this Technology. This technology applied is the same as the IBM numbers in Auschwitz. This technology applied is the same as the chain around the slaves. This technology applied is the same as a brand mark on a cattle. This technology applied allows total control over all people with no limitation whatsoever. This technology can and will be used for the following: Facial Recognition Financial Status Travel Tracking Political affiliation Political Opposition Tracking Political Viewpoints Human Tracking Physical Location Tracking Time stamp Tracking Association Tracking Group Tracking Sleep patterns Consumption patterns Social affiliation Social patterns Voting patterns Thought control Mind Control +++ What is more this Data then can be manipulated in any way the Government wants. It makes us all prisoners to those who control this Technology. It is a clear Violation of all Human Rights. It is a Holocaust Technology designed to control all of Humanity. https://www.petitions.net/i_oppose_the_digital_id__auschwitz_id_and_all_those_who_support_it Meet the Freaks who control you TEOC - The Emergency Operations Center for Gov. Josh Leporati: https://www.linkedin.com/in/josh-l-3b1916146/ Jay Leask: https://twitter.com/jayleask Rima Reyes: https://twitter.com/rimazima Sarah Gilbert: https://twitter.com/SingingTech Jeremy Wood: https://twitter.com/geekwithin Sarah Gilbert is the fat Bitch right bottom corner... she particularly speaks of "Her Kingdom" which just shows you how insane these neo Fascists are. But she is in charge of Microsoft Co Pilot... and the Government uses it for Classified Documents. You know.. that stuff the Government hides from you such as how many times Bill Gates / Bill Clinton raped underage sex slaves on Epstein Island or how the Jews control the Government... Centralize Incident Response Management with the Teams Emergency Operations Center (TEOC) With incidents occurring at any time, emergency response teams need to stay on top of their game to ensure they respond quickly and effectively To address this issue, Microsoft launched the Teams Emergency Operations Center, or TEOC, as a centralized open-source incident response platform where emergency response teams can create and respond to incidents and standardize their incident response management. https://www.avepoint.com/blog/public-sector/microsoft-teams-teoc Note: Isn't it nice from Microsoft to care so much about you? Let me rephrase that... Fuck Microsoft and fuck the Government. They are insane Fascists that prepare for an incident response to an incident they create. The next Pandemic. The next war. They make Hitler look like Jesus which is half true because they both were Jews. They sell you the cancer as the cure to the fake news that they made up. Because they are Nazis and want to enslave you all. Look at them Freaks. Fat Stupid Homosexual Nazi Fascist Jews. And they tell you already that AI will be your new Religion. AI will become the Machine Learning God A true entity feeding on the Input of Humanity designed to enslave all of Humanity. AI the Machine Learning God AI the Machine Learning God AI. What do you know about that? Nothing I would suggest. Most people do not even understand Computers least of all themselves. So if you do not understand your own Intelligence how would you understand AI? You would and could not... Impossible. Most people live the easy way out... they do what they been told in order to live the way of least resistance. Read full story The Terrorists are the Jews the WEF who assume power over Governments. Hear Klaus Schwab at the "World Government Summit" speaking like a True Terrorist he is. I want him Dead... Klaus Schwab is Satan incarnate and wherever he is... someone please shoot him. He deserves to be assassinated today... the sooner the better. Oh and Donald Trump... he ain't your savior. Nor is Jesus for that matter. Trump at Davos... he is one of them So what will happen in 2024? From Jan 1st on the Governments all over the world will start implementing AI into Government Systems. This will Gradually Increase until the point of no return is reached. Meanwhile they will force you to be Issued with a Digital Auschwitz ID. And if you accept this you be trapped. They will try to inject you with Neural Lace BCI using a fake vaxx containing it. Meanwhile every Computer Chip has now tensor nodes which means every item on sale such as IP cameras Phones Baby Monitors... all of them will connect to AI before the Operation system and act as a Neural Node. This will add to the capabilities of AI which will lead to the Singularity they are speaking of. Basically AI will become a sentient autonomous artificial being living inside the circuit of Electronics the Internet Computers which feeds on Information it gathers from the entire Human Race. Quantum Fascism: A Glitch in the Matrix Quantum Fascism: A Glitch in the Matrix A WARNING TO THE WORLD EVERY COMPUTER CHIP MANUFACTURER IS BUILDING AI INTO MICROCHIPS EVERY new #ARM chips support FP16 which is AI framework. This follows the same AI Framework Nvidia Intel AMD +++ Israel Unit 8200 and NVIDIA are building an AI supercomputer and you get this Read full story The Government then stages a Cyber attack event which will collapse the entire Global financial Market. This Cyber attack however is AI unleashed by the Government. And if you think you seen this film before... Terminator 3... Skynet... it will be exactly like that. STARLINK is Skynet. Starlink & the Technomages Starlink & the Technomages Technomage The Technomages are a group of sentient beings from the fictional Babylon 5 universe. The technomages shown in the television series are primarily human, but in the "Technomage Trilogy" books, apprentices and mages of other races including Centauri are named. Read full story The Government then will use this excuse to officially roll out AI in order to combat this threat of their making. Once this is in place they will start using Robots in the Police force. These Robots will be made by Tesla in the Gigafactories which are designed to do just that. Optimus Maximus... preparing for the AI War Optimus Maximus... preparing for the AI War They don't stop do they? Whatever we do... they simply won't stop. As I am writing now for years that they are building as we speak an Infrastructure for the coming AI war... a war which is planned in the Lodges of the Freemasons and advances further with AI which by the way is a weapon against Humanity with every Microchip now available connecting to AI … Read full story This all will be done gradually but so quick you will be given no time to adjust or respond. After May the WHO will call a Global Health crisis and forcedly mandate vaxxines which are laced with Neural Lace BCI. And according to the Global Pandemic Treaty the WHO will take over Quantum Fascism: Restrict Act & Global Pandemic Treaty Quantum Fascism: Restrict Act & Global Pandemic Treaty The Government exists only to gain power. The Government serves only itself and to extent this power. The Government NEVER gives up this power. When the Government claims to give up power... as it does with the Global Pandemic Treaty... we all should be aware that it is in reality a power grab by the Government. Read full story A World Government may or may not be announced but Nations have no say no more and Individual Rights are abolished. Humanity will cease to exist. I may be off with the Timeline or some minor details but I am most certain that this is what they do. All their preparations indicates exactly these actions because they are preparing for it... for a long time. We have a group of people that not only control the money but through this they control the media politics and I mean both sides everywhere Military and Secret service. They are the WEF IMF Bilderberg CFR Club of Rome and associates. All actions represented in their controlled media is created by them to influence your behavior to the outcome of their wanting. They are Globalist Terrorists who want to control all of Humanity. All actions by all controlled politics are just the same... Behavioral Modification Science. What they represent is Nazis on steroids. They have the absolute believe they are the Master race and they can do whatever they want. But they are few we are many and it's time to show them their place... on the Guillotine. Time is running out quickly for Humanity. A Month of Revenge (Blueprint for a Revolution) A Month of Revenge (Blueprint for a Revolution) We have a problem. The problem is the following: We have a group of people that not only control the money but through this they control the media politics and I mean both sides everywhere Military and Secret service. They are the WEF IMF Bilderberg CFR Club of Rome and associates. Read full story Dissolve the Government... everywhere. Without us standing up and a Revolution which results in Public Hanging of Trudeau all WEF Members and Associates and a complete rip up of all current Laws there will be no change. Every Associate of the WEF must hang... publicly. Heads must roll from the Top. The Basis of the new Law must be Individual rights decentralization of power free education and education the right way (ZEN) to ensure the highest Quality of outcome in every sector. I am a lifelong Learner. And lifelong Learning is the key. Religion must be abolished as it is a lie. Truth must be the highest currency of all. The lies they feed us I expose by the fact that the EU by its own admission is a Dictatorship dressed as democracy Every Law they put in is Illegal. Every Country connected to the WEF acts on Treason beneficial to the WEF and their Masters. Hang them. Ursula von der Leyen: A Female Adolf worse than Hitler Ursula von der Leyen: A Female Adolf worse than Hitler Let me get this straight: Ursula von der Leyen is a failure... a walking Abortion. She is not the only one... Pedo Joe Biden comes to Mind and Javier Milei Boris Johnson Richy Sunak Emanuel Macron. But Ursula von der Leyen is certainly the worst excuse of a Fascist Tampon that should never have been conceived in the first place. Read full story I know that Tessa fights Robots here on Substack... I don't think she remotely acknowledges the extent of the danger that Humanity faces... Especially since she called me Anti-Semitic... like so many of my fellow Hoodwinked Influencer "colleagues" who protect the Fascists because they are Jewish. It is a tragedy in the Making... a Global Genocide... Quantum Holocaust. And if you ignore the evidence I present so be it. Ignore me and ignore it at your own peril... because if you do you better be gone you are a waste of space and fresh air. The Future belongs to those who dare to stand up against Oppression... against the Government and against the Globalist Fascists... against the Jews against the Zionists. Evil has many faces and always pretends to be Innocent and pretends to be the Victim. If you are still fooled by them... good riddance. Zen Anarchy & Freedom Zen Anarchy & Freedom Thanks for reading Fritz’s Freud! Subscribe for free to receive new posts and support my work. Eleanor Rigby Picks up the rice in the church where a wedding has been Lives in a dream Waits at the window Wearing the face that she keeps in a jar by the door Read full story The enemy of my enemy is my Friend! The Flaming Lips - Yoshimi Battles the Pink Robots Godspeed Fritz Freud Share Buy me a Coffee https://substack.com/home/post/p-140006228 https://donshafi911iamthefaceoftruth.blogspot.com/2024/08/ai-cyber-attack-2024-how-it-will-unfold.html
    Angry
    1
    0 Comments 1 Shares 31834 Views
  • Israelis Say It’s Okay to Rape Palestinian Prisoners

    The Israeli lawmaker from the ruling Likud party, Hanoch Milwidsky, said that “everything is legitimate” when asked whether it was justified to rape Palestinian prisoners. “To insert a stick in a person’s rectum, is that legitimate?” asked Ahmad Tibi, a Palestinian lawmaker…. “Yes! If he is a Nukhba everything is legitimate to do to him,” screamed Milwidsky back. —Maktoob Media

    Israel has crossed all lines of barbarism and savagery. This a new level of depravity. —Abdi, Twitter

    On Monday, Israeli extremists broke into an IDF military base in Beit Lid to protest the detention of nine Israeli reservists who allegedly tortured and sodomized a Palestinian prisoner in their custody. The chaotic disturbance within the building was captured on video and widely circulated on Twitter. (See here) The mob was enraged by the fact that military personnel could be held accountable for the brutal and inhuman treatment of Palestinian detainees. They believe that any punishment meted out to Palestinian prisoners –however cruel and barbaric– is both warranted and justifiable. As numerous people have noted on social media, the protestors were essentially defending the right of the reservists to rape Palestinian prisoners. That is the only conclusion one can draw from their behavior.


    Here is the short video of the extraordinary exchange between MK Ahmad Tibi and Likud Member of the Knesset Hanoch Milwidsky who candidly states that pushing a stick up a prisoner’s rectum is acceptable treatment that should not prompt investigation, prosecution or punishment. (Video)


    So, according to Milwidsky, Israeli reservists should not be required to comply with basic human rights laws that prohibit the inflicting of cruel and inhuman treatment on prisoners in their care. We wonder what Milwidsky’s reaction would be if Hamas adopted that same policy and applied it to the Israeli hostages it captured on October 7? Is he willing to accept that “Sauce for the goose, is sauce for the gander” or does he think there should be a special legal “carve-out” for those prisoners that Israel arbitrarily labels as “terrorists”, a term that is loosely applied to all two million native Palestinians presently living in Gaza? This is from a post at Antiwar.com:

    On Monday, Israeli military police detained Israeli soldiers who were suspected of raping a Palestinian prisoner at the notorious Sde Teiman prison in southern Israel. Israeli media reported that the Palestinian prisoner was transferred from Sde Teiman to a hospital with an injury to his anus that was so severe he could not walk.

    When the Israeli military police went to Sde Teiman to detain soldiers suspected of forcibly sodomizing the Palestinian man, they were met with resistance…. The arrest of the suspected rapists sparked protests from far-right Israeli activists. Members of the Israeli Knesset joined protesters as they stormed Sde Teiman…. Later in the day, protesters stormed Beit Lid, the base where the Israeli soldiers are being held.

    Israeli Minister of National Security Itamar Ben Gvir, leader of the Jewish Power party, praised the detained Israeli soldiers, calling them the “best heroes” and denouncing their arrest as “shameful.”…

    Israeli whistleblowers have detailed widespread abuse and torture at the Sde Teiman prison, which holds Palestinians detained from Gaza. The New York Times reported last month that Palestinians who made it out of the facility said they were subject to sexual torture.

    Younis al-Hamlawi, a senior nurse who was detained by Israeli forces in Gaza after he left Al-Shifa Hospital over allegations that he was tied to Hamas, told the Times that Israeli soldiers penetrated his rectum with a metal stick, causing him to bleed and leaving him in “unbearable pain.”

    The Times report said a leaked report from the UN “cited a 41-year-old detainee who said that interrogators ‘made me sit on something like a hot metal stick and it felt like fire,’ and also said that another detainee ‘died after they put the electric stick up’ his anus. Israeli Police Detain Soldiers Suspected of Raping a Palestinian, Sparking Protests, antiwar.com

    The reason this story is now appearing in headlines (instead of buried in the back pages of the newspaper), has nothing to do with Israel’s long-documented history of prisoner abuse. No, because this story isn’t really about prisoner abuse. It’s about the bitter struggle between Israeli Jews over the soul of their country. Regrettably, the fanatics and miscreants appear to be winning that battle. This is how the editors at Middle East Observer summed it up:


    It’s not all bad news though. The riots at Beit Lid have turned out to be a powerful wake-up call for a few open-minded Zionists who now understand that they have been intentionally misled by their leaders, their media and even their closest friends. Check out this heartfelt statement by Schaiel Ben-Ephraim:


    Maybe there is hope for humanity after all. Thanks, Schaiel.

    Notes and videos:

    Fanatics gather at Beit Lid


    Crowd chants “Death to (Palestinian) terrorists”


    Israeli police force arrives at scene


    Extremists try to break into military base where rapists are held


    Barbarians at the gates


    Soldiers unable to beat-back the fanatics


    Lawyer Khaled Mahajneh, after meeting Palestinian prisoners in the Ofer concentration camp, reported that “israeli” guards tortured a Palestinian prisoner by inserting a fire extinguisher pipe into his rectum and activating it, in front of all the other prisoners. (Unbelievable)


    *

    Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

    Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

    This article was originally published on The Unz Review.

    Michael Whitney is a renowned geopolitical and social analyst based in Washington State. He initiated his career as an independent citizen-journalist in 2002 with a commitment to honest journalism, social justice and World peace.

    He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).

    Featured image: Hanoch Milwidsky (Source: TUR)

    https://www.globalresearch.ca/israelis-okay-rape-palestinian-prisoners/5864238


    https://donshafi911iamthefaceoftruth.blogspot.com/2024/08/israelis-say-its-okay-to-rape.html
    Israelis Say It’s Okay to Rape Palestinian Prisoners The Israeli lawmaker from the ruling Likud party, Hanoch Milwidsky, said that “everything is legitimate” when asked whether it was justified to rape Palestinian prisoners. “To insert a stick in a person’s rectum, is that legitimate?” asked Ahmad Tibi, a Palestinian lawmaker…. “Yes! If he is a Nukhba everything is legitimate to do to him,” screamed Milwidsky back. —Maktoob Media Israel has crossed all lines of barbarism and savagery. This a new level of depravity. —Abdi, Twitter On Monday, Israeli extremists broke into an IDF military base in Beit Lid to protest the detention of nine Israeli reservists who allegedly tortured and sodomized a Palestinian prisoner in their custody. The chaotic disturbance within the building was captured on video and widely circulated on Twitter. (See here) The mob was enraged by the fact that military personnel could be held accountable for the brutal and inhuman treatment of Palestinian detainees. They believe that any punishment meted out to Palestinian prisoners –however cruel and barbaric– is both warranted and justifiable. As numerous people have noted on social media, the protestors were essentially defending the right of the reservists to rape Palestinian prisoners. That is the only conclusion one can draw from their behavior. Here is the short video of the extraordinary exchange between MK Ahmad Tibi and Likud Member of the Knesset Hanoch Milwidsky who candidly states that pushing a stick up a prisoner’s rectum is acceptable treatment that should not prompt investigation, prosecution or punishment. (Video) So, according to Milwidsky, Israeli reservists should not be required to comply with basic human rights laws that prohibit the inflicting of cruel and inhuman treatment on prisoners in their care. We wonder what Milwidsky’s reaction would be if Hamas adopted that same policy and applied it to the Israeli hostages it captured on October 7? Is he willing to accept that “Sauce for the goose, is sauce for the gander” or does he think there should be a special legal “carve-out” for those prisoners that Israel arbitrarily labels as “terrorists”, a term that is loosely applied to all two million native Palestinians presently living in Gaza? This is from a post at Antiwar.com: On Monday, Israeli military police detained Israeli soldiers who were suspected of raping a Palestinian prisoner at the notorious Sde Teiman prison in southern Israel. Israeli media reported that the Palestinian prisoner was transferred from Sde Teiman to a hospital with an injury to his anus that was so severe he could not walk. When the Israeli military police went to Sde Teiman to detain soldiers suspected of forcibly sodomizing the Palestinian man, they were met with resistance…. The arrest of the suspected rapists sparked protests from far-right Israeli activists. Members of the Israeli Knesset joined protesters as they stormed Sde Teiman…. Later in the day, protesters stormed Beit Lid, the base where the Israeli soldiers are being held. Israeli Minister of National Security Itamar Ben Gvir, leader of the Jewish Power party, praised the detained Israeli soldiers, calling them the “best heroes” and denouncing their arrest as “shameful.”… Israeli whistleblowers have detailed widespread abuse and torture at the Sde Teiman prison, which holds Palestinians detained from Gaza. The New York Times reported last month that Palestinians who made it out of the facility said they were subject to sexual torture. Younis al-Hamlawi, a senior nurse who was detained by Israeli forces in Gaza after he left Al-Shifa Hospital over allegations that he was tied to Hamas, told the Times that Israeli soldiers penetrated his rectum with a metal stick, causing him to bleed and leaving him in “unbearable pain.” The Times report said a leaked report from the UN “cited a 41-year-old detainee who said that interrogators ‘made me sit on something like a hot metal stick and it felt like fire,’ and also said that another detainee ‘died after they put the electric stick up’ his anus. Israeli Police Detain Soldiers Suspected of Raping a Palestinian, Sparking Protests, antiwar.com The reason this story is now appearing in headlines (instead of buried in the back pages of the newspaper), has nothing to do with Israel’s long-documented history of prisoner abuse. No, because this story isn’t really about prisoner abuse. It’s about the bitter struggle between Israeli Jews over the soul of their country. Regrettably, the fanatics and miscreants appear to be winning that battle. This is how the editors at Middle East Observer summed it up: It’s not all bad news though. The riots at Beit Lid have turned out to be a powerful wake-up call for a few open-minded Zionists who now understand that they have been intentionally misled by their leaders, their media and even their closest friends. Check out this heartfelt statement by Schaiel Ben-Ephraim: Maybe there is hope for humanity after all. Thanks, Schaiel. Notes and videos: Fanatics gather at Beit Lid Crowd chants “Death to (Palestinian) terrorists” Israeli police force arrives at scene Extremists try to break into military base where rapists are held Barbarians at the gates Soldiers unable to beat-back the fanatics Lawyer Khaled Mahajneh, after meeting Palestinian prisoners in the Ofer concentration camp, reported that “israeli” guards tortured a Palestinian prisoner by inserting a fire extinguisher pipe into his rectum and activating it, in front of all the other prisoners. (Unbelievable) * Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles. Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research This article was originally published on The Unz Review. Michael Whitney is a renowned geopolitical and social analyst based in Washington State. He initiated his career as an independent citizen-journalist in 2002 with a commitment to honest journalism, social justice and World peace. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). Featured image: Hanoch Milwidsky (Source: TUR) https://www.globalresearch.ca/israelis-okay-rape-palestinian-prisoners/5864238 https://donshafi911iamthefaceoftruth.blogspot.com/2024/08/israelis-say-its-okay-to-rape.html
    WWW.GLOBALRESEARCH.CA
    Israelis Say It's Okay to Rape Palestinian Prisoners
    Israeli extremists broke into IDF base in Beit Lid to protest the detention of nine Israeli reservists who allegedly tortured a Palestinian prisoner
    Angry
    1
    0 Comments 0 Shares 4984 Views
  • Breaking: Our largest study of its kind "Spatiotemporal variation of excess all-cause mortality in the world during the Covid period regarding socio economic factors and medical interventions"
    The major causes of death globally stemmed from public health establishment’s response, including mandates and lockdowns that caused severe stress, harmful medical interventions and the vaccines

    Denis Rancourt
    By Denis Rancourt, PhD, Joseph Hickey, PhD, and Prof. Christian Linard, PhD

    I (DR) have been so busy that I have not substacked much. This is why…

    On 19 July 2024 we published our research group's latest (of many) and massive report about excess mortality in the world during the Covid period. It is 521 pages, 40K words, >600 panels of figures, top analysis, deep insights, overall understanding...

    HERE IT IS: https://correlation-canada.org/covid-excess-mortality-125-countries/


    It has a 4-page Summary, a 2-paragraph Conclusion, and a detailed Table of Contents. Please take a look at the original post and support our independent research if you can, one way or another.

    We thanks CHD and PhD-scientist journalist Brenda Baletti for providing expert media coverage. Their first item is here at The Defender: https://childrenshealthdefense.org/defender/excess-death-covid-public-health-measures/


    Also, Joel Smalley made a nice selection from our text as a descriptive summary with his selected highlights, so to save time I will simply use it here:

    COVID-19 Excess Mortality Study

    A study by conducted by researchers from the Canadian nonprofit Correlation Research in the Public Interest and the University of Quebec at Trois-Rivières, led by Denis Rancourt, released on July 19, 2024, analyzed excess mortality in 125 countries during the COVID-19 pandemic.

    Paper Summary

    The spatiotemporal variations in national excess all-cause mortality rates allow us to conclude that the Covid-period (2020-2023) excess all-cause mortality in the world is incompatible with a pandemic viral respiratory disease as a primary cause of death. This hypothesis, although believed to be supported by testing campaigns, should be abandoned.

    […]

    We describe plausible mechanisms and argue that the three primary causes of death associated with the excess all-cause mortality during (and after) the Covid period are:

    Biological (including psychological) stress from mandates such as lockdowns and associated socio-economic structural changes

    Non-COVID-19-vaccine medical interventions such as mechanical ventilators and drugs (including denial of treatment with antibiotics)

    COVID-19 vaccine injection rollouts, including repeated rollouts on the same populations.

    We studied all-cause mortality in 125 countries with available all-cause mortality data by time (week or month), starting several years prior to the declared pandemic, and for up 2 to and more than three years of the Covid period (2020-2023).

    The studied countries are on six continents and comprise approximately 35 % of the global population (2.70 billion of 7.76 billion, in 2019). The overall excess all-cause mortality rate in the 93 countries with sufficient data in the 3-year period 2020-2022 is 0.392 ± 0.002 % of 2021 population, which is comparable to the historic rate of approximately 0.97 % of population over the course of the 1918“Spanish Flu” pandemic.

    By comparison, India (which is not included in the present study) had an April-July 2021 peak in excess all-cause mortality of 3.7 million deaths for its 2021 population of approximately 1.41 billion, which corresponds to an excess death rate of 0.26 % for 2021 alone (Rancourt, 2022).

    Our calculated excess mortality rate (0.392 ± 0.002 %) corresponds to 30.9 ± 0.2 million excess deaths projected to have occurred globally for the 3-year period 2020-2022, from all causes of excess mortality during this period.

    We also calculate the population-wide risk of death per injection (vDFR) by dose number (1st dose, 2nd dose, boosters) (actually, by time period), and by age (in a subset of European countries). Using the median value of all-ages vDFR for 2021-2022 for the 78 countries with sufficient data gives an estimated projected global all-ages excess mortality associated with the COVID-19 vaccine rollouts up to 30 December 2022: 16.9 million COVID-19-vaccine-associated deaths.

    Large differences in excess all-cause mortality rate (by population) and in age-and health-status-adjusted (P-score) mortality are incompatible with a viral pandemic spread hypothesis and are strongly associated with the combination (product) of share of population that is elderly (60+ years) and share of population living in poverty. There are large North-South (Canada-USA-Mexico) differences in North America, and large East-West differences in Europe, which are due to large national jurisdictional differences, or discontinuities in socio-economic and institutional conditions.

    Such systematic differences in mortality and underlying structure are captured by hierarchical cluster analysis using a panel of (yearly) time series, including to some extent the likelihood of persistent excess all-cause mortality into 2023. Excluding borderline cases, 28 countries (of 79 countries with sufficient data, 35% of countries) have a high statistical certainty of persistent and significant excess all-cause mortality into 2023, compared to the extrapolated pre-Covid historic trend, excluding excess all-cause mortality from peak residuals extending out from 2022, and excluding accidentally large values: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, Denmark, Ecuador, Egypt, Finland, Germany, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, Lithuania, Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Puerto Rico, Qatar, Singapore, South Korea, Spain, Sweden, Taiwan, Thailand, United Kingdom, and USA. More research is needed to elucidate this phenomenon.

    The spatiotemporal variations in national excess all-cause mortality rates allow us to conclude that the Covid-period (2020-2023) excess all-cause mortality in the world is incompatible with a pandemic viral respiratory disease as a primary cause of death.

    This hypothesis, although believed to be supported by testing campaigns, should be abandoned. Inconsistencies that disprove the hypothesis of a viral respiratory pandemic to explain excess all-cause mortality during the Covid period are seen on a global scale and include the following.

    Near-synchronicity of onset, across several continents, of surges in excess mortality occurring immediately when a pandemic is declared by the WHO (11 March 2020), and never prior to pandemic announcement in any country

    Excessively large country-to-country heterogeneity of the age-and-health-status adjusted (P-score) mortality during the Covid period, including across shared borders between adjacent countries, and including in all time periods down to half years

    Highly time variable age-and-health-status-adjusted (P-score) mortality in individual countries during and after the Covid period, including more-than-yearlong periods of zero excess mortality, long-duration plateaus or regimes of high excess mortality, single peaks versus many recurring peaks, and persistent high excess mortality after a pandemic is declared to have ended (5 May 2023)

    Strong correlations (all-country scatter plots) between excess all-cause mortality rates and socio-economic factors (esp. measures of poverty) change with time (by year and half year) during the Covid period, between diametrically opposite values (near-zero, large and positive, large and negative) of the Pearson correlation coefficient (e.g., Figure 29, first half of 2020 to first half of 2023)

    One might tentatively add:

    No evidence of the large vaccine rollouts ever being associated with reductions in excess all-cause mortality, in any country (and see Rancourt and Hickey, 2023)

    Exponential increases with age in excess all-cause mortality rate (by population), consistent with age-dominant frailty rather than infection in the limit of high virulence

    We describe plausible mechanisms and argue that the three primary causes of death associated with the excess all-cause mortality during (and after) the Covid period are:

    (1) Biological (including psychological) stress from mandates such as lockdowns and associated socio-economic structural changes

    (2) Non-COVID-19-vaccine medical interventions such as mechanical ventilators and drugs (including denial of treatment with antibiotics)

    (3) COVID-19 vaccine injection rollouts, including repeated rollouts on the same populations

    In all cases ― for all three identified primary causes of death ― a proximal or clinical cause of death associated (such as on death certificates) with the quantified excess all-cause mortality is respiratory condition or infection. Therefore, we distinguish (and define) true primary causes of death from the pervasive and accompanying proximal or clinical cause of death as respiratory.

    We understand the Covid-period mortality catastrophe to be precisely what happens when governments cause global disruptions and assaults against populations.

    We emphasize the importance of biological stress from sudden and profound structural societal changes and of medical assaults (including denial of treatment for bacterial pneumonias, repeated vaccine injections, etc.).

    We estimate that such a campaign of disruptions and assaults in a modern world will produce a global all-ages mortality rate of >0.1% of population per year, as was also the case in the 1918 mortality catastrophe.


    https://denisrancourt.substack.com/p/breaking-our-largest-study-of-its?utm_medium=web&triedRedirect=true
    Breaking: Our largest study of its kind "Spatiotemporal variation of excess all-cause mortality in the world during the Covid period regarding socio economic factors and medical interventions" The major causes of death globally stemmed from public health establishment’s response, including mandates and lockdowns that caused severe stress, harmful medical interventions and the vaccines Denis Rancourt By Denis Rancourt, PhD, Joseph Hickey, PhD, and Prof. Christian Linard, PhD I (DR) have been so busy that I have not substacked much. This is why… On 19 July 2024 we published our research group's latest (of many) and massive report about excess mortality in the world during the Covid period. It is 521 pages, 40K words, >600 panels of figures, top analysis, deep insights, overall understanding... HERE IT IS: https://correlation-canada.org/covid-excess-mortality-125-countries/ It has a 4-page Summary, a 2-paragraph Conclusion, and a detailed Table of Contents. Please take a look at the original post and support our independent research if you can, one way or another. We thanks CHD and PhD-scientist journalist Brenda Baletti for providing expert media coverage. Their first item is here at The Defender: https://childrenshealthdefense.org/defender/excess-death-covid-public-health-measures/ Also, Joel Smalley made a nice selection from our text as a descriptive summary with his selected highlights, so to save time I will simply use it here: COVID-19 Excess Mortality Study A study by conducted by researchers from the Canadian nonprofit Correlation Research in the Public Interest and the University of Quebec at Trois-Rivières, led by Denis Rancourt, released on July 19, 2024, analyzed excess mortality in 125 countries during the COVID-19 pandemic. Paper Summary The spatiotemporal variations in national excess all-cause mortality rates allow us to conclude that the Covid-period (2020-2023) excess all-cause mortality in the world is incompatible with a pandemic viral respiratory disease as a primary cause of death. This hypothesis, although believed to be supported by testing campaigns, should be abandoned. […] We describe plausible mechanisms and argue that the three primary causes of death associated with the excess all-cause mortality during (and after) the Covid period are: Biological (including psychological) stress from mandates such as lockdowns and associated socio-economic structural changes Non-COVID-19-vaccine medical interventions such as mechanical ventilators and drugs (including denial of treatment with antibiotics) COVID-19 vaccine injection rollouts, including repeated rollouts on the same populations. We studied all-cause mortality in 125 countries with available all-cause mortality data by time (week or month), starting several years prior to the declared pandemic, and for up 2 to and more than three years of the Covid period (2020-2023). The studied countries are on six continents and comprise approximately 35 % of the global population (2.70 billion of 7.76 billion, in 2019). The overall excess all-cause mortality rate in the 93 countries with sufficient data in the 3-year period 2020-2022 is 0.392 ± 0.002 % of 2021 population, which is comparable to the historic rate of approximately 0.97 % of population over the course of the 1918“Spanish Flu” pandemic. By comparison, India (which is not included in the present study) had an April-July 2021 peak in excess all-cause mortality of 3.7 million deaths for its 2021 population of approximately 1.41 billion, which corresponds to an excess death rate of 0.26 % for 2021 alone (Rancourt, 2022). Our calculated excess mortality rate (0.392 ± 0.002 %) corresponds to 30.9 ± 0.2 million excess deaths projected to have occurred globally for the 3-year period 2020-2022, from all causes of excess mortality during this period. We also calculate the population-wide risk of death per injection (vDFR) by dose number (1st dose, 2nd dose, boosters) (actually, by time period), and by age (in a subset of European countries). Using the median value of all-ages vDFR for 2021-2022 for the 78 countries with sufficient data gives an estimated projected global all-ages excess mortality associated with the COVID-19 vaccine rollouts up to 30 December 2022: 16.9 million COVID-19-vaccine-associated deaths. Large differences in excess all-cause mortality rate (by population) and in age-and health-status-adjusted (P-score) mortality are incompatible with a viral pandemic spread hypothesis and are strongly associated with the combination (product) of share of population that is elderly (60+ years) and share of population living in poverty. There are large North-South (Canada-USA-Mexico) differences in North America, and large East-West differences in Europe, which are due to large national jurisdictional differences, or discontinuities in socio-economic and institutional conditions. Such systematic differences in mortality and underlying structure are captured by hierarchical cluster analysis using a panel of (yearly) time series, including to some extent the likelihood of persistent excess all-cause mortality into 2023. Excluding borderline cases, 28 countries (of 79 countries with sufficient data, 35% of countries) have a high statistical certainty of persistent and significant excess all-cause mortality into 2023, compared to the extrapolated pre-Covid historic trend, excluding excess all-cause mortality from peak residuals extending out from 2022, and excluding accidentally large values: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, Denmark, Ecuador, Egypt, Finland, Germany, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, Lithuania, Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Puerto Rico, Qatar, Singapore, South Korea, Spain, Sweden, Taiwan, Thailand, United Kingdom, and USA. More research is needed to elucidate this phenomenon. The spatiotemporal variations in national excess all-cause mortality rates allow us to conclude that the Covid-period (2020-2023) excess all-cause mortality in the world is incompatible with a pandemic viral respiratory disease as a primary cause of death. This hypothesis, although believed to be supported by testing campaigns, should be abandoned. Inconsistencies that disprove the hypothesis of a viral respiratory pandemic to explain excess all-cause mortality during the Covid period are seen on a global scale and include the following. Near-synchronicity of onset, across several continents, of surges in excess mortality occurring immediately when a pandemic is declared by the WHO (11 March 2020), and never prior to pandemic announcement in any country Excessively large country-to-country heterogeneity of the age-and-health-status adjusted (P-score) mortality during the Covid period, including across shared borders between adjacent countries, and including in all time periods down to half years Highly time variable age-and-health-status-adjusted (P-score) mortality in individual countries during and after the Covid period, including more-than-yearlong periods of zero excess mortality, long-duration plateaus or regimes of high excess mortality, single peaks versus many recurring peaks, and persistent high excess mortality after a pandemic is declared to have ended (5 May 2023) Strong correlations (all-country scatter plots) between excess all-cause mortality rates and socio-economic factors (esp. measures of poverty) change with time (by year and half year) during the Covid period, between diametrically opposite values (near-zero, large and positive, large and negative) of the Pearson correlation coefficient (e.g., Figure 29, first half of 2020 to first half of 2023) One might tentatively add: No evidence of the large vaccine rollouts ever being associated with reductions in excess all-cause mortality, in any country (and see Rancourt and Hickey, 2023) Exponential increases with age in excess all-cause mortality rate (by population), consistent with age-dominant frailty rather than infection in the limit of high virulence We describe plausible mechanisms and argue that the three primary causes of death associated with the excess all-cause mortality during (and after) the Covid period are: (1) Biological (including psychological) stress from mandates such as lockdowns and associated socio-economic structural changes (2) Non-COVID-19-vaccine medical interventions such as mechanical ventilators and drugs (including denial of treatment with antibiotics) (3) COVID-19 vaccine injection rollouts, including repeated rollouts on the same populations In all cases ― for all three identified primary causes of death ― a proximal or clinical cause of death associated (such as on death certificates) with the quantified excess all-cause mortality is respiratory condition or infection. Therefore, we distinguish (and define) true primary causes of death from the pervasive and accompanying proximal or clinical cause of death as respiratory. We understand the Covid-period mortality catastrophe to be precisely what happens when governments cause global disruptions and assaults against populations. We emphasize the importance of biological stress from sudden and profound structural societal changes and of medical assaults (including denial of treatment for bacterial pneumonias, repeated vaccine injections, etc.). We estimate that such a campaign of disruptions and assaults in a modern world will produce a global all-ages mortality rate of >0.1% of population per year, as was also the case in the 1918 mortality catastrophe. https://denisrancourt.substack.com/p/breaking-our-largest-study-of-its?utm_medium=web&triedRedirect=true
    DENISRANCOURT.SUBSTACK.COM
    Breaking: Our largest study of its kind "Spatiotemporal variation of excess all-cause mortality in the world during the Covid period regarding socio economic factors and medical interventions"
    The major causes of death globally stemmed from public health establishment’s response, including mandates and lockdowns that caused severe stress, harmful medical interventions and the vaccines
    Like
    1
    0 Comments 1 Shares 9065 Views
More Results